be 45 4 Ce) Pet iene ce i peatiiet \ , 7 ro BPE ars ten ee aL epetererntetetet stat, ttt atottket Ripneecctaiats Z ee athe edb Brat tsotees late Nelrioinseiecevererareeeioaty es a pantinadtiatuanancttenartaitie Wegener eet te fast eta tote COU fala ee Ret REY Re oe th 2 Bh a 2 f ache vss ei ccyly ett oot 2 ae eect outer a4 “9, Narra ratacat as oN Sep hibephiececbtan! ae eso iropenoeiatetariocns tees legate Sreratertenwtientenes! ota ty as talatatalatu ste ntretner tte Neernenty pieeuepererecie gens LOE ter PPE ata tat et at atae OAM Kt eae Le, % itietetaracatonetyteey Meret ot Stal stated itstpsotatenrtetatetys att aratity teh tatt ats IAT Ate =A . tatetonstenaastaeneanscety 2375" . i ce BN oi ead ieoholanalhteratoatata rot eet ew eR ie Na ateretaey ton aacata’ “ei atetety ts PA eG rae “nOne C} .¢ asticessnuenpheataenaanraneetanretotemmtgtat : ae : ee -” rt) 3 eate. : dS rt i ; Fe 0a Ph Pe BC Pet tate; ; . Ce Sa 8 oS & CAs Lp RE riahaicnnaseia Hct eet an oCae oat Ha HAT ages stata Tata tatg ty BEDE BL at te oe Gt ROR ha LR ORL KOE He oD Ms ate « } n , #347050 2929 2a delglata rears Tatiana iets Yatatetetytetatat BEBE pei ne pe ok We Torta t ata gre eee fore PERERA SE MEE Ba Se Star Nata rte gt ¢ ap * vente fey Sera ats s ‘ Vota te viele cite f rosettes PERE UL Steet : GREE ES eee oe: + + ar ad EN Sorta tes mM as Aatatad - +” 2 ae ae ati reutyey ERE EASE set : 2919) ‘ wee essere anata tetas torts Rigaeastinertacates oy ‘ethreys. ye $4) Hie wie et ae es - eh Ber Be Ne MeN da ett eae 44 a a xa igh gs a4 +9 4c in r! 4 4 + Y : ata’ Bes >; J 549 '* J ett) 74 ;: yt $ ’ we 4 ' * y _* 4 ~.9 satay Be) ee as 8 Aw a 4.4 “ yee x >. Cor Sara eat te Oe RR | eC) Pt he PO BR FF ee ae ay 24 te Met. oe) PANG A, To | 459 * state inatearstmeatans CBCP tect Peet Ht Pata: OE eC ot oe bt sind eA eS, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. LIBRARY OF THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY (0,039 SS plombth 21, 140 Rik Cnpule 0 aoe (reverurly R Pa EMagmunnd This Report, and all other Publications of the Geological Survey may be ordered either through the Director, OR FROM DAWSON, BROS., Montreal. SAMPSON, LOW & CoO., 188 Fleet Street, London. F. A. BRCCKHAUS, Leipsic, and B. WESTERMAN & Co., 471 Broadway, New York. SeHO1OoGresah SURVEY OF CANADA ROBERT BELL, M.D., Sc.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Actine Director. MESOZOIC FOSSILS VOL U MINI J. F. WHITEAVES, LLD., F.GS., F.B.S.C., Ere. Palcwontologist, Zoologist, and Assistant Director. OTTAWA PRINTED BY S. E. DAWSON, PRINTER TO THE KING’S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1876—1903. | ; Ruplaces, ¢ oy VAAL OTE Biogas | YEOIOON CIOS B® ee A MOOT REA a See “eum of Compa RS Zoology “> 8 ° SEP 21 1940 LibKAK*Y HOP 0S4 The present volume, as now completed, consists of five descriptive and illustrated Reports upon the fossils of the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte and Vancouver islands. Part I, consisting of pages 1 to 92 and plates 1 to 10 (in each case both inclusive) with map, was published in 1876; Part II, of pages 93- 190 and plates 11-20, in 1879; Part III, of pages 191-262 and plates 21-32, in 1884; and Part IV, of pages 263-308 and plates 33-39, in 1900. The part now submitted (Part V) which concludes the volume, and consists of pages 309-416 and plates 40-51, will bear date herewith. ROBERT BELL. GEOLOGICAL SuRVEY DEPARTMENT, Orrawa, July, 1903. eat bat we emmy” “YRARGI Bait NG Hatta Yoel CON COO, aul biicaraeren ste ts lie ED TACT Gitta } BeeiPa aA) aA y ‘ \ 4 Aa! Nubia Hf i or wey mea e A ADainh hes ia ¥ wi { slit phar myo 2 A ' ee bat i ae aut we i. forint WA ane ‘rape itt) wa ieg Dan ee tet! Ph mt Bs inva ca ae ch ie Hote \ aay Ad PE Pt an) Mae ] ‘oa (has mi Hh Pe ima ia dh MARURONCL AW il aertiy ib Pie) Lite’) Re SHR WOW al crete ichiagn, LWA ERNE thei iy 0 (yh # tl panes net Mag ib ants ha =a) Ms WiytiAle Wahi TT sas oe eS Ba ‘PRE RARER SS 0's) MOL. | ek GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN, KB8.p F.G , DIRECTOR. MESOZOIC FOSSILS. We Oils UM Eas PART L—ON SOME INVERTEBRATES FROM THE COAL-BEARING ROCKS OF THE QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS, COLLECTED BY MR. JAMES RICHARDSON IN 1872. BY J. F. WHITHAYV ES, E.G-8, HONORARY MEMBER OF THE ASHMOLEAN SOCIETY, OXFORD. MOUs (RE Ads PRINTED FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA, 1876. oy f Com =) ym 9 Par. o" Zoology "ap SEP 21 1940 LIBRARY (0,039 This publication is intended to contain descriptions and figures of some of the organic remains of the Mesozoic rocks of the Dominion. The present Part is devoted to a monograph on the Invertebrata collected by Mr. James Richardson from the Coal-bearing rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, in the summer of 1872. The figures, Plates I. to X., have been drawn from nature and litho- graphed by Mr. A. H. Foord, F.G.S., the artist to the Survey. ALFRED R. C. SELWYN; GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OFFICE, — | Monrreat, November 30th, 1876. § GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. MESOZOIC FOSSILS. am of Comps on Zoology SEP 21 1940 LIiBKARY 10,039 BY J. F. WHITEAVES. W/ (OTE, OL IML TED | IL: I. On some Invertebrates from the Coal-Bearing Rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, NO Pil CON: The Queen Charlotte Islands, to which exclusive reference will be made in these pages,* are situated about half way between the Van- couver group and Sitka, at a distance of eighty or one hundred miles from the mainland of British Columbia. Their geographical position, as laid down on the British Hydrographic Charts, is between latitudes 51° 54 and 54° 22’ north; and longitudes 131° and 133°7 07 west. The credit of the first discovery of these islands has been incorrectly assigned to La Perouse, or Captain Dixon, in some of the older encyclopedias and gazetteers; nor are volumes of a mueh more recent date entirely free from similar errors. By far the most trustworthy account of the progress of discovery on the north-west coast of America yet published, is to be found at Part II., Chapter Il., of Mr. W. H. Dall’s able work, entitled ‘“ Alaska and its Resources.” t In answer to enquiries with reference to the authenticity or otherwise of supposed discoveries in this vicinity by Admiral Fuentes and others, and as to what was the vocation or rank of Juan Perez, Mr. Dall kindly forwarded the following historical sketch of the group, which, as it contains some unpublished facts and infor- mation which probably no other person could give, is gladly printed here, with his permission, and in his own words. “The manuscript from which the so-called Voyage of Admiral Fuentes was made public, is now believed to be a forgery. It is certainly unsupported by any intrinsic evidences of truth, and is univer- sally rejected by modern authors. The same remark will apply also to * There is another group of the same name in the South Pacific. + Printed 135°, by a typographical error, in Mr. Richardson’s report, t Boston : 1870. 2 Maldonado, and many of the early geographical fictions. . Fuentes said that, half way through the north-east passage, into which he sailed he met a ship from Boston !” 2. “On the 25th of January, 1774, Ensign Juan Perez, formerly employed in the Manilla trade, sailed on the corvette Santiago, from San Blas, touching at Monterey, California, from which he sailed June 6th, on an exploring expedition to the north, accompanied by Pilot Estevan Martinez, and Rev. Fathers Pena and Crespi, chaplains. The first land seen, July 18, 1774, was that of the Queen Charlotte Islands, in latitude 54°, to the north point of which Perez gave the name of Co. de 8. Marga- rita, and to the high mountains, Sierra de San Cristoval. Finding no anchorage, they turned southward without landing, and on the 9th of August anchored in Nootka Sound, The authorities for this voyage are the narratives of Perez, observations of Martinez, and the journal of Friar Pena, MSS. copies of which were obtained from the Imperial Archives of Madrid, by the United States Government, in 1840. An account was also published in 1802, in the introduction to the voyages of the ‘Sutil and Mexicana.’ This was the first voyage made northwards by the Spaniards after 1603.” 3. “Immediately after the return of Perez, Viceroy Bucarelli ordered another expedition to examine the coast as far as latitude 65°. Captain Bruno Heceta, in charge of the Santiago, with Perez as Ensign, and the schooner Sonora, in charge of Juan de Ayala, with Maurelle as pilot, in company with the schooner San Carlos, sailed from San Blas, March 15, 1775. ‘The Captain of the San Carlos became insane before they were out of sight of iand, and Ayala was detached to take his place, and stopped at Monterey, while Lientenant Francesco de la Bodega y Quadra took his place in charge of the Sonora. Most accounts are erroneous in stating that Ayala accompanied the expedition northwards. (The authorities for this voyage are the MSS. accounts prepared by order of the Spanish Government immediately after the conclusion of the expe- dition, of the official narrative of the whole, including the journal of Bodega, and of Maurelle, part of the journal of Heceta, and a concise narrative by Bodega, These are represented by duplicates obtained from Madrid, and now in our State Department Library. A synopsis was published in Galiano’s preface to the voyage of the Sutil and Mexicana in 1802. Barrington’s translation of part of the MSS. was made before the’ official revision, and includes many errors.) The schooner was attacked by the natives near Destruction Island, north of Cape Mendocino: and being very unwilling to proceed, Heceta, in the Santiago, (with Perez) seized a the opportunity to return to Monterey. Bodega and Manrelle in the schooner Sonora, however, kept on their way. They saw Mount Kdgecumbe about the middle of August, and afterwards landed in Port Remedios (the Bay of Islands of Cook) and, sailing down the coast, named the strait north of Queen Charlotte Islands, Perez Inlet, and coasted along (without entering bays, or Innding) the shores of the said islands. They then returned to Monterey, doing a little surveying on the Oregon and Californian coast on the way. Subsequently, Cook did not see the Queen Charlotte Islands.” 4. “In 1786, La Perouse coasted along the shore of the Queen Charlotte Islands, and was the first to suggest their separation from the mainland. (Arteaga and Bodega, in 1779, did not visit them.) La Perouse, about August 18, 1786, (Vol. L., page 422,) coasted along their shores, and named (on his chart) in the N. part, Baie de Clonard, a bay in the south part, Baie de la Touche, the south cape—Cape Hector, and some small islands off it, ‘Isles Kerouart.’ He sailed to the eastward sufficiently to satisfy himself that a deep inlet extended between the islands and the mainland. His Isles Fleurieu are on the main coast, S. and E. of the Queen Charlotte Islands, and are the Princess Royal Islands of Vancouver. He gave no name to the Queen Charlotte Islands.” 5. “ In 1786, Captains Lowrie and Guise visited the Queen Charlotte Tslands coast, but left no information on record in regard to it.” 6. “In August, 1787, Dixon coasted along these Islands, landing nowhere, and named them for the first time, also calling the strait north of them after himself. Captains Colnett and Duncan sailed from Nootka to trade at these islands about the same time, and the following year, Duncan sailed through the strait between the Islands and the mainland, which had been assumed by the previous voyagers. He also named the Fleurieu Islands (of La Perouse) the ‘Princess Royal Islands,’ after his vessel.” 7. “In 1789, Captain Robert Gray, of the sloop Washington, of Boston, explored the east coast of the Queen Charlotte Islands, which had not previously been visited by any white man, though Duncan had sailed through the strait, keeping more on the mainland shore. Gray ealled it Washington Island, being ignorant of Dixon’s name. After- wards, Douglas, the colleague of Meares, also visited this east shore.” 8. “On the 29th of June, 1790, Captain Joseph Ingraham, of the brig Hope, anchored in a harbour on the south-east side of the Queen Charlotte Islands, which he called Magee’s Sound, after one of the owners of his 4 vessel. His MSS. journal is referred to by Greenhow.” * He spent the summer on this coast, and is the first white man, whom we have any account of as actually landing on these islands. All previous voyagers and coasters, for fear of the natives, had contented themselves with standing off and on near the shores, or anchoring at a distance, and trading from their vessels. 9. “The Columbia, Captain Gray, made a second voyage from Boston in 1790-91, and was occupied trading and exploring on the east coast of the Queen Charlotte Islands in August and September, 1791. He win- tered at Clayoquot, and built a small vessel, the Adventure, which, under Gray’s mate Haswell, sailed from Clayoquot, in the spring of 1792, for the Queen Charlotte Islands, and Gray himself, later in the season, returned there for trade.” On August 22,1791, Captain Etienne Marchand, in the French ship Solide, which had visited Sitka Sound, made the entrance of Cloak Bay, between North and Graham Islands. While the vessel stood off and on, a boat party entered and explored the bay and adjacent Cox Strait. The bay had been seen and named by Dixon, and had been traversed by Gray, who first identified North Island as an island. Douglas afterwards anchored there, and has given a brief description of his observations ; but the first chart, in detail, published of any of the Queen Charlotte Island harbowrs, was that prepared by Marchand’s party. The Solide subsequently visited the west coast of Graham Island for some distance to the southward, and then departed for Berkeley Sound. 10. “In 1792, the Spanish corvette Aransasu, Lieutenant Jacinto Caamano, sailed from San Blas, and explored the main coast between 50° and 53° North Latitude, but it does not appear that he touched at the Islands, as he was seeking a North Hast passage.” 11. “In 1794, Vancouver, returning to Nootka, coasted along the West shore of Queen Charlotte Islands, which he had previously surveyed superficially in September, 1793, but the voyage of 1794 added nothing to information previously obtained.” “T can assure you of the correctness of the preceding notes, as I have verified them carefully. So youcan set it down as certain that Perez was the discoverer, and Ingraham probably the first to land. Later voyages are few and mostly very modern; these you are doubtless familiar with.” * “History of Oregon and California and other Territories on the North-West Coest of North America.” By Robert Greenhow. 2nd edition. Boston; 1845. ie 0 Although the existence of coal on these islands has been long known, it is by no means certain by whom, or at what date, the discovery was made. Openings have been made upon the anthracite seams of Graham Island at several different localities, under the auspices of the Queen Charlotte Coal Mining Company, but these operations do not appear to have been very remunerative, and they have subsequently been dis- continued. In the summer of 1872, Mr. Richardson, of the Canadian Geological corps, visited the group, and devoted nearly two wecks to as careful an examination of the geology of the country near Cowgitz, as the time would permit. He brought back with him an interesting collection of the fossils, rocks, minerals and economic products of that region, and published a somewhat detailed account of his investigations in the Report of Progress for 1872-73. The fossil plants collected on this occasion have been submitted to Principal Dawson, who has contributed some notes upon them as an appendix to the report just referred to, which contains also some remarks on the Cephalopoda by Mr. Billings. The accompanying map has been prepared to show the distribution of the Coal-Bearing rocks of the region explored, the boundaries of the divisions, and the localities from which the fossils were collected. An arm of the sea, called Skidegate Channel, separates Moresby and Graham, the two largest of the Queen Charlotte Islands. The western half of Skidegate Channel is very narrow, but on its eastern side it widens out and includes several smaller islands. The map shows the central and widest part of this channel (with Maud, Lina and several other small islands), which is bounded on nearly three sides by Graham Island; and its eastern opening called Skidegate Inlet. A portion of Moresby Island is also seen in the lower right hand corner. The following brief account of the geology of this district is either condensed from Mr. Richardson’s report cited above, or is derived from information directly supplied by him. The Coal-Bearing rocks of the area represented on the map form a fo) trough or syncline, of which only the edges are visible at the surface. At its western extremity, and probably also to the eastwards, the syn- cline is bounded by trappean rocks. The following divisions have been proposed for these sedimentary deposits, but the thickness of each series has not yet been ascertained : 1. Lower Shales, with Coal and: Tron Ore. 2. Coarse Conglomerates, 3. Upper Shales and Sandstones, 6 1. THe Lower Suates.—These consist of highly fossiliferous argil- laceous shales, containing a small percentage of calcareous matter, interstratified with greenish or greyish sandstones, which are also very fossiliferous. The base of the series is characterized by the occurrence in it of seams of anthracite and beds of clay ironstone. So far as examined, the eastward outcrop of these shales makes a rudely S-shaped curve, which extends from the N.W. of Moresby Island across Skidegate Channel (or Inlet) to Graham Island, and includes South, Maud and Lina Islands. This edge of the syncline has a general westerly dip of from 9° to 30°. The western outcrop of che Lower Shales has been traced across the N.W. arm (called Long Arm on the map) of Skidegate Channel, from the S. to the N. side, to the Queen Charlotte Anthracite Coal Mining Company’s works at Cowgitz. The strata here are much contorted, but have a general easterly dip at a high angle. With the exception of one species, all the fossil shells were obtained from rocks of this division, the two outcrops of which are indicated on the map by the figures 1, 1, Unio Hubbardi was found abundantly in bituminous shale at Wilkes tunnel, near Cowgitz (F.): and specimens of a bivalve, probably Inoceramus concentricus of Parkinson, were collected at asmall bay to the south of Christie Bay (F.): all the rest are from either Maud or Lina Islands. As the shales on these two islands belong to the same geolo- gical horizon, Mr. Richardson did not think it necessary to keep the fossils from each locality apart, and it is now impossible to separate them. 2. CoARsE ConGLOMERATES.—The line of strike of these beds runs parallel to that of the rocks of the previous division. The shaded por- tions on the map indicate the distribution of the conglomerates as actually observed, and the dotted lines which enclose figure 2, show their supposed extension under water. No lines of bedding were traced in these deposits, which appear to be untossiliferous. 3. Upper SHALES AND SAanpstonEs.—The position of these rocks is in the centre of the syncline. Their outcrop has been followed along part of the north shore of Skidegate Channel, on Graham Island, which forms the northern boundary of the space partly surrounded by dotted lines on the map. These last inclose a solitary 3, as well as Reef Island and Weed Rock. A few fraements of fossil plants were collected in the Upper Shales at one locality (F.), also two or three specimens of a shell 7 which may be Jnoceramus concentricus, but which are so fragmentary, or else so much distorted, that their generic position even is uncertain. Besides plant remains, which are of frequent occurence, the col- lection contains fourteen species of Cephalopoda, six of Gasteropoda, twenty-two Lamellibranchiate bivalves, two Brachiopoda and a Zoan- tharian coral. It will be most convenient to describe these fossils first, and to discuss their probable geological horizon afterwards, but it may be briefly stated here that there is an apparent mixture of oolitie and cretaceous types. This circumstance has necessitated double comparisons throughout, and has added not a little to the difficulty of the under- taking. The sculpture of the shells is generally well preserved, but in conse- quence of the laminated structure of the matrix, most of the specimens have been subjected to such a variety of distortion and compression, that it is impossible to tell what their original shape was. In addition to this. they are frequently imperfect or broken, and as in many cases there is but a solitary example of each kind, it may easily happen that what now seem to be specific characters, may prove to be only individual peculiar- ities when a more complete series has been obtained. The most striking and characteristic fossils of the Lower Shales belong to the class Cephalopoda. Ammonites, in particular, abound almost to the exclusion of other genera, but none of them belong to divisions in which the shells are either simply or crenately keeled. Out of eleven species, eight have rounded backs, one belongs to Pictet’s sub- section Mammillati, while the two remaining, although ranked among the Clypeiformes, have the periphery obtuse. Another noticeable feature in the Cephalopoda from these shales is, that the commencement of the decline of the group, as a whole, through the half coiled types of the Am- monite family, is rarely perceptible. Such genera as Scaphites, Hamites, Baculites, Helicoceras, Turrilites, and Toxoceras ave almost unrepre- sented. The only exception is a small fragment which is very doubt- fully referred to Hamites, but which may just as likely have been part of an Ancyloceras. In describing the Ammonites from these rocks, the most recent modi- fications of the divisions proposed by Von Buch and D’Orbigny have been adopted as far as practicable. At the same time it must be admit- ted that this system of classification is very unsatisfactory in practice. Many Ammonites present a mixture of characters, and such species might be referred to two, or even three, of these sections, with equal pro- bability. Others, again, which have been placed in two separate groups, 3 and apparently with good reasons for so doing, have proved to be only different stages of growth of the same shell. The old genus Ammonites of Bruguiere, with its eight or nine hundred of so called species, is a heterogeneous assemblage, which requires division into several genera and subgenera, Stoliczka says, very truly, that the animals of Turritella and Cerithium are not in any way more different than must have been those of Ammonites discus and A. Rotomagensis. The whole of the group has been revised anew, on the principle just indicated, by Dr. Waagen and others in Germany, and by Prof. A. Hyatt, in America. The new generic or subgeneric names proposed by these authors will be adopted in this memoir, at least in those cases in which there is a reasonable probability of their being correctly applied. Considerable differences of opinion have existed, and probably always will exist, with regard to what constitute specific differences in these shells. Those whose experience has been gained by a study of many specimens in the field, naturally attach less importance to minute differences in form, surface markings and the like, than is accorded to them by others whose opportunities for extended comparisons have been few. In this connec- tion the late Prof. Phillips justly remarks* :—“'The zeal of collectors, by procuring them (Ammonites) of all ages and under different circum- stances, has given occasion to coin too great a number of specific names. Yet for the most part, the diversity of names for a given set of forms indicates something really different in the history of the species, and most of the designations may be retained as marking varieties worth discrimi- nation. In making, some years since, a strict comparison of the ammonites of the Yorkshire lias with others from the south of England esteemed to be of the same species, I found often some small differences, especially in the sutures, which might be best understood as local pecu- liarities of race. Ammonites to be really known as species, must be studied with many examples of every age, including the very young and the very old; the change of form in the course of life being often very great and remarkable.” In the present instance it has been impossible to comply with the con- ditions stated in the last sentence of the above quotation. Several of the species in this genus, for which new names will be proposed in these pages, are founded on a single imperfect specimen, and in no case has a large series been obtained. The same, indeed, may be said of all the shells in the collection. The septation, too, which, when properly studied, is * “ Geology of Oxford and the Valley of the Thames.” Oxford; 1871. Page 131, i) of great assistance in determining the specific relations of Ammonites, is rarely shown in these Queen Charlotte Island fossils. The Gasteropoda obtained by Mr. Richardson are very few in number, and the specimens are almost always fragmentary or badly preserved. Lamellibranchiate bivalves are abundant, both in species and indi- viduals. The surface markings of these shells are often well shown, but the characters of the hinge teeth, and the impressions on the interior of the valves can rarely be ascertained. The family Hippuritide has no representatives; Vola and Spondylus are also absent, and there is only a single species of Inoceramus. Brachiopoda are extremely scarce, only four broken and exfoliated specimens were collected. which belong apparently to two species. The solitary coral is a compound Zoantharian, belonging to the family Astraide. Out of forty-two species of Mollusca proper, three (Ammonites Brew- erii, A, Stoliczkanus and Aucella Piochii) are well-known Californian fossils. Aucella Pischii, however, is probably identical with the Aucella Mosquensis of Europe. Unio Hubbardi, Gabb., is abundant at one locality in the Queen Charlotte Islands: it was originally described as from Vancouver Island, probably by mistake. It is the only fresh-water mollusk in the collection, and is, perhaps, the same as the Unio aduncus of Sowerby, from the Wealden deposits of England. Besides these, seven others are either very nearly related tu European or Indian species, or are actually identical with them. The rest seem to be new to science, but the specimens are sometimes so imperfect, that it is not thought desirable to propose any specific names for them. Without wishing to introduce any innovations in the use of terms, or to criticize the descriptions of others, it becomes necessary to define the sense in which certain expressions will be used here, as the same words have been employed to convey very different and even opposite meanings. It has long been customary with paleontologists to call the outer edge of the shell of a Nautilus or Ammonite, the dorsum, and some still continue to do so. According to Prof. Hyatt, “the position of the female Argonaut in her shelly case, and of the Nautilus in its shell, show conclusively that the periphery of the whorls of an Ammonite is the abdominal side, as stated by Richard Owen and Pictet.” For this reason, Mr. Hyatt and some other writers call the outer margin of such shells, the ventral, and the inner, the dorsal region. To prevent any misap- prehension which might otherwise arise, the term dorsum will be purposely avoided. Such phrases, as the outer edge of the shell of a 10 Nautilus, or the’ siphonal edge of that of an Ammonite, can scarcely be misunderstood, while the word periphery will suit either indifferently. The expression aperture, as applied to these fossils, is purposely chosen to describe the shape of the whorl at or near its outer termination, as viewed transversely ; but not necessarily that of the true outer lip of the shell. The height of the aperture will be measured from the centre of the periphery of the outer whorl to that of the one which precedes it; the width, at a right angle to the height. In describing the shells of Gasteropoda, the adjective transverse, when applied to ribs or striae, is intended to mean transverse as to the whorls, and not as to the axis of the shell. To preserve a certain consistency throughout, the height of lamellibran- chiate bivalves will be measured, as nearly as possible, in the direction of a line drawn perpendicularly from the hinge line or dorsal margin, to the opposite or ventral border. The length will be estimated at a right angle to the height, and the width or breadth as equal to the maximum thickness through the closed valves. As the valves of the Brachiopoda are respectively dorsal and ventral, the length of these shells will be measured from the beak of the pedicelled valve to its opposite extremity, while the width will correspond to the space between the two margins of either valve, at a right angle to the height. Throughout these descriptions, the word diameter must be understood to imply the distance between two points, as measured on a flat surface. Geographical names and others which, according to Dr. Johnston,* have a “reminiscential evocation,” have been freely proposed for fossils which are believed to be new, especially in the case of genera, such as Ammonites, in which the number of species is already so large that it is almost hope- less to expect to find descriptive names which are not preoccupied. In conclusion, the writer desires to express his cordial thanks to Mr. W.H. Dall, of Washington, who has kindly made and forwarded tracings of figures as well as copies of descriptions of certain fossils from books not at present accessible in Montreal, and for various critical suggestions ; to Mr. F. B. Meek, also of Washington, who obligingly sent photographs of drawings made from the original types of species from Vancouver and Sucia Islands, described by him; to Mr. Richardson for information as to the exact stratigraphical position and localities of the fossils which he collected; and to Mr. A. H. Foord, for the pains he has taken in the de- lineation of the features characteristic of the different species. * «British Zoophytes.” Second Edition, Vol. I., page 164, DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. CEPHALOPODA. BELEMNITES. (Sp. undt.) Plate I., figs. la,, 1. and lec. b_ oor Fic. 1, Fie. 1.— Belemnites, species. Outlines of a longitudinal section of the best specimen collected. The position of the apical groove is seen at a, and indications of what is supposed to have been the siphuncle, may be traced at 6. The restoration of the point is purely hypothetical. Three more or less fragmentary specimens of a Belemnite of medium size, Which collectively show many of the characters of the guard and phragmocone. As each of these exhibits some peculiarities which are not seen in either of the others, it will be best to describe them separately. _ No. Lis a portion near the anterior (or thickest) end of the guard, about an inch and a half in length, and partly imbedded in shale. The specimen is broken transversely below and obliquely above, so as to give two natural sections at different angles. The outline of the transverse section is ovately orbicular, the sides being distinctly compressed. The lateral diameter is nearly one-sixth less than the dorso-ventral; the measurements being about five and a half by six anda half lines, The 12 tangential section shows only that the septa of the phragmocone are rather more than a line apart at the widest end. No. 2 is also a fragment near the anterior end of the guard, but it is entirely free from any investing rock. As viewed transversely, its outline is more nearly circular than that of No. 1, and its sides are less distinctly compressed. The measurements in this instance are seven by scarcely six and a half lines across. The phragmocone (Plate L., fig. 1a) which is loose in this specimen, is elongately but inversely conical and inequilateral, with the apex distinctly eccentric. Its length is about thirteen lines; its greatest width nearly six lines, and its least, less than one. At its widest end it is ovate-orbicular in section, as is also the alveolar cavity; the presumed bulbous termination is broken off. Judging by faint lines on the cast, the septa appear to be slightly oblique and very numerous; they are about a line apart at the widest end, and at least four times as close together at or near the point. ° No. 3 (Plate I, fig. 1) is the most perfect example yet procured, and like the first, is entirely free from the matrix. Its length is an inch and three-quarters, its greatest width seven lines, and its least, scarcely six. The anterior extremity of the guard contains more than two-thirds of the alveolar cavity, (as compared with No. 2) and at the opposite end wants only the extreme apex. In this specimen the sides of the guard are more decidedly compressed than they are in either Nos. 1 or 2, The guard itself is sub-cylindrical, and does not decrease in size perceptibly, until about an inch from the tips when it begins to narrow unequally and rather suddenly. ‘The apex being broken off, it is impossible to tell whether the tip was obtusely pointed or shortly acuminate, but the contour of the remaining part shows that it was slightly eccentric. At or near the tip there is a faint and inconspicuous groove, which probably measured about seven lines, if we allow two or three for the piece broken off. The compression of the guard is a little oblique, so that the outline of a transverse section at the anterior end is elliptic ovate, one end being a little wider than the other. The apical groove is placed, not on either of the flattened sides, but in a direction corresponding to that of the widest end of the ovoid. : A longitudinal section of this specimen, kindly made by Mr. Weston, of which Fig. 1 is a representation, revealed some additional particulars. The entire length of the guard is twenty-one lines, and of this the phrag- mocone occupies ten lines. The apex of the phragmocone is slightly eccentric, and seems to point in the same direction as does that of the guard, Traces of what is supposed to be the siphuncle were detected 13 crossing some of the upper septa of the phragmocone, and it would appear that the siphuncle is placed on the same side as that towards which the apices of the guard and phragmocone point. Mr. S. P. Woodward says* that the apex of the phragmocone of a Belemnite points to the ventral side of the guard, and if this be uniformly the case, then, in this species both the siphuncle and the apical groove are probably ventral. M. Duval Jouve, + however, maintains that in some of the Neocomian Belemnites the siphuncle is dorsal, and in others ventral. Hence it is by no means certain that the apical groove, or the siphuncle of this species, are ventral, but both seem to be situated on the same side, and that the one towards which the apices of the guard and phragmocone point. In his remarks upon the Queen Charlotte Island Cephalopoda already referred to, Mr, Billings says that these small Belemnites belong to the sub-section Acuarii of Bronn’s section Aczli, also that they are “ closely allied” to the Belemnites Russiensis and B. Kirghisensis of D’Orbigny, two species which are described and figured in Volume II. of Murchison Verneuil and De Keyserling’s ‘“‘ Geologie de la Russie et des Montagnes de VOural.” In both of these opinions the writer entirely concurs, but the Belemnites collected by Mr. Richardson are apparently distinct from both of their Russian analogues. The guard of B. Kirghisensis is represented as much longer and slenderer than is that of the present species, and in B. Kirghisensis the apices of the guard and phragmocone point in opposite directions. The general shape of the guard of B. Rus- siensis is certainly very like that of the fossil now under consideration ; but in the Russian Belemnite the apical groove is placed on one of the flattened sides, which, moreover, appear to be respectively dorsal and ventral. No traces of a slit down the anterior end of the guard could be detected, nor any indications of a corresponding raised rib on the phrag- mocone, so that these specimens can scarcely be referred to D’Orbigny’s genus Belemnitella, but to Belemnites proper. The specific characters of these Belemnites are so imperfectly shown in the few fragments yet obtained, that it is not thought desirable to propose a new name for them, although they cannot be satisfactorily referred to any known species, and are probably new to science. The peculiar compression of the guard may be due to the distortion to which so many of these fossils have been subjected. * “*Manual of the Mollusca.” Page 73. t “Monograph of the British Belemnitide.” By Prof. Phillips, Part II., page 30. Paleontographical Society : 1866, 14 BELEMNITES. (Sp. undt.) Besides the three specimens described above, a tolerably complete phragmocone and a portion of another were colleeted, which must have belonged to Belemnites of considerable size. Mr. Billings deseribes the most perfect of the two as follows :—“ It consists of a portion of a large phragmocone, two and a half inches m length, one and a half inches across the larger extremity, and thirteen lines across the smaller. The septa are moderately convex, and there are twelve chambers in the specimen.” Little can be added to this description; the measurements have been tested and found essentially correct, though the diameter of the smaller end seems nearer to twelve than to thirteen lines, These fragments may indicate the existence of a second species at this locality, or they may represent merely the adult stage of the one first described. The evidence is altogether insufficient to show which of these views 1s the correct one, though the latter is, perhaps, the most. probable su pposi tion, Navritus. (Sp. undt.) Perhaps N. elegans, D’Orbigny,* but not of Sowerby. Or, possibly, N. pseudo-elegans, D’Orbigny.f Shell (or rather cast) inflated, globose ; maximum thickness not much less than the entire diameter, the proportions being nearly as five to seven; umbilicus either very small or entirely closed, most probably the latter. Most of the inner septa are crushed out of shape, but the outline of the outer one is concave and simple; the position of the siphuncle is unknown. Aperture transversely reniform or sublunate, rather deeply emarginate by the preceding volution. Mea- suring from the periphery to the centre of the margin of the next whorl, where the emargination is greatest, the height of the aperture is much less than its width. The surface of the cast is ornamented with transverse radiating ribs, which at first curve convexly forwards across the sides, and then backwards, so that each one forms a shallow, but rather angular sinus on the periphery. The ribs appear to run exactly parallel with the true outer lip of the shell, and their forward curve is * “ Paléontologie Frangaise. Terrains Crétacés.” Vol. I., page 87. Atlas, Plate XIX. t S es s Vol. I., page 70, Atlas, Plates VII. and IX. 15 greatest near the aperture. They are narrowest at the umbilicus, and widen gradually towards the periphery, where they measure about two lines in width. Greatest diameter, about seven inches; approximate width of aperture, (which coincides with the maximum thickness at a right angle to the diameter) slightly over five inches; height of aperture, in the centre, three inches and seven lines. The specimen being very much distorted, these measurements must be received with caution. One of the most striking specimens in Mr. Richardson’s collection is the large Nautilus described above. Unfortunately this unique example is badly preseryed, and very much crushed out of shape. The siphuncle is not visible anywhere, although the fossil happens to be broken in two pieces, in such a way as to expose most of the interior. The distortion is greatest in the chambered part of the shell, so that it is impossible to tell how many septa there were to a volution, or to define their exact shape. The species is very nearly related to the Nautilus elegans of D’Orbigny, and to the WN. pseudo-elegans of the same author; but it may prove to be distinct from both. It is clear that the Queen Charlotte Island fossil is not the Nautilus elegans of Sowerby, for in that shell the aperture is said to be “obtusely sagittate, with the posterior angles truncate.” The deseription and figures in the “ Mineral Conchology” give one the idea of an obliquely com- pressed shell, with an aperture whose height is much greater than its width. Before the writer was aware that Pictet had shown that the Nautilus elegans of D’Orbigny and Sharpe is distinct from the J. elegans of Sowerby, the same conclusion had been arrived at after a careful study of the original diagnoses. D’Orbigny describes his V. elegans and N. pseudo-elegans as follows, Italics being substituted for Roman letters to emphasize certain points :— Nautilus elegans, D’Orbigny (as of Sowerby). “N. testa globulosd inflata, transversim sulcata; sulcis incurvis, reflexis, umbilico impresso, non perforato; apertura lata, semilunari; septis simplicibus, arcuatis; siphunculo ad tertiam exteriorem septorum partem perforato.” Nautilus pseudo-elegans, D’Orbigny. N. testa discoided, inflatd; transversim undulato-sulcata, subumbilicata ; apertura semilunari; septis arcuatis, in umbilico sinuosis; siphuneulo non centrali ad inferiorum limbem septorum adplicato,” 16 The following remarks are added to the description of IV. pseudo- elegans :—“ rien de plus facile que de la confondre extérieurement avec le Nautilus elegans de Sowerby. En effet les deux espéces sont lisses dans le jeune age, et sillonnées 4 peu prés de la méme maniere dans l’ége adulte; mais elles sont néanmoins entierement différentes. Iie Nautilus pseudo-elegans se distingue du Nautilus elegans par son dos plus large, et surtout par ce caractére invariable, que la siphon est placé au tiers intérieur de la hauteur de la bouche, pres du retour de la spire, au lieu de l’étre au tiers exterieur ou prés du dos, comme il l’est toujours dans le Nautilus elegans.” As the position of the siphuncle is unknown in the specimen from the Queen Charlotte Islands, the question naturally arises, is it possible to distinguish NV. elegans {(D’Orb.), NV. pseudo-elegans, and closely related species, by any other characters? Judging by the descriptions in Latin, N. elegans would seem to be a thicker and more ventricose shell than N. pseudo-elegans, but the italicised remarks in French, and the figures in the “Paléontologie Francaise” convey just the opposite impression. Sharpe states that WV. elegans (D’Orb.) “is the most globose shell of the group, and has the smallest umbilicus,” His figure (Cephalopoda of the Chalk Formation, Plate III., fig. 3) is almost an exact portrait of the specimen obtained by Mr. Richardson, and the dimensions which Sharpe gives of his fossil (“diameter six and a half inches, breadth five inches,”) accord remarkably well with those of the present shell. These statements, as well as the impressions conveyed by the figures, are, however, negatived by the remark that “the two species are so much alike, that the only character to be relied on for distinguishing them is the 5 position of the siphuncle.” It follows that the exact specific relations of the Queen Charlotte Island fosssil cannot be ascertained until more perfect examples have been obtained, Blanford says that there are fourteen septa to the whorl in IV. elegans, (D’Orb.) and that in V. pseudo- elegans there are twenty in the same space. In the Queen Charlotte Island specimen it is impossible to ascertain whether the septa were originally distant or approximating. \ Pictet and Blanford have shown that the position of the siphuncle in certain European and Indian cretaceous Nautili is not invariable in the same species. Some Nautili, also, which agree in the position of the siphuncle, differ materially from each other in external form. For these reasons there is a tendency among paleontologists to regard WV. elegans (D’Orb.) and NV. pseudo-elegans as varieties of one species. Still, most authorities have pronounced themselves in favour of their distinctness, 17 among whom may be mentioned Pictet, Cornuel and Blanford; as well as D'Orbigny and Sharpe. Should the latter view be adopted, the laws of nomenclature require (as Blanford has pointed out) that D’Orbigny’s name should be changed, as it is preoccupied. It might have been a fitting compliment to the Swiss naturalist who first called attention to its distinctive faatures, to have dedicated the species to him, but Oppel has already called a Nautilus from the Upper Tithonic beds at Stramberg, NW. Picteti. This being the case, the name JN. Atlas is proposed as a substitute for that of MW. elegans, D’Orbigny. The Queen Charlotte Island specimen may or may not belong to the same species. A Nautilus collected by Mr. Richardson, in 1874, from the Cretaceous rocks of Sucia Island, which is in an excellent state of preservation, (although a little distorted) bears a striking resemblance in many respects to the type of V. Atlas. It is a much less globose shell than the Q. C. Island specimen; its umbilicus is entirely closed, and the siphuncle is situated a little on the outside of the centre of the septa. Hight septa are visible externally in the space of rather more than half a whorl; the ribs on the inner, or nacreous layer of the test, are propor- tionately broader than are those of the Q. C. Island shell, and they each form a wide but not angular sinus on the periphery. There is a distinet though not very large excavation round the umbilical callus. Near the aperture, the height of the whorl, outside of the emargination caused by the encroachment of the preceding volution, is not much less than its breadth. The dimensions are about as follows, but no allowances have been made for obvious distortion :— Greatest diameter, four inches and one line; width of aperture (which is identical with the maximum of thickness) two inches and five lines; height of do., in the centre, eighteen, lines. This fossil will be described more at length in another place, but its prominent characteristics are given in advance for the sake of com- parison. The siphuncle of this shell seems to be placed rather nearer to the centre of the whorl than is the case with NV. Atlas. The Sucia Island fossil is very nearly related to WV. Atlas, of which it is probably only a variety; the Q. C. Island specimen, on the other hand, may prove to be nearer to WV. pseudo-elegans. The few Nautili of the section Radiati, which have yet been described or quoted as occurring in the Cretaceous rocks of the United States, present curiously close affinities with European species. ‘The apparent specific relations of the former may be thus briefly expressed, though C 18 an examination of the type specimens would be necessary for a satis- factory comparison. The group, as a whole, may be conveniently arranged as follows :— A. Umbilicus small, or entirely closed. B. Umbilicus comparatively large. 1852. “ Nautilus elegans, Sowerby.” Reemer’s ‘‘ Kreidebildungen Von Texas,” page 37, No. 37. No description or figure of this shell is given, and all that is stated is that ‘‘ some imperfect specimens from the waterfall of the Guadaloupe, below New Brauenfels, plainly show the peculiar, undulating, arched ribs on the surface, characteristic of this species.” 1860. Nautilus Texanus, Shumard. Transactions of the Academy of Sciences of St. Louis. Vol. I., page 190. As the specimens from which this species was described are mere fragments, which do not show the characters of the umbilicus, it is not certain to which of the divisions proposed above it should be referred. The shape of the aperture of V. Texanus is not unlike that of JV. elegans, (Sow.) but the position of the siphuncle is the same as in J. pseudo- elegans, the species with which Dr. Shumard compared it. 1862. ‘ Nautilus elegans, Sow., var, Nebrascencis,” Meck. Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia for 1862, page 25. In the paper where this Nautilus is described, Mr. Meek, naturally enough, seems to have taken the correctness of D’Orbigny’s and Sharpe’s identifications for granted, without further inyuiry. The description of the Nebraska fossil, at least, accords much better with that of V. Atlas (nobis) than with Sowerby’s diagnosis of his V. elegans. The globose shape, together with the position of the siphuncle in the American shell, are in favour of this view, but it is possible that the varietal name, proposed by Mr. Meek, may have to be raised to specitic rank, as the sculpture of the so-called “ variety Nebrascensis” is said to consist of ribs which are “ five times as broad as the grooves between,” and in this respect it differs from V. Atlas, as well as from nearly related species. 19 1864. Nautilus Texanus (?) “Shumard.” (Gabb.) ‘* Paleontology of California.’° Vol. L., page 59] Plate IX., figures 3a. 4. There are some reasons for doubting whether the Californian shell, described and figured in the work quoted above, is correctly referred to Dr. Shumard’s species. The siphuncle appears to be placed differently in the two shells; in V. Texanus (Gabb.), itis said to be situated above the centre of the whorls, as is the case in WV. Atlas; in NV. Texanus, (Shumard) its position is described as below the centre of the volutions, as in NV. pseudo-elegans. It is mostglikely that 1. Nebrascensis, Meek, NV. Texanus, Gabb (non Shumard), and the Sucia Island Nautilus are all forms of one variable species. The discovery of such forms as Nautilus spirolobus, Dittmar, in the “ Hallstadten Kalken” (or Trias) of Rossmoos, near the Lake of Hallstadt, of WN. Mojsisovicsi, Neumayr, in the Middle Oolite of Poland, and of the NV. Asper, Zittel, a species closely allied to the present fossil, in the Upper Tithonic beds of Moravia, has recently proved that the ribbed Nautili are by no means exclusively confined to the Cretaceous rocks, as was formerly supposed. Still, they are eminently character- istic of the Chalk Formation, in which they attained their maximum of development as a group. AMMONITES. Group [.*%—Clypeiformes, D’Orbigny. SUB-GENUS OPPELIA, WAAGEN.—‘‘ Geognostisch-Paleeontologische Beitrage.” Von Dr, E. W. Benecke. Page 250. Munchen: 1869. AMMONITES PEREzIANUuS. (N. Sp.) Plate II., figs. 1 and la. (Perhaps a variety of Oppelia Waageni, Zittel. See ‘‘ Die Fauna der Aelteren Ce- phalopoden Fuehrenden Tithonbildungen,” by Dr. Karl Alfred Zittel. Cassel : 1870} Plate XXIX., figs. la. and 10.) Shell discoidal, lenticular, thin; umbilicus small; surface ornamented by broad, faint and transverse folds. * The numbers attached to these groups refer only to the present collection. The order is nearly that adopted in the “‘ Palzeontologia Indica,” but the Ligati are placed between the Planulati and Fimbriati, instead of before the Planulati. In the case of the Ammonites only, a short definition of the salient char- acters of each species is prefixed to the more detailed description. 20 All the inner volutions are covered by the last whorl, excepting only their umbilical faces. Outer whorl nearly fiat, or only slightly convex at the sides ; periphery narrowly rounded and obtuse; inner edges of the volution oblique, almost confluent with the sides, the point of junction being marked by a faint, rounded shoulder. Aperture narrowly ellip- tical, deeply emarginate by the preceding volution. The height of the aperture, as measured where the emargination is deepest, is more than twice its width. Umbilicus small, shallowly funnel shaped, rather deeply conical in the centre, but spreading rapidly and obliquely in the outer whorl, especially near the mouth. Umbilical margin almost obsolete, sutures (of the volutions) indistinct, not excavated or chan- nelled. Surface marked by very faint and inconspicuous, transversely radiat- ing plications. These are undulating, broad and roanded, but not much raised, and are about equal in width to the shallowly concave depressions which separate them. The folds are most prominent on the outer half of the sides ; they seem to be obsolete on the periphery and are certainly so on the inner faces of the whorls. The adult and unique specimen figured on Plate I. is much water-worn on the only side in which the septation is visible, and the finer ramifications of the sutures have been obliterated. There are indications of six or seven lobes in the septum nearest the mouth, and of these the four or five inner ones appear to have been simply toothed but not branched. Those placed near the peri- phery do not seem to have been very complicated in their structure. The “chamber of habitation” occupies nearly three-fourths of the outer whorl. Greatest diame cer, three inches and nine lines: width of umbilicus, as measured from the junction of the sides with the inner surface of the body whorl, nine lines; or, from suture to suture, five lines. Height of aperture, at the point where the emargination is greatest, one inch and nine lines: greatest width of do., ten lines. Depth of emargination of the outer whorl, eleven lines. When the drawings were made, nearly the whole of one side of the fossil was covered by a nodule of shale. After the plates which contain figures of this species were printed, the matrix was removed from the specimen, and some new information was thus obtained which has been incorporated into the above description. The outline of the aperture (figure 1a) was found to be incorrect in two particulars. First, the emargination is not nearly deep enough, and secondly, the periphery, (which happens to be*®water-worn in the original) is represented as too narrow and acute. Ammonites Perezianus is nearly related to A, (Oppelia) subcostaria * Oppel, and particularly to A. (Oppelia) Waageni of Zittel. The former is represented as having a more rectangular umbilicus than A, Perezianus as well as fewer and more distant folds on the sides of the outer whorl. Both have thicker shells than the species just described, and A. Waageni is depicted as having an entirely smooth surface. On the other hand, the only specimen of A. Perezianus yet procured is a little crushed, and there is reason to suppose that its whorls were thickest near their middle, so that the shape of the shell was nearly, if not quite, lenticular in its normal state. Even supposing this to have been the case, A. Perezianus is a thinner and flatter shell than A. Waageni, and the difference between the sculpture of the two may be of specific import- ance. Under all the circumstances, it seems desirable to propose a provisional name for the species, and the one suggested is intended to help to perpetuate the memory of the first discoverer of the islands at which the fossil was collected. AMMONITES BREWERIL GABB,. Plate 1, figures 2, 2a, and 3, 3a. AMMONITES BREWERII GABB. —‘‘Paleeontology of California,” Vol. I., page 62, Plate X., fig. 7. Also Vol. II., page 130, Plate XX., fig. 5. The Ammonites from the Queen Chariotte Islands which are believed to belong to this species, present two strongly marked varieties. The specimen represented at fig. 2+ is the largest individual of what may be fairly regarded as the typical form, as it corresponds exactly with Mr. Gabb’s amended description of his A. Brewerii/, although the original figures of the adult have a strongly ribbed surface, whereas that of normal examples collected by Mr. Richardson is either smooth, or orna- mented only by faint, sinuous, transverse striew. Figure 3, on Plate L., is a portrait of the most perfect of two specimens of what seem to be a dwarfed variety of this shell, presenting characters, (such as a compara- tively large umbilicus, strong rib-like folds, &c.) which are usually only seen in much larger individuals. ‘It will be convenient to consider each form separately, and as the only work in which A, Brewerti was described * “ Geoguostich-Palzontologische Beitrage.” Von Dr. E. W. Benecke. Zweiter Band. Heft 2, page 219 Plate XIX., figs. 2-5. + On Plate I, 22 may not be accessible to some of the readers of,these pages, the salient features of both will be briefly particularized., General characters.—Shell discoidal, compressed, periphery narrowly rounded ; umbilicus rather small, step-shaped and rectangular: surface marked either by flexuous, transverse strie, or by rib-like folds. 1. Presumed typical form.—Shell discoidal, compressed, but not very thin, the maximum width of the outer whorl being only one third less than its height. Volutions four, the inner ones flat, smooth and nearly two-thirds covered by those which succeed them. Outer whorl with somewhat flattened but slightly convex sides, the greatest thickness being a little below the middle; periphery rounded: inner edge of the volution cut squarely at aright angle to the sides ; umbilicus step-shaped, rather less than one-fourth of the entire diameter ; aperture elliptical or narrowly oval, truncate below, higher than wide, deeply emarginate by the preceding volution. Surface ornamented by faint, flexuous, and slightly raised, transversely radiating strize, which are usually arranged in two sets. What may be conveniently called the primary strive start from the umbilical margin, and pass completely over the sides, but become indistinct or obsolete on the periphery. Commencing at the umbilicus, their general direction is first a little forwards, then backwards, and again forwards, until at last they form moderately convex but very faint arches over the periphery. Near their junction with the umbilicus they are often seen to be made up of two or even three separate raised lines, which coalesce about the middle of the sides, between which point and the periphery they always become most prominent, fold-like and distant. The secondary striae, which usually alternate with the primaries, radiate from the umbilicus, but extend only half way across the sides. There is generally a single secondary striation between each pair of primaries, but there are some- times two, and at others none at all. Besides these markings, there are numerous faint and short strize on the periphery, but these dis- appear before reaching the sides. The strie on the siphonal edge are much finer even than the secondaries, and seem to be distinct from them. Greatest diameter of the shell, four inches and two lines: width of umbilicus about one inch. Width of aperture (which is identical with the maximum of thickness) nearly fifteen lines: height of do., outside of the emargination caused by the preceding whorl, twenty-three lines: depth of the emargination, six and-a-half lines. The above description and measurements refer exclusively to the largest 23 specimen collected. Six otlfers were obtained; one a very immature individual, about an inch and a quarter in diameter; and five of an in- termediate and almost uniform size, which measure from two to two and a haif inches across. The smallest shell is entirely smooth ; the medium sized ones are only faintly striated across the whorls. These latter differ from the specimen figured, in the following respects: they are much thinner and flatter proportionately, their periphery is narrower, and their umbilicus is smaller as well as shallower. Such half grown shells resemble the Ammonites Huydenii of Gabb very closely, but their periphery is not ‘nearly flat’? and somewhat squared, as it is in that species, but narrowly and evenly rounded. Externally there are very few characters by which they may be distinguished, but the septation is said to be different in Californian examples of the two species. The septa are not visible in any of Mr. Richardson’s specimens, 2. Dwarfed costate variety—Figs. 3 and 3a on Plate I. represent the most perfect specimen obtained of this form, the other being a mere fragment. Its greatest diameter is two inches and five lines: the width of its umbilicus, eight or nine lines: the maximum thickness, seven lines. The fossil is, however, considerably distorted. It differs from the more typical form less in shape than in sculpture. The latter consists of simple, transverse and flexuous, rib-like folds, which are most prominent on the outer half of the sides. They form distinct, narrowly rounded, convex arches over the periphery and are faintest near the umbilicus. The elevations are usually narrower than the shallowly concave grooves which separate them. Sometimes a short rib occurs between two of the ordinary ones, but when this is the case it generally forms a short arch over the periphery and does not reach to the umbilicus. The folds also show a tendency to bifurcate over the per- iphery, and there are some other unimportant and exceptional variations. The greatest thickness of the whorls in this variety is a little above the middle of the sides. Ammonites Brewerii was first described from the ‘Shasta Group” of Cottonwood Creek, Shasta County, California, where it appears to be tolerably abundant. Until Mr. Richardson collected the specimens de- scribed above from the Islands in Skidegate Channel, the species had not been obtained from any other locality. Ammonites difficilis of D’Orbigny, a French Neocomian fossil, is its nearest European representative. Both A. diffcilis and A. brewerii are very abnormal representatives of the Clypeiformes, but as D’Grbigny and 24 * I Pictet place A. difficilis in this section, A. Brewerii is inciuded in it also. The latter paleontologist says that A. dificilis “makes a transition” to the Ligati. Group 11.—Mammnuillati, Pictet. AMMONITES STOLICZKANUS, GABB.—Variety spiniferus. Plate IIL, fig, 3, and Plate IV,, fig. 1. A. Stoliczkanus, Gabb. ‘“ Palzontology of California.” Vol. IL, page 135. Plate XXIII, figs. 16, 16a. 4 idite yy Fie. 2—Ammonites Stoliczkanus, Gabb., var. spiniferus. Fragment showing the spinous nature of the tubercles. Shell thick; whorls wider than high, compressed on the siphonal edge and inner half of the sides; umbilicus not very large, but deep; surface heavily costate; ribs tuberculate, except on the centre of the periphery. Whorls five, increasing rather rapidly in size, about one-half of the inner ones being exposed. The volutions are always broader than high; in a well-preserved specimen an inch in diameter, they are distinctly 25 though obtusely bicarinate on the periphery, and obsoletely keeled at the sides. With the increase of growth the keels disappear, and the whorls become more rounded, until finally the last one assumes a sub- quadrangular aspect. The inner half of the sides of the body whorl is compressed, the outer half curves convexly and rather obliquely towards the periphery, which is broad and flattened. The umbilical face of this volution is squarely as well as very deeply truncate, and forms a blunted but nearly right angle with the sides. In the last whorl but one, the umbilical face is not straight, but slightly convex, and the angle between it and the sides is rounded oft. All the specimens are so much distorted that it is difficult to estimate the proportionate width of the umbilicus with much accuracy, but in the example represented on Plate ILl., which is not fully grown, it is about one-third of the greatest dia- meter. In the adult the last whorl increases very much in height, so that the umbilicus may then be rather smaller in proportion to the shell. The aperture is transversely subquadrangular, the outer angles being broadly rounded; its height is rather less than its breadth, and the emargination of the base is not very deep. The sculpture consists of broad, but not acute, raised ribs, and these are ornamented with tubercles, some of which originally bore long spines. In the inner whorls the ribs are straight, but in the last volution they are slightly flexuous. In the specimen previously referred to as being about an inch in diameter, the sculpture of the early whorls is well exhibited. At the commencement of the outer volution of this individual, each rib bears four tubercles, but when it is completed there are eight to each rib; the process of a gradual division of each tubercle into two separate ones being very clearly shown. At this stage of growth the tubercles are prominent, acute, and are separated into two sets by a shailowly-grooved space on the periphery. In the penulti- mate whorl the number of tubercles on each rib is generally twelve, or six on each side, and there are never more than these. They are usually situated at unequal distances from each other, and are separated by a flattened but not grooved space on the periphery. It is only just to the artist to say that the spinous nature of some of the tubercles was discovered after the plates which contain figures of this species were printed. While attempting (subsequently) to remove the matrix from a broken example, a fortunate blow of the hammer exposed three long spines, two of which are very perfect. This specjmen, which is represented in the woodcut (fig. 2), is a fragment, consisting of about two-thirds of the penultimate whorl, and a portion of the preceding 26 one. In this instance each spine arises from the inner margin of the smaller whorl; they are at first pressed a little downwards, and then curve upwards so as to rest against the umbilical wall, though they scarcely reach to its margin above. One of the spines is fully half an inch in length; it is flattened and rather obtusely pointed. The com- pression of the spines and their peculiar curvature are obviously the result of abnormal compression or distortion. Traces of spines were afterwards observed in other specimens, but all the additional informa- tion afforded is that they sometimes proceed from the outer as well as the inner parts of the sides, that they are occasionally acuminate, with a dilated base and slender point, also that they are often covered up by the whorls as the shell increases in age. In every place where they were traced, they were found to be protected from injury by the support afforded by the inner margin of the whorl next to the one on which, they were placed. Most of the tubercles become obsolete or disappear on the body whorl, excepting only a row of large ones round each umbilical margin, and another of much smaller size, placed about the middle of the sides. The ribs on this volution are alternately bifurcating and simple, but they are all of equal length, and bear usually a similar, or rather corres- ponding number of tubercles. The row of large tubercles round the umbilical margin gives to that opening a distinctly coronated aspect, but those on the middle of the sides are sometimes so small as to be barely perceptible. The aperture of the original of fig. 1, on Plate IV., is about three inches and three-fourths wide, by three inches and one line in height. Seven specimens of this “strongly characterized” species were obtained, most of which are curiousky distorted. None of them are very perfect, and yet nearly all of the essential peculiarities of the fossil are well exhibited in one or the other, except the outlines of the septa and the shape of the outer lip. In the preliminary report previously referred to, Mr. Billings says that the specimens just described are nearly related to Ammonites Stolicz- kanus, but that they are “perfectly distinct” from it. The difference between the shells from the two localities seems to the writer to be scarcely of specific importance. A. Stoliczkanus was originally described from a single half grown example, about three inches and three quarters in dia- meter. Apart from the circumstance that some of the tubercles originally bore long spines, (a feature seen so rarely even now that there is no wonder that it was not observed before) Mr. Gabb’s description of the 27 Californian shell applies with great exactness to the present specimens, except in one particular. Hach rib in the type of A. Stol/ezkanus is de- scribed as bearing six tubercles, three on each side of the periphery, but there are usually nearly double that number in the corresponding coste of the fossils collected by Mr. Richardson. Although this might appear to be an important difference, it is doubtful whether it is of more than varietal value. The number of tubercles to each rib is variable in actual specimens, and they show a marked tendency to divide into two or three in the course of growth. Thus, in the last whorl but one of the original of Plate IV., fig. 1, there is a single tubercle on the umbilical margin, another on the middle of the sides, and a third trifid one on the edge of the periphery. The description of the tuberculation of the type agrees so well with some of the Queen Charlotte Island specimens, that the latter are, (for the present at least) regarded as simply a variety of A, Stoliczkanus with rather more numerous tubercles than usual, to each rib. Pictet’s group Mammillati, in which this species is placed, differs from the Rotomagenses chiefly in the absence of tubercles or carination on the periphery of the shell. It is partly made up of Ammonites taken from that division and from the Dentati. A. laticlavius of Sharpe, from the Grey Chalk of the Isle of Wight, bears a considerable resemblance to this shell, but the whorls of the English fossil are flatter, and its aperture is much higher than wide. Group L1L.—Macrocephali, Von Buch. SUBGENUS STEPHANOCERAS, WAAGEN (PARs.)—‘‘ Geognostich Paleontologische Bei- trage,” von Dr. E. W. Benecke, Munchen, 1869. Vol. II., page 248. Ammonites Loaantanus. (N. Sp.) Type. Plate VIIL., fig 2. Shell compressed, but rather thick; inner whorls entirely covered, except about three-fourths of the last one; * umbilicus of medium size. The early volutions are apparently very strongly involute, but the two outer ones are much more loosely coiled. The last whorl is obliquely compressed at the sides, which are widest just before they yi J = 7 * In the only two specimens obtained, the centre was covered by the matrix and it is just possible that if this were removed, rather more than one volution and three-fourths of another would be visible externally. Still, the shale was detached from the umbilicus of the example figured, to a depth of nearly three-quarters of an inch, without a trace of the inner whorls being exposed. 28 commence to descend towards the sutures; the periphery is rounded but slightly flattened. The aperture is subovate, its base being con- Fie. 3. Fic. 3.—A. LoGANIANvs, outline of the aperture of a typical specimen. cavely emarginate. If measured in the centre, where the emargination is greatest, the height of the aperture is rather less than its width, but as viewed externally the height and width of the whorls are nearly equal. The umbilicus of the most perfect specimen is rather less than one- third of the entiré diameter; its inner face is somewhat straight and precipitous below; its outer margin is evenly rounded, It is deeply excavated in the centre of the shell, but becomes shallower very rapidly towards the mouth. The surface ornamentation consists of primary, trifurcating ribs, which usually alternate with secondary, simple and shorter ones. Commencing at the sutures, the primaries are at first distant, obtuse and prominent; then at about a third of the distance across the sides, they trifurcate and pass over the periphery, reuniting at exactly similar points. The points where the primaries begin to trifurcate are marked by small elevations, or tubercles.* The intervening coste are simple and do not extend to the sutures, but become obsolete near the middle of the sides. Some- times the secondary ribs are absent, and there is rarely more than one between each pair of primaries. Although much worn in the actual specimens, there is reason to suppose that all the coste were originally acute; the grooves between them are concave, and a little wider than the * In one specimen, these are narrow and elongated ; in the other, whose surface is much abraded, they are rounded and obtuse ; in both they are feebly marked and inconspicuous. 29 ribs. As viewed along the siphonal edge, the whole of the costation is rather fine in proportion to the size of the shell; near the aperture, the greatest distance between the summits of two contiguous ribs (on the per- iphery) rarely amounts to as much as two lines, the average being about a line and a-quarter. The specimen figured, which although in some respects the most per- feet of the two, is very much distorted, measures about five inches in its greatest diameter, the width of its umbilicus being about eighteen lines. The other is four inches and two lines across, and its umbilical cavity is fifteen lines wide. A. Loaantanus (?) Form A. Plate IV., figs. 2, 2a, Shell subglobose ; inner whorls entirely covercd except the outer half of the last one; umbilicus rather small. Outer whorl somewhat inflated, broadly rounded ou the periphery, and shghtly compressed at the sides, Umbilical cavity rather more than one-fourth of the entire diameter, deep in the centre and shallow ex- teriorly. Margin of the umbilicus rounded, its inner face steep but low. Behind the mouth of the shell there is a broad and moderately deep groove or constriction, and the whorl contracts very perceptibly at a short distance from the aperture. Near the sutures there is a shallow sinus on each side of the lip, which is produced into a broadly rounded process on the periphery. The groove behind the mouth seems to follow the contour of the outer lip, unless the latter once bore lateral lobes, of which there is no, evidence. The aperture is transversely arcuate, its breadth being nearly three times as great as its height. In the middle of the same whorl, before it begins to narrow, the height of the volution is much greater in proportion to the width. The sculpture consists for the most part of primary ribs, which rise from the sutures, and bifurcate at about a third of the distance across the sides, before passing over the periphery. About eighteen of these can be counted on the outer whorl. The points of bifurcation are not marked by any distinct swellings or tubercles, Occasionally asimple and shorter rib intervenes between a pair of primaries, but the intermediate ribs are often wanting altogether, and when present never reach to the sutures. At first the costation is comparatively close set and the ribs, with their corresponding grooves, are subangular, but in the last half turn they get wider apart and more rounded, The whole sculpture is very coarse 30 for the size of the shell; in the only specimen of this variety, whose greatest diameter does not much exceed two inches, the ribs are as wide apart as they are in the largest example of the typical form, which is at least four times its size. Septation unknown. The exact dimensions of the fossils are as follows: Greatest diameter two inches and nearly four lines; width of umbilicus, about eight lines 3 height of aperture, five lines ; breadth of do., one inch and three lines. Ammonites LOGANIANUS (?) Form B. Plate VIITI., figs. 1 and la. Shell inflated, globose ; the early volutions entirely concealed ; um bili- cus very small. In the only specimen collected, the outer half of the last whorl is much distorted, and compressed in such a way that the sides are partly forced over the umbilicai opening. For this reason the exact amount of the involution, the proportionate width of the umbilicus, and the shape of the aperture cannot be very accurately ascertained. Curiously enough, the distortion does not seem to have much affected the rest of the shell. Only one whorl is visible externally; this is ventricose alike on the siphonal edge and at the sides ; its inward curve is also convex, but rather abruptly so near the sutures. Where the distortion is least, the maximum width of the whorl (or thickness of the shell) is nearly equal to three- fourths of the greatest diameter. The aperture is obviously much wider than high, though it is difficult to estimate in what proportion. The um- bilicus is very small and deep. The surface is ornamented with primary, bifurcating coste, and intervening, secondary, simple ribs. About thirty of the former can be counted on the last volution. They commence at the sutures, bifurcate at about a third of the distance across the sides, and re- unite at exactly similar and opposite points. There are no swellings or tubercles on the ribs where they begin to divide. At the commence- ment of the last whorl the ribs bifurcate at a comparatively short distance from the sutures, but near the aperture this distance is much increased, The secondary cost usually alternate with the primaries, but the former are often absent; when present they encircle the periphery but do not extend to the sutures. wo bifureating ribs are oécasionally placed _to- gether without any intervening one ; or two simple cost may occur be- 31 tween a pair of primaries. When the latter is the case, one of the inter- vening ribs is unusually long and almost joins one of the primaries, so that a tendency to bifurcation is then observable. The whole of the ribs are at first crowded and fine (except near the sutures) but at a little distance from the aperture they get much wider apart. They are prominent, regular and acute (though sometimes, under the lens, they appear a little rounded at their summits); and the grooves between them are rather deeply concave. In the earlier part of the outer whorl, the grooves are a little wider than the ribs which bound them, they (the grooves) gra- dually increase in width, until, near the aperture, they are about three times as wide and much shallower in proportion than at the commence- ment of the volution. The ribs, too, are more acute and prominent near the outer termination of the shell. Septation unknown. Where the specimen is least distorted the greate t diameter is about two inches, and the maximum width of the whorl (or thickness of the shell) is nearly one inch and a half: It is doubtful whether the four Ammonites described above should be regarded as different stages of growth of one shell, or as two, or even three, distinct species. Form A. and form B. are each represented by a single specimen of about the same size. Notwithstanding its globose shape, and the much greater involution of its whorls, it is easy to under- stand that Form B. may be the young of the type of A. Loganianus, as there is little essential difference in the style of costation of both. The sculpture of Form A. is certainly coarser and its ribs are much more distant than is the case in any of the other three specimens ; the costa also appear to be more obtuse and angular, but as the surface is much water- worn, it is not safe to attach any importance to the latter character. In Form A. one volution and a half are visible externally, and in Form B. only one can be seen, but this difference may have resulted from the peculiar distortion to which the last named specimen has been subjected. On the whole, it is most probable that these four Ammonites belong to one species, of which Form A. may constitute a well marked variety. In many respects, Ammonites Loganianus is nearly allied to the A. Gervillei of Sowerby. Form B., in particular, can scarcely be distinguished from the shell figured by D’Orbigny,* as the young state of A. Gervillei. In more fully grown specimens, the differences between the two species are obvious; 4. Gervilled is then much the most globose shell of the two, and *“ Paléontologie Frangaise. Terrains Jurassiques,” Vol. II, Atlas, Plate CXL 32 has one more whorl visible externally. The volutions of A. Loganianus are coiled in a very similar manner to those of A, bullatus, D’Orbigny,* but the sculpture and shape of each are perfectly distinct. The Oolitic Macrocephali, as a whole, are said to possess a combination of characters by which they can generally be distinguished from Creta- ceous Ammonites of the same group. In the Oolitic species the shell is more globose, the whorls are very strongly involute, and, as Stoliczka has pointed out, “ the lateral ribs form a tubercle about the middle of the sides, and then divide into two or more ribs.” In each of these respects, A. Loganianus has more the aspect of an Oolitic than of a Cretaceous species. The name proposed for this shell is mtended as a tribute, of respect and affection, to the memory of the late Sir W. E, Logan. Group IV.—Coronarii, Buch. SuB-GENUS STEPHANOCERAS, WAAGEN (Pars.)—‘‘ Geognostich-Paleontologische Bei- trage.” Munchen, 1869. Vol. II., page 248.) Ammonites Ricuarpsonit. (N. Sp.) Plate V. Both figures. Shell thick, inflated; umbilicus wide and deep, conspicuously coro- nated round its inner margin by a vow of distant, rounded tubercles. Volutions about six, very closely and tightly coiled, so that their width is about two-thirds greater than their height, much raised at the sides, widest and sub-angular near their middle. The amount of involution is always slight. and decreases exteriorly ; the inner faces of the early volutions, and the whole of the sides of the last but one being fully exposed. In the outer whorl the periphery is ventricose and rounded ; its curve is confluent with that of the outer half of the sides, which swell up (almost concavely) so as to form a sub-angular ridge about their middle, but nearer to the sutures. From the summit of this ridge, which forms the outer margin of the umbilicus, the whorls slope abruptly and almost precipitously down to the sutures, so as to present a nearly straight (though slightly convex) umbilical face. In the last half turn the umbilical margin becomes more rounded, and the inner face of the whorlis more oblique and spreading. As the greater part of one side of the only specimen collected is worn away, the exact width or thick- ness of the shell cannot be ascertained, but it was probably more than ,one- *“ Paléontologie Francaise, Terrains Jurassiques.” Vol, I. Atlas, Plate CXLIL., figs. 1 and 2, 33 half of the entire diameter. The umbilicus is deeply excavated and concavely conical, especially in the centre, but it gets shallower and loses its regularly conical shape near the aperture. As compared with the outer whorl, the inner volutions occupy rather less than one-half the greatest diameter of the shell. As measured from two-opposite tubercles, the umbilicus is equal to nearly three-fourths of the whole diameter. The aperture is transversely arcuate, and its sides are truncate and subangular. The last whorl is ornamented with fourteen, distant, raised, rounded tubercles, which encircle the umbilicus. About as many can be counted on the volution which precedes it, and the coronations can be traced even in the earlier whorls. Where the test is preserved, the periphery and part of the sides are.covered with close-set, numerous and transverse ribs, (varying from a quarter of a line to a line in width) which are too fine to leave definite impressions on the cast. These appear to proceed from each of the tubercles in bundles of about ten or fourteen. The distance from the centre of two contiguous tubercles on the outer whorl was found to be about seven lines, and in a space of equal width imme- diately below them, fifteen or sixteen ribs could be counted. These, however, are very unequal in width, even over a very small area, and, of course, are widest near the mouth. Greatest diameter of the shell, four inches and five lines; extreme width of umbilicus, from the centre of two opposite tubercles, three inches and one line; of the inner whorls, (from suture to suture) two inehes and one line. The breadth of the aperture is roughly estimated at two inches and nine lines in its widest part; its height is about eleven lines. This interesting shell, of which only one imperfect specimen was collected, is nearly related to the Ammonites coronatus* of Bruguiere, and A. Blagdenit of Sowerby. The extreme fineness of the ribs in A. Richard- soni, together with the very slight involution of its outer whorl, will enable it to be distinguished from either at a glance. It affords the writer much pleasure to be able to associate the name of its discoverer with this beautiful species. The collection of which it forms a part is only one out of the many additions which Mr. Richardson has made to our knowledge of the geology and palwontology of Canada, in a period extending over thirty years. * Paléontologie Frangaise, Terrains Jurassiques. Vol. I. Atlas. Plates CLXVIII, & CLX1X: + “ Mineral Conchology.” Vol. II., page 231. Plate CCI, D 34 Group V. Planulati, Waagen, non Buch. (Coronarii, Buch. et auctorum, pars.) SUBGENUS PERISPHINCTES, WAAGEN. —‘‘Geognostich-Paleontologische Beitrage,” von Dr. E. W. Benecke. Munchen: 1869. Band 2, p. 248. AMMONITES SKIDEGATENSIS. (N. Sp.) Plate VII. Adult and type. Plate IX., figure 1: An immature, but perfect speci- men, supposed to belong to the same species. ig 4: Fic. 4.—A. Skidegatensis.—Outline of aperture of the specimen}represented at Plate VII. Shell composed of many rounded whorls; umbilicus much more than half the entire diameter; surface regularly costate ; ribs acute and separa- ted by broad convex grooves, alternately bifurcating and simple. Volu- tions sharply coronated above and below. The sides of the inner whorls are fully exposed; the umbilicus is accordingly very wide, it is also rather shallow externally, but is much deeper (apparently) near the centre. Measuring from suture to suture, the inner whorls (collectively) make up rather more than half of the entire diameter. Only the two outer volutions are visible in the largest specimen, the rest being covered by hard and tenacious shale, which could not be removed except at the risk of spoiling the fossil. As seen transversely, the outer whorl is raised at the sides, and slightly com- pressed at the periphery. Its base is shallowly and concavely emargi- nate by the encroachment of the preceding volution. The aperture is about one-third wider than high; its greatest breadth being a little below the middle. 35 The sculpture consists of transverse raised ribs, which although acute and prominent, are always narrower than the deeply concave and rounded grooves which separate them. What may be conveniently termed the primary ribs, commence at the sutures, bifurcate about the middle of the sides, pass over the periphery, and reunite at a corres- ponding point on the other plane of the shell. From thirty-five to thirty-six of these primary coste can be counted on the last volution. At the point where they begin to bifurcate, they swell up into narrow and transversely elongated elevations, which can scarcely be termed tubercles, at least if that term is used solely to convey the idea of circular prominences. Sometimes, especially near the aperture, the bifurcation of the primaries is obscure, and the appearance then presented is that of pairs of continuous ribs, separated by one or two shorter ones, Occasionally, also, two bifureating and primary coste immediately succeed each other, without the intervention of any secondary rib. The secondary coste are invariably simple, as well as being always shorter than the primaries. They encircle the outer half of the whorls only, and do not extend to the sutures, but become obsolete and disappear about the middle of the sides, just where the primaries begin to bifurcate. In the last whorl but one the arrangement of the coste is very uniform ; asingle bifurcating rib almost invariably alternating with a shorter, simple one; but near the aperture the grouping is much more variable and irregular. As seen along the periphery, the whole of the ribs are both equidistant and of the same height; they are not separated by <« narrow space which encircles the siphonal edge, (as is the case in some nearly allied species,) but pass uninterruptedly over it. Septation unknown. The greatest diameter of the largest known specimen, (to which the above description refers exclusively, and which must be regarded as the type of the species), is seven inches and two lines; the width of the um- bilicus, from suture to suture, is about three inche and eight lines. Besides the specimen just described, there are six small Ammonites which most probably belong to the same species, although the interme- diate stages of growth have not yet been observed. The most perfect of these, which measures about two inches and three lines across, will be found represented at figure I. of Plate IX. The others are mostly mere fragments, but they show that the sculpture is very variable in different individuals of the same size, besides giving other information which hap- pens not to be afforded by more perfect individuals. As compared with the type, the fossil figured on Plate IX. has its outer whorl proportio- 36 nately more raised at the sides and more compressed on the periphery, The inner faces of the whorl are more oblique and not so evenly rounded, and the umbilicus is rather less than half the entire diameter. These differences, however, may be partly due to the distortion which the small specimen has undergone ; compression having been effected in a direction at aright angle to the sides. The umbilical cavity is concavely and rather deeply excavated in the centre, but it gets shallower rapidly as the shell increases in size. In this specimen there are not less than six volutions, and perhaps as many as seven. The costation, in this particular instance, is remarkably coarse for the size of the shell, and the inter- mediate secondary ribs are almost, if not altogether, absent. On the outer whorl there are twenty-four ribs, each of which‘proceeds from the sutures, and bifurcates about the middle of the sides. After bifurcating on one side of the shell, the ribs pass over the periphery, and re-unite (in this instance at least) at directly opposite and corresponding points, on the other. The linear elevations which arise at the points where the ribs bifurcate, are unusually prominent and give the shell a much more decidedly coronated aspect than it bears when it has attained to nearly its full size. Two out of these six small specimens shew a coarse style of ribbing, the ribs being exceptionally prominent and wide apart. Such individuals can scarcely be distinguished from the fossil figured by D’Orbigny in the “ Paléontologie Frangaise ” * as the Ammonites Bratkenridgit of Sowerby.} In that species the raised protuberances which arise where the ribs bifurcate, alternate with each other across the siphonal edge, instead of being placed at points immediately opposite, but an alternate grouping may also be traced ob- scurely in some of the Queen Charlotte Island specimens. In the four remaining, the ribs, as they arise from the sutures, are as wide apart as in the others, but they either trifurcate before passing over the periphery, or else a single secondary rib alternates with each of the bifurcating primaries. Along the siphonal edge, therefore, the ribs in this variety are much more numerous and closer together than they are in the other. In all the specimens, whether large or small, the sculpture is remark- ably similar. The ribs are invariably acute, they are separated by con- cave grooves which are much wider than the coste themselves, and the * “Terrains Jurassiques.” Vol. II. Atlas, Plate CXXXV, figs. 3-5. + The original description and figure A. Braikenvidgii in the ‘‘ Mineral Conchology,” are so vague and unsatisfactory that it is by no means improbable that this name may have been bestowed by European writers on two very different speeies. Further, the shell represented by Pictet, in his ‘‘ Traite de Paléon- tologie” (Atlas, Plate LV., fig. 1) as Aiminonites Huwmphreysianus, seems to be identical with the A. Braikenridgii of D’Orbigny. BL) shape of the elevations which give a more or less coronated aspect to the shell, varies very little in different examples. Assuming that the whole of these seven Ammonites belong to one species, it was at first thought difficult to account for the fact that the width (or thickness) of the outer whorl in small individuals was so much greater in proportion to their entire diameter than is the case in more fully grown shells. The expla- nation of this circumstance is very simple. In a specimen at a compara- tively early stage of growth, the whorls are so much compressed on the periphery and raised at the sides that the width of the aperture may be twice or even three times as great as its height. When more nearly ar- rived at maturity, the whorls become rounded and their sides compressed, the height of the aperture become nearly equal to its breath, and the result is a great addition to the diameter of the shell, which is not accom- panied by a corresponding and proportionate increase of its thickness. An appropriate illustration of this peculiar mode of growth is afforded by the Ammonites anceps of Reinecke, as figured by D’Orbigny in the “ Paléontologie Frangaise.” In the Atlas to Vol. I, of the “ Terrains Jurassiques,’”’ Plate CLXVI., figures are given of two specimens of A. anceps, one of which is represented as one inch and five lines, and the other as three inches and four lines in diameter. The smallest of these fossils is the thickest of the two, at least if the figures are correct. Mr. Billings has suggested * that the large specimen which is here re- garded as the type of A. Skidegatensis, is closely allied to the Perisphinctes tyrannus of Neumayr,f from the “ Macrocephalen Kalken” of Brielthal. The two species certainly resemble each other in general shape and in the amount of involution of the whorls, but their sculpture is sufficiently distinct. The outer whorl of P. tyrannus is said to be ornamented with nineteen distant primary ribs, which trifurcate in passing over the siphonal edge. In A. Skidegatensis the ribs are much more numerous, acute and regular. Ammonites anceps of Reinecke, which also belongs to Waagen’s sub-genus Perisphinctes, is still more nearly allied to the present species both in shape and sculpture. The only important difference between them is that in the former the ribs are separated by a narrow space which encir- cles the periphery, and this is never the case in A. Skidegatensis. * “Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress for 1872-73.” Page 72. * “ Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich-Koniglichen Geologischen Reichsanstalt.” Vienna; 1870. Vol. XX., page 150, Plate IX. 38 AMMONITES CaRLOTTENSIS (N. Sp.) Plate VI. ee Seat Fig. 5. Fic. 5.—Outline of aperture of A. Carlottensis, as viewed transversely. Shell composed of (apparently rather few) rounded whorls ; umbilicus less than one-half the entire diameter. Volutions encircled by faint, though broad, obtusely rounded or subangular ribs, which are alternately bifureating and simple. Sides bluntly coronated. In the only specimen collected, the inner whorls are either covered by the matrix or are wanting altogether. The fossil also has been distorted in such a way as to present nearly an oval shape when viewed laterally, so that the proportion of the umbilicus to the entire diameter varies according to the direction in which it is measured. The same distortion seems to have affected the shape of the outer whorl; at any rate, near the aperture it is compressed both at the sides and on the periphery, while the other half of the same whorl is inflated, the periphery is evenly rounded, though perhaps a little flattened, and the sides are very much raised. As the inner edge of the whorls is usually rounded, there is no distinct margin to the umbilicus; in some places, however, the umbilical face of the whorls is steep, but it is never angular above. Measuring from suture to suture (of the outer whorl) the inner volutions occupy between one-third and one-half of the diameter of the shell. The aperture is always much wider than high; the emargination at its base (caused by the encroachment of the preceding whorl) being moderately déep, or at least, not very shallow. The outer whorl is ornamented by nineteen primary ribs; these com- mence at the sutures, and swell out gradually into obtuse, elongated, but more or less rounded tubercles about the middle or near the inner half of 39 each side, after which they bifurcate widely, but very indistinctly, before passing over the periphery. In the earliest part of the whorl, twosimple, secondary ribs, which do not quite reach to the sutures, usually inter- vene between each pair of primaries. Near the aperture the secondary costce disappear, and the ribs as they pass over the siphonal edge become much more distant. As viewed along the periphery, the whole of the ribs are about equidistant, the intermediate ones being as broad and as wide apart as the bifurcations of the primaries. The entire costation is pecu- liar in another way; the ribs, though wide, are obtuse and not much elevated, and the corresponding depressions, though broad, are always very shallow. At some distance from the aperture, where the test is preserved, both ribs and grooves are obtusely angular. Near the outer edge of the volution they become more obsolete as well as wider, and probably with age disappear altogether, Septation unknown. Greatest diameter of the shell, five inches and ten lines; maximum width of umbilicus, (from suture to suture) two inches and five lines. Height of aperture, one inch and three and a half lines; greatest breadth of do., twenty-three lines. The above description refers exclusively to the solitary and imperfect specimen collected by Mr. Richardson, which is represented at Plate VI. Although only partially characterized at present, the species seem to possess sufficiently distinctive features to entitle it to the new name which is here proposed for it. The sculpture of A. Carlottensis is not very dissimilar to that of A. (Perisphinctes) tyrannus, but the shape of the two shells is quite different. In A. Carlottensis the umbilicus is comparatively small, in A. tyrannus it is very wide. In the former, when undistorted, the inner whorls together would probably occupy about one-third of the entire diameter; in the latter they would make up more than half. A. Skidegatensis resembles A. tyrannus in shape but not in sculpture, while A. Carlottensis is allied to A. tyrannus in sculpture but not in shape. Ammonites Laperoustanus. (N. Sp.) Plate III., figure 3. Shell composed of many rounded but slightly compressed whorls ; umbilicus about one-half of the entire diameter; surface marked by simple, transverse ribs, and by numerous, oblique, periodic constrictions 40 Volutions about six, increasing slowly in size, the sides of the inner whorls being almost completely exposed; outer whorl nearly circular, but a little compressed at the sides, its base being shallowly emarginate by the preceding volution; aperture slightly wider than high. Surface ornamented with simple, transverse, flexuous ribs, and oblique, periodic grooves or constrictions. As the direction of the constrictions is different te that of the ribs, some of the latter are almost always truncated by the former. In the outer whorl of the specimen figured , there are nine or ten constrictions, each of which is narrow on the periphery and wide on the inner half, at least, of the sides. They divide the ribs into sets in a somewhat uniform way. Near the aperture there are generally six ribs between each pair of grooves. Of these, the first three are continuous, as is also the sixth, or outer one, which is so oblique as to truncate about one-half of the fifth, near the middle of the sides, and the base of the fourth, near the sutures. Or, it might be said with equal propriety, that the outer rib trifurcates at unequal distances, before passing over the periphery. In each set of ribs, the two outer ones form part of the boundaries of the grooves by which they are separated., Both ribs and constrictions become faint and nearly obsolete on the periphery, especially the former. The constrictions are obviously the remains of former lips, which were sinuous at the sides, and produced into narrowly rounded, or spout-like processes, on the siphonal edge of the shell. Septation unknown. Greatest diameter of the largest example, nineteen lines; width of umbilicus, from suture to suture, not quite nine lines. The description applies solely to the specimen figured, which is the largest of the only two collected. The other one, which measures scarcely an inch across, is comparatively flat and thin, its aperture is much higher than wide, and the ribs and constrictions are not so clearly defined as they become at a more advanced stage of growth. There is a considerable resemblance between these shells, which are obviously very immature, and the A. Seranonis of D’Orbigny,* a French Lower Neocomian fossil. D’Orbigny’s species is represented as having a thinner and flatter shell than is that of A. Laperousianus at the same age. Young specimens of the latter are indeed nearly as flat as the French fossil, but the umbilicus of the smallest of the two individuals * « Paléontologie Frangaise. Terrains Cretaces.” Vol. I., page 361, Atlas, Plate CIX;, figs. 4 and 5, 41 from the Queen Charlotte Islands is then ‘comparatively small. In the outer whorl of A. Laperousianus there are nine or ten oblique grooves or constrictions, in that of A. Seranonis there are only four. Septation unknown. Inscribed to the memory of the gallant Commander of the Asfrolabe, who visited these islands in 1786. A. Laperousianus probably belongs to Dr. Waagen’s sub-genus Peri- sphinctes, the young shells of which are said to be marked by periodical constrictions. Other writers regard these marks of arrests of growth as one of the distinguishing features of the Zigati, and the species is evidently one of the connecting links between that group and the Planulati. Its full characters have yet to be ascertained. Group 6. Ligati, D’ Orbigny. Ammonites TimoTHEANUS, Mayor. Plate III., figures 2, 2a. A. Timotheanus, Mayor. Pictet et Roux. ‘‘Mollusques des Gres Verts,” page 39. Plate II., fig. 6, and Plate III., figs. 1, 2. Stoliczka, ‘‘ Cretaceous Cephalopoda of Southern India.” Series 3, parts 6-9, pages 146, 147, Plate LX XIIT., figures 3 to 6. Shell composed of rather closely involute, nearly square whorls, which become rounded with age; umbilicus about one-third the entire diameter; surface almost smooth, but marked by distant, periodic constrictions. , As far as can be ascertained from the rather imperfect specimens, about one-fourth of the inner whorls is exposed. In two of these, whose diameter is less than as many inches, the periphery of the outer whorl is flattened, the sides are obliquely compressed, and the umbilical faces are straight and steep. The squareness of the whorls is very marked at this stage of growth, but the outer angles are more rounded than the inner ones. Their aperture is subquadrangular, and wider than high, even if the basal emargination (which is squarish and moderately deep) is not taken into account. The proportions of the umbilical opening are best seen in these half grown shells. In an individual whose greatest diameter is fourteen lines, the width of the umbilicus is five lines; its margin is bluntly angular. A larger but less perfect specimen, which measures nearly three inches and a-half across, has nearly circular whorls, but they are still a little com- pressed at the sides. Its aperture is ovately orbicular, but widest 42 below, and the basal emargination is rather deeply concave. If measured outside of the emargination, the height of the aperture is rather greater than the width; if in the centre, the width slightly exceeds the length. In other words, the lateral compression of the whorls is so little, that it is not equal to the depth of the emargination. In the adult shell, the umbilical margin is evenly rounded. The sculpture consists for the most part of obliquely transverse distant, periodic furrows or constrictions. About six of these can be counted in the outer whorl of each of the specimens; they are directed obliquely forwards on the sides, and then bend backwards so as to form a series of shallowly concave sinuses on the periphery. Besides these, there are a few faint revolving lines on the siphonal edge, and some still fainter strie of growth across the whorls, but both are so incon- spicuous that, apart from the narrowly concave constrictions, the surface is practically smooth. Septation unknown. The three Ammonites described above agree so exactly with Stoliczka’s description and figures of A. Timotheanus, that they are provisionally (at least) regarded as belonging to that species. In the absence of any definite knowledge of the septation of the Queen Charlotte Island specimens, their identification is, of course, somewhat uncertain. The memoir in which A. Timotheanus was first described is, unfortunately, inaccessible to the writer. According to Stoliczka, Pictet originally recorded it as a fossil of the “Gres Verts” of Saxonet in Savoy. It was afterwards noticed by D’Orbigny, Gras and others, from the Gault and Etage Albien (Lower Chalk) of the South of France. Hauer thinks that specimens of an Ammonite from the Gault of South-Western Hungary may belong to this species. In India, 4. Timotheanus has been collected from the “Trinchinopoly Series of Serdamungalum, North of Anapaudy and near Ondoor;” also from the ‘‘Ootatoor Series of the neighbourhood of Odium: Mooraviatoor and Penangoor.” It was first catalogued as a British fossil in 1875. In the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London (Vol. XXXI., pp. 277 and 306), Mr. A. A. Jukes Brown says that it is found, though rarely, in the phosphatic deposits of the Upper Gault, or “ Ktage Vraconnien,” at Cambridge. 43 Group 7.—Fimbriati, D’ Orbigny. Sub-genus Lytoceras, Suess. (Thysanoceras, Hyatt.) AmMONITES Fitictnorus (N. Sp.) Plate II., Figs. 2, 2a, 26, 2c, and 3. Shell composed of many, slightly involute whorls, which are nearly circular in section when half grown, but which become a little com- pressed laterally with age. Surface ornamented with minute, crowded, transverse, raised lines, and with numerous periodic furrows or con- strictions. Whorls about six or seven, two-thirds or more of the inner ones being exposed. In a specimen (Plate II., fig. 2) which measures about an inch and a quarter in diameter, the outer whorl is rounded, but com- pressed slightly and obliquely at the sides, while the downward and inward curve towards the sutures is abrupt and sub-convex. At this stage of growth the aperture is broader than high; its outline is almost circular, but the base is shallowly emarginate. In a fragment of a much larger and undistorted specimen, the oblique flattening of the sides is more decided, and the outline of the aperture is rather more elliptical. . The true proportions of the umbilical opening can be seen only in the small specimen represented at Plate II., fig. 2, the others are either imperfect or crushed out of shape. In this individual, the width of the umbilicus (the margin of which is rounded and indefinite) is not quite half of the entire diameter. The whole surface of the test is encircled by fine, transverse, thread-like stria or raised lines, which are scarcely visible to the naked eye and give to the shell a silky lustre. The striz are nearly straight on the periphery, but flexuous on the sides and inner margins of the whorls. They are parallel, simple, and nearly equidistant ; never either crenate or bifurcating. Besides the strie, the whorls are girdled by periodic, transverse furrows or constrictions, which occur at irregular and some- times distant intervals, in half-grown shells. In the outer whorl of large specimens, these furrows become more numerous and regularly disposed, so that when viewed at a little distance, the sculpture near the mouth seems to consist of broad flattened ribs, separated by deep, though comparatively narrow, grooves. It requires a closer inspection to detect the thread-like strizv on the surface of each rib, but although they (the 44 strie) are sometimes obliterated on the cast, they are always clearly defined when the shell is preserved. In the last whorl of a large but distorted specimen, seventeen of these rib-like spaces can be counted, which average about a quarter of an inch in width, the grooves being about half as wide. It is scarcely correct to call the spaces between the grooves ribs, for, although the furrows sink deeply below the general level of the surface of the shell, there ure no corresponding elevations above it. Sometimes the spaces are as much as half an inch wide. The outlines of the septa can only be traced in a half-grown specimen (the original of Plate II., fig. 2) and in it they are partly covered by the shell. The siphonal (“dorsal”) saddle is small, simply conical and entire. Its sides are slightly convex, but they are not toothed or cut. There are two bipartite lateral lobes and saddles, with bifid terminations, on each side. The first lateral lobe, which is the largest, is about as long as the siphonal one. The number of accessory lobes and saddles between the umbilical margin and the sutures of the whorls cannot be made out very satisfactorily, but as the second lateral lobe is placed on the edge of the umbilicus, they must be very few. Five specimens of this species were collected, three of which are either imperfect or much distorted. These shells agree exactly, both in shape and sculpture, with the figures and descriptions of Ammonites Sacya, Forbes, as given in the ‘Paleontologia Indica.” Stoliczka’s illustration of the type of A. Buddha, Forbes, (a synonym of A. Sacya) would serve as a portrait of the specimen represented at Plate II., fig. 3. Yet the septation of the two species is not alike, the principal difference being in the shape of their siphonal saddles. Those of A. Sacya are said to be tongue-shaped and toothed, (“sella siphonali denticulata, linguiforme”’) while those of A. filicinctus are conical and entire. A. filicinctus is also nearly allied to A. quadrisulcatus, D’Orbigny, especially in the outlines of its septation, the siphonal saddles being of the same shape in each. A. guadrisulcatus was at first imperfectly described (in the “ Paléontologie Frangaise”) from half-grown casts. It has since been illustrated rather copiously by Zittel, in the ‘ Cephalopoden der Stramberger Schichten,” also in the “ Fauna der Aelteren Cepha. lopoden Fuehrenden Tithonbildungen,” and Tiatze has figured a variety of it in the “ Jahrbuch der Kaiserlich-Koniglichen Geologischen Reich- sanstalt”’ of Vienna, Vol» XXII., (1872) Plate IX-, figs. 12a and 126. In Zittel’s diagnosis of A. quadrisulcatus no mention is made of any trans- verse strive, although some rather distant ones are represented in his 45 figures. On the other hand, close, thread-like striw, similar to those which are so characteristic of A. filicinctus, are shown in Tietze’s illus- trations of A. quadrisulcatus, although nothing is said about them in the text. Zittel says there are never more than four transverse grooves to each whorl of A. quadrisulcatus, but Tietze figures a variety with five. In a large though distorted specimen’ of A. filicinctus, there are at least sixteen grooves or constrictions on the outer whorl, in the inner ones even they are often very numerous. By this latter character | a afta G2) x = : Ay i oe a ; 7 a _ ‘ os aay Ai tant eto Piage ud TNS aE Pat Nyy Ps a gf (he i Hoss i Lhe ue al ; i) qa? ’ os jel a : rity ' = : a ' > 7 i 1% | 5 = her . ' ) ne fr = i d i id aie Pe iy "A ie 5 Ter } y : * % : i” pai) a ie oe: | . siae eg od T i it = i rire 2 rn | i A ‘ i y n Wee P : te eel ; oy g hs. by (te. § uk i Pie i i ; + as f ie ta fi) ! Lary ; a rr ro 7 a ; f n P Ph jim & oh it a i’ £ { : 4; re : ! i was ; fn aN On ¢ 1A ; : rt , t ve i aA a " 5 1 . 4 ; i} i" y) bas " : A Tiga) i 7 { fl L " ai : ; ba ae } A n ‘ ‘ i“ ' : y Vier id f ‘ 7 cee ie ee i eo : ; i one iu ue ou! nL i Mi. n oe} ; ay RA eo oe : Ry as aan ae . iy Cee an ees Salt f ' pai ears Wy 7 ae ay Fi ; me j ae ye >= 4 : ; A U ) 1 ; se r ’ eof D c ) _ a fe at “1, ! teat ue ¥- i 1 } a ; il a ‘ PLATE WV, AMMONITES STOLIczKANUS, Gabb, var. spiniferus (page 24.) Figure 1. A broken but nearly adult example, drawn in such a position as to show the depth and abrupt truncation of the inner edge of part of the body whorl. Ammonites Loaaniants. Form A. (page 29.) Figure 2. Side view of the only specimen in the collection. “ 2a. Front aspect of the same. i) R2 SN e SIU A ¢ ND tC GEOLOE BS ws - ee i le” . " fi ary Ley ok dl : a erat nar,’ oy i Ba | bie Ae) pa Haars rey) Ves PLATE V.— us Ammonires RicHarpsontt (page 32.) ‘ e > Bisurent? View of the most perfect side of the type specimen. ; 7 yy. Front of do. partly restored. : 0 v ok a. as Pirie at gf i hy e 4 SILS VO0l.1.PLATE 5 MESOZOIC FOS @LO GICAL SWRI nn Le oratagd A aE LNT A ‘paroysor Apya1vd ‘op Jo yuo. ‘aaturoeds od4} ot} JO OpIs yoojaed ysourt oY} JO MOTA ‘T ainsi Cag osvd) IINOSGUVHOIY SALINONW VW ‘A GLVTd if PL AE VG AMMONITES CARLOTTENSIS (page 38.) Side view of the type of this species. The shape of the aperture is shown ir cut No. 5 on page 38. { MESOZOIC FOSSILS VOL.1.PLATE 6. BOO G26 AA Foord del et lith Geo. J.Gebhardt,impt PLATE Wie ; AMMONITES SKIDEGATENSIS (page 34). . Side view of the largest individual collected. An outline of the Spey inte of ; specimen is given in wood-cut No. 4, on page 34. ‘ i ( ra , r - ] DM 5 fe] a = ) : — ro 4 ~ id —1 co i en Sl a ile ee ee We hs el ONE RT We “i Py eas ra ree ny ] 7 i vt oar ip . ti m 7 r ie e : 7 iv : me bl ' ry, H ny Aid vi o VNR m ny cee Rue “a we Pe : Ae’? We ue ‘in "4 . cai ¢ 7 : " y bay oy ¥ : ? ; v, ' 7 ‘al ai vue mM " a x “ee . : ae yee 5 - a me my “i pil or 7 a “One ae : - a“ “a ie mi ib (ore a -) ' fl fa ’ - A , hs v ; : a iad : € ¥ ha Noy, & iia . | 4 y uy ‘ pasa ° oh 7 Dae a JF H _ is Dan ; ~ on ut Ja f co Rt an Vn . Al a ny 7 a oF, ate : Rie ay ah Pid: . : fh ny Te; 7 ae Un 4 - » i} += en 7 7 i eae he it a A ag ar a Arty mM me Ve 2 ¢ rw : _ “a 4 4) NY - 7 i ah 7 iy uf " . ie ts os fi aa ay 4 bal ao a9’ yee wore iG Ta) - A ‘ oe 7 el 7 a ae as = . ns ins = : = 0 *\ ae Oe iC ® a i a : : . 4 am - tay ve i hy ‘/ we oe _ : : a. : - = ' - 7 7 4 =) ) a ae at bia , a i. : a EE i ihc Se eo - ’ ’ - : i) ee [ a - ee ee sy ee ea os | | - | PY | a 7 a 7 af one ‘i (iy hays 1 " is : ay aT f ; ; ‘ af o 7 : — “aa ‘hs a 1 : + - Le B', 7 a) . ey: a aah ee My - a 7 7 7 ‘ 4 ie 7 : : ; : >) Sg 7 AR it anh _— - , | ee iva Pata obese 7 i es, _ ‘, 2 \ a : _ ie i) mi arr a 7 il ‘ashosrpe, a an axe “ 7 i Vy I ou fe ae ae nu etbege ae . e i - Be han ae pai my, a eo : . a) se Bia —_ iF fl Li 7 . a iy ae aa nul’ t ‘| ae : af 7 He , " at iby % 6 : ae ; : n - 9 - iy’ at ol j m 7 oc es tb a a ‘! ox a a oy hes a ee eee iw ne ee ay ¢ i 7 sc) an 7 ia Si ie ay aa Le 7 r : ' 4s ay ay ee oe ho. ae ries " - itt AG : { ; | aid ae ; ay a - at Ny ra 7 F nm % ae 7 \ 7 ; "i y pa 194 re iy 9 Fy y ry 6. aus mY lel ' ‘ 4 al ev ur © ¥ a 7 | i mee Ay Ai a A A tel & , ‘| uJ 7 i iN om ap y vy a" a i - hes i) fi a ie - Ne i } mh om a : eat ' pm. * Tice: zB : %, 7 1) oun ae A mm i f 7 1 ah - o =e a a - - Otay is ‘ie a t a a a if it i —_ 7 - or) i i , - MAY is oni P vw | q Tn so Ke : So || : 7% lee i"), n 7 ele Dy al : iene » Si : Oa tw : oe ry oa an 7 ae a\ etartr \ a 4 2 u 7 1 « ote A min Sa, .. PLATE VII. AmMoNITES LoGanrAnus. Form B. (page 30.) Figure 1. Side view, partly restored. “ la. Front of the same specimen. AmmonitEs Locanranus. Type. (page 27.) Figure 2. The most perfect side of a crushed and distorted example of this species. | The wood-cut (figure 3, on page 28) showing the outline of the aperture, is drawn from another individual. |! 1 n y t , Fo — ’ - a =). a . oy) | ae het Sn) 7 : 4 : la oe a '- a ¥ el i i J i [ } 1 r ana ee , a ? ; ’ nae, linha: y i ‘a ana a. “ ; aids : ae.) wow y . ‘ay we Pus 7 7 a , 7 a 7 a ; >) a aus ; 716 | cy 7 - : 4) ihe f Bp Hi .- : ak - : C a J : 7 : at ’ a Pisce : K, .- Dy : 7 " 7 i, a 7 Mi ey ; ’ W oe Ft a , * - ad i] tis - a. a . _ : ‘ ' @ ? = i i . ar ie F: me i 4 a ma) : a 7 a = : 7 ? - : 7 or y om é - ual 7 ? -_ sae y - . Vane iy Lie Hp 7 Pi ali i te i on ' - if 14 . an q ; : ; aN - 1 an ; ‘ he | : ; my : 7 pon A 4 ‘a - oom - 7 oF oct Pi : pet y M ar: 1 ub : pi Ta iy as fay. 1 | : ft he | La ae : " wee De. : ‘i - eS kn rea aa ee | iteg ree nv yy ; > 7 4 4° 7 ‘, » 7 : o va Py a it i i oe a i i ) 7 “ie Ue ot - aD ra a5 y « % ae oe ips | Ts Dials, Fan > ae t : 7. : 7 7 > : oe : : at a . pe 7 Bi: 7 | Mi os eee | ft he a iW ae) ee i i: on 7" “A ” : : 7 _ ; ; » UL "Wy UAT { ve _ at nie Ry ee Mieahte Kata a ; ‘2. hl _ ~_ i aie! esis | rh mg 7 ‘4 ee q aa My 7 ; Md 7 * ae 7 sant m = es At i i — — 7 xan es a a | Ties. hie ‘ 7 7 o:. ry ’ 4 Te: Ave: 4! Maa im aa i rh 1 oF 7 - 7 7 av nN a _ a 7 a: a 7 — A = - ; *¥ « , dn pe Wags! : aig np 4 ‘i’ : if ih 7 » ae os i yt : 7 , a 5 6 th 7 . a ; ae ru es} _ + ey afin mh i way - a wei ed Je ue a he : _ 7 _ is ira ‘s 7 Vig 7 _ i as Ms : har sae 7 ae vi wy: a i pe a " _ nl ; - a 7 A 7 = ne vag fen va a) . Ae e fie ce * wil on RAN, “t ree feat Haas he vm ~ ‘ Por ‘| ne iy _ 1 Meigs et) Tae Pty wif Nd why, " - 7 a ae ¢ + : ; " a 7 - : = ve) + re) { a : " , 7 ; ; mm et - ry : 7 a os 7 7 yt OF GL Re st yo _ : i a Lal al ae 7 - 5G oi i a ; hy ib L T : ne ' - : . : eee ii a is »* | a on _ ie : ioe . he a af Reena : in i =.” 7 _ a > - ; _ “ae 7 7, el we eo i? . — - a) mars 1% b's poliey mi : Naat. vat . ’ : - ’ > fo : 7 a i) a) - os vn “ys < ee | - 7 Sa : o i ‘| em an? " nit y a ss 7 Y Ss 7 “te i or rue ; ~~ ee oo Bry i) - 4 a oe” ‘ ign? uf: a ie i i S _ ; Lin bu ° = 14 2k. : | An Sa ay coe _ ; ve ae Bt ite 4 ps : Bee A y : . j | f P ® - : a yy) i 7a) : 7 a : +! : in P| . fr ne 5% J = es i 2? oe es it ts = Psa 7 ‘ 1? 2. 7 : 7 ay ate (ot ww a) a an ft ; a ; an 7 yaa ae - ~~ 7 — 7 ih. § a is i y wt : ai : 7 re i 7. 4 aa oe na 2 ae 1 OE Re ee ee vd . au y : hdl 4 7 7 7 - \ 7 ai Pp) : Yn ; = oe 4g) ry —, 7 7 7 an yal)? aL 77 ay 2 - ; ES OPS oe A te ae ay Oe Oe x : a ‘ «he i a ray: .@ g ae | Re ae : : a a - ' i - . ‘oe VY i ¥ pital uM mae : : | : i. Las , 7 7 7 i. if - : > 5 ok. : oy a i Oe Or ne . pa a - i a \@ q ae _ a / - = - 7 es : nm - 7 - ! ne 7 : f 7") : a a ‘ ml 7 pa) cise alts ‘ a hy ia a 7 ‘, 1s es a A ; rr . 17 ry sh — Wu - ya Ma, LA, i / ere uals jue ®) Mf oF att ry or Ups eat a iu one nae > [ | Sf nics ta 8 i ue ay gg / . i” % : : i 7 ih Oe - if fo 7 7 Sa? 4! apa Pane ants ® yy nt ‘eae 4 i i" a “J gt Ly "ron a on Shy aa ie : i Li, ae -o i ani 7 Hot Dh Fi) (Mins {eed ¥ ia Big ov, i iy | ae he H - i : eal re es ae | if ile rs a: a 7 i he a may -* és) ~ i, i \- tel ow i a : rary wlicte = x) Ses teh pe my dpa: one feudogt Zi, 7 i a 7 may a¥ frie - 7 i. : . ; ; A. ; 4 7 ar. : i} Tae, Mey a e mF aa 1 4 7 ei Bent eh i, 9) ; AW Serr , ae no fy wl mi + ne ile 1H bl ms Nat { 7 : : ‘ Figure 1. Figure 2. WG dA “ Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5, Figure 6. “ 6 a, bef Figure Figure 8. Figure 9. Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12. Figure 13. IP DAME LX, AMMONITES SKIDEGATENSIS (page 34.) A supposed young individual of this species. AMMONITES CRENOCOSTATUS (page 45.) Side view. Portion of the test of do. magnified. Hamites, Sp. undt. (page 48.) The only specimen yet obtained. > AMAUROPSIS TENUISTRIATA (page 48.) Dorsal view of one of the most perfect examples. The two apical whorls are partly restored. Surface markings of the same, magnified. ScaLARIA ALBENSIS (? ?), D’Orb. (page 50.) A fragment of a shell which is very doubtfully referred to this species. It may not be a Scalaria at all. PLEUROTOMARIA SKIDEGATENSIS (page 51.) Dorsal aspect. Base of the same to show its sculpture, also the shape and size of the umbilicus. MARTESIA CARINIFERA (page 54.) Left valve * of the only specimen, magnified about six times. PLEUROMYA CARLOTTENSIS (page 57.) Right valve. PHOLADOMYA OVULOIDES (page 59.) Left valve. CALLISTA SUBTRIGONA (page 63.) Left valve. CALLISTA, Sp. undt. (page 64.) Left valve. Luctna, Sp. undt. (page 61.) A right valve, with the anterior end downwards. See also wood-cut No. 6. Unio Hupparpt, Gabb (page 65.) Right valve of a narrowly elongated variety of this species. The dotted lines are added not by way of restoration, but to show the more usual contour of the posterior end, as seen in other specimens. * Most of the lamellibranchiates figured on this and the following Plate have both valves preserved, but the best side has been uniformly selected for illustration. Figure 1 Figure 2. Figure 3. i ara: Figure 4. PLATE OX TRIGONIA DIVERSICOSTATA (page 68.) Left valve of an average example. TRIGONIA, Sp. undt. (page 70.) Left valve of an undistorted individual, with a portion of the outer surface of the test preserved. Part of the right valve is also visible. Left valve of a crushed and exfoliated specimen. AucELLA Mosquensis (?) Von. Buch. (page 74.) Right valve of a distorted example. Portion of the anterior margin above, to show the inflection of both valves just below the beaks. - MELEAGRINA AMYGDALOIDEA (page 78.) Right valve of the type of the species. " aD “ee 4 TAS AS AS | wih, Pavia WOES ho" ied Nala ; Ta) 5 Nh Mee is wich lai oa ae , (a. Prohable ¢ continuation of same. Hit A Lower shales with coal and tron ore. Shewing the loc: ities of fossils collected SHI ei 2.8 Coarse conglomerate. by M Sunes Lrichiurdson tr 1872, 3. Upper shales and sandstones. from the : QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS. a See Report of Progress for 1812-13 Page 57. Scale . Mitinny = \ AN yy Mi, tn 132215 Weftome Greens Lang. j SMiles, S i Latitude 53°15 'N . ; AB Mapter. SS ndoriok I 2 coodent. BEAR SKIN BAY ‘3 a ae *' i % 2 s «ome LowWaterRock, Faeyr Cyper Shales —— Ghanniel Ts ee L J in es ° ~ aes NG eo 2 as x - e ~ : s , 5 ‘ 4 a = se TBs ge SEP 21 1940 ° LinKkany MESOZOIC FOSSILS. BY J. F. WHITEAVES. VOLUME.-L. II. On the Fossils of the Cretaceous Rocks of Vancouver and Adjacent Islands in the Strait of Georgia. PrREFATORY REMARKS. The fossils described in the following pages were collected by Mr. James Richardson from the south-eastern portion of Vancouver Island and from several islands in the Strait of Georgia, during the summer seasons of 1871 to 1875, inclusive. In order, however, to present as complete a report as possible on the present state of our knowledge of the fossil fauna of these deposits, the names of species described or recorded from them by other naturalists, but which were not met with by Mr. Richardson, have been added in their proper places between parentheses. According to Mr. Richardson’s published reports,* the coal-bearing strata of this part of Vancouver Island occupy a long, narrow strip on the shores of the Georgian Strait, but in the neighbourhood of Nanoose Harbour the continuity of the formation is broken by crystalline rocks, which divide it into two loecu anl subordinate areas, one of which has been called the Comox, and the other the Nanaimo Coal-Field. The two together are believed to form part of a synclinal axis, whose north-east side lies beneath the waters of the Strait of Georgia, and the limits of each are shewn in detail in the maps which accompany Mr. Richardson’s reports. The Comox Coal-field extends from the north-west of North West Bay to Cape Mudge, and includes Denman and Hornby Islands. The following * Geological Survey of Canada, Reports of Progress from 1871-72 to 1876-77, inclusive. H 94 is a general section of the entire series as developed in this area, in descending order :— COMOX SECTION. FEET. IN. G. Upper Conglomerates } 13 a4. E46 3 i Fb fb ee 320 0 HA Wipper Shales® ts, sere ty aosetestee’s as ose acter ie ciaiele 776 6 Hey Middle Conglom cratesy ete, te tereie/susisreleietel otelelelalele 1,100 0 IDB Middle. Shales. ® vipic levee tarts rs.5 ole ceietereieiels eetoMelewniets 76 0 CAPO Wer AC ONE TOMTENATIES i icrs elaine Riereiers ue eletoister ste otahals: ete -900 0 IB SOW ETES DALES ae sicleietmrrefoteistelate olstelelstcledelapisicistars eleletal= 1,000 0 Ay Productive (Coal Measures) yercie cls esis © elele! v/s /6(s) cielsls 739 6 Totals. senteeee ot AS CRAY sas mees 2012) 70 The Nanaimo Coal-field commences at a distance of about fifteen miles from Victoria and reaches to Nanoose Harbour, including within its boundaries a number of islands in the Georgian Strait, from the Sucia Group on the south-east, to Gabriola Island on the north-west. It has been found impracticable to define the upper groups of the Comox section in the Nanaimo area, and the rocks of the latter have accordingly been grouped provisionally, as follows :— NANAIMO SECTION, FEET, G. to C. Sandstones. Thickness estimated at..... - 3,290 BPS DALES cleje (ates ete * 3 te lain bist 660 A. Productive Coal Measures. it ee ce relate . 1,316 TOUAL Yorcre cifeiatereltetelolelalsl oles slelbl eierercinet ete \slelefehisine) sere 5,266 From this it would appear that the thickness of the formation is some- - what greater in the Nanaimo than in the Comox area. The organic remains obtained by Mr. Richardson from these deposits are, first, a small but interesting series of fragments of land plants, _ which have already been partly reported on by Principal Dawson, but which require further study ; and, secondly, a collection of one hundred species of marine invertebrates, of which ninety-six belong to the Mol- lusea proper, three to the Brachiopoda, and one to the Anthozoa. Of the true Mollusca more than one-half the species are Lamellibranchiate bivalves, and in the same way the Gasteropoda are much more abundantly represented than the Cephalopoda. In both coal-fields most of the shells are from Division A., but in the Comox area a considerable number of species were collected from the _Lower Shales (Division B.) of the south-west side of Denman Island and elsewhere; also from the Middle Shaies (Division D.) of the west and north-west side of Hornby Island. In the Comox basin only, 95 some fossil leaves and fragments of wood were found in the upper divisions (EB. F. and G.,) also one or two obscure organisms in the middle conglomerates (E.,) but these last may have been derived from the underlying Middle Shales, or Division D. The fossils, as a rule, are remarkably well preserved, but as they are nearly always much softer than the hard and tough matrix in which they are imbedded, it is difficult to hammer them out without breaking them, By far the largest number of species from any one locality, and the most perfect specimens, were collected by Mr. Richardson in 1874 and 1875 from the south-west side of the largest island of the Sucia group, in Washington Territory. These islands, however, as already mentioned, are situated within the limits of the Nanaimo Coal-field, and many of the species found in them occur also on Vancouver or on other islands in the Strait of Georgia, In a paper read before the Geological Society of London in April, 1861,* and since printed in its proceedings, Dr. Hector says: “Some fossils transmitted to the Jermyn Street Museum many years ago” from Vancouver Island “ were first rightly recognised by the late Professor E. Forbes, as being Cretaceous,” + but as far as the writer has been able to ascertain, no statement to that effect was ever published by Forbes. Mr. F. B. Meek appears to have been the first paleontologist who published specific descriptions of fossils from this part of the Vancouver Cretaceous. His earliest paper on the subject appeared in 1857, and from that year to the close of 1876, thirty-four species of mollusca from these rocks have been described either by Mr. Meek, Dr. B. F. Shumard, or Mr. W. M. Gabb. The following are the titles of the papers in which these descriptions are to be found, with references to the publications in which they appeared :— 1857. Meek, F. B.—“ Descriptions of New Organic Remains from the Cretaceous Rocks of Vancouver Island.” Transactions of the Albany Institute, Vol. IV., pp. 37-49, Twenty species of mollusca from Nanaimo are characterised in this paper, 1858. Shumard, Dr. B. F.—* Descriptions of New Fossils from the Tertiary formations of Oregon and Washington Territories and the Cretaceous of Vancouver's Island, collected by Dr. John Evans, U.S. Geologist, under instructions from the Department of the Interior,” Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis, Vol L., pp. 120-125. Three of the species are from Nanaimo. * <= a - 7 ve r _ oe 7 a> _ f Al By ‘Wer (ile es ye Bryn wal F yc iv jo » OG mm ee ey : - i es : - —— = i ad ee = oa ts Am i * ae _ 7 : , 7 13 = : _ i be ! : en ry Ed rane Se fer: yh i, ° is : | le pa ‘ os oe i e eG T Ta La —s 7 ene ; i" ee . - os y 7 - i = rT : nt - Cag ws e : ‘ oy ra ° - on * ‘My il if I ¢ Lt 4 ws : 7 ° a | z " a - _ a ; 7 ; : ar ie 5 APs as Wy On pice if ve 1G Pp | ie se a 7 at ee ; aan a - 5 ie : FUL Laere, SP ay, tal ; : a ee ee ee at he a — 7 ao ¢> Th : : - j F Pee: ne wt ie San, i Mane : ye i to = i eS om * ¢ : 7 — at's pay <5 7 7 | A L; am " 4 rf ere kl ; | a Dali, i 4s ee Ful ae tue i ro » is or Pix ai: v mages oy Vie 1g ew ¢ - ‘ a 3 ; q 7 J ist? ; hes > - : 2 7 i Wace aa gee os ie a he eee ne > - La = Pa a Ba ut i = a a Sikes: ub xe Fok in) Tha 7 a — wey ere - t —_— a A nie van), aa : 7 mn €-hs aa nd i) et e - q: a ine ie cen oe Tie oar Be a fl es aa ; a a ~~ “ahh ge io ie ‘Ns Yasener 7 : : sf (Pu ms way 7 : Ave af oo of i pie B ae - Sorat ie i» 2 ae & : insta hak ¥2 maf key we hee oh ioe Rea ta <7 Pa on = wy a) as) - i i, ; | Mee Neu a iar <4 ad ‘eee 4 ‘i a ie . fi ai mine ey iat ae ies r [ac ay: ea oa 4 rh F as on in ry ae ae A _ ee, o wi, hy F eae nih a >. ty ai : AT, cn ae ov a ’ - pai ny at i ; ae ate 6 ed Aah rea eine at feperS eran = Cr ee rm F Law. i 7 P * 7 na 7 uJ we si dill @ oc *] (Ge ‘ of oS ‘a i a nba NO ria ty % afl “) r 7 a! ge femacre a=) 4 c= : plas. Riv | as i org BOntean' . ve reas AS i rapa 1 AP ey asf ae i “~~ : } ig vz y wr ‘a i Ivy ie bu : arith i) ray im Tey) 1 us as Seas | ; bores 1s : > re oe ala! as ' = cae errs Cie a a PLATE XO: Trreonta Dawsoni, Whiteaves, (page 231). Figure 1. Left valve of a specimen from the Iltasyouco River, B.C. “la. Right valve of a specimen from the south side of Alliford Bay. Norn.—This species, as stated on page 261, appears to be synonymous with. Trigonia intermedia, Fahrenkohl. TRIGONIA MAUDENSIS (page 230). bo Side view of a right valve of the most perfect specimen collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson, from the north side of Maud Island. Figure Nucuia sourraria, Gabb, (page 232). i : Side view of a cast of the interior with a small portion of the test remaining, slightly enlarged. From the south side of Alli- ford Bay. Figure 3 “3 a. Outline of the same specimen as viewed in front. YOLDIA ARATA (page 233). Figure 4. Lateral view of a specimen from South Island, somewhat enlarged , and showing the right valve. “4 a. Another individual, from the same locality, in which the posterior extremity is more narrowly cuspidate. Nemopon Fiscusri, d’Orbigny, (page 234). Figure 5. Side view of a perfect left valve from the east end of Maud Island. TRIGONOARCA TUMIDA (page 235). Figure 6. A perfect right valve of this species from the east end of Maud Island. MytiLus LANCEOLATUS, J. Sowerby, (page 236). Figure 7. Lateral view of a cast of the interior, from Shingle Bay, showing the left valve. Outline of the base of the same specimen. GRAMMATODON INORNATUS, Meek & Hayden, (page 235). Figure 8. Side view of a specimen from Cushewa Inlet. Sl ds af ee eS the south side of Alliford Bay, in Skidegate Inlet. ES sey lee 1D Ta OxyTOMA MUCRONATA, Meek, (page 238). Figure 9. A left valve from the east side of Alliford Bay. TOLER SS) n v GS IY oe PWS Pe DIG) >) ye eww i, S a cole ae ee on Me ie in sy a id 5 1.: She = 7 J - a ' : oar : Bs i ee me : “Me a vy, hs et) q oo . 7 a ey 08/30 we _ Ca - i ae Ry oe 7 . oe ay a i. : 7 : age : ie ae : : aan ’ ; ar 5 7 na ] Lae: tn i ed : Awe rea 7 vy : a, t wy 7 ey an i vd ae Gin aye itty ine al Pf ae c sh a . 7 7 gis" roe ine - - on — > : aa T; i428 7: Dae | a + = i git if woth to taunt, tule we Ge en ex og hone oan ay in | Ol 4: ca Yr 4 are a ave _ oa $ i = 7 “4,4 re uf ium tie mt Ais a —F wis 7. =o Ue ke ant ie i it.’ t he eying na F a a ” (Sa - . a) : a y ’ oe — i ri. ar Yh i a ee - aw ie be ; epee ae acy Wo eae " a} vere an cia n ine nO = “ a a a fe : “ re i me ay iio * ary 1 Diag iar ta : me vite fi, 7 Se %: | vow ) ee Fe gis oa an ee ” Th a | a oft ae pr aa a aa ni iy ' Rieti eh — = n i ae >a /$44= »- 1 oe : 7 vi : 5 7 o Ra a 4 oe ee ee amt ah i sti mit are 7 varygee am Ft» rr 7 7 hs ie i>) - _ ri i i ae yy - x iy eas eee i pen ma aan Sri Paes et ae ae ee eee en ee Aloe " ' rigat Teg \iaeaete a Tiley arate 7 aa oes i ' -_ | ee er 5 Pi :. +2 a et ir ay ote ‘ y° : aa J. vw i o bd bee ere ane SE i ari oe My, . ae —_-, \ . ts - . > om Pen f , << pe, n iw Vaan vy 1 7 ow, . Ve a ook o we a E ? - = pom _ a ae * er svi oe fe 7 p a Sone SS eens tre nr BS, Ar: a a os ; sted =~ y G a = we ¥ a = ™ iS 1a; a - “Se Pb y 7 "! A - 7 7 7 om Da ae Z me = = >a ae 7 a ffs re co Saw. ane Whe 7 y " Wane Fe PRT iil ud GN NP: fae sonny rath 5 ae Lie 7 \ t a1 om BS cs 4 Cn a A 4 : -_ Ey ‘Fe 1.4 Toy ition a, : ia va re, i a i ee a ia all : Freee . an e.. as ae ie = ee, . eS eet! yes ot eda 3 ae 4: Ea ips mile ary) ae cA a | ply 4 Se y oa La : ag i Ag Ny *” at ae ys i 7 Sa hat _ of | | Cee ae | BS cei q = Sa Wey, Nae ras x y yo ia ¥ en wae, ua bs % oe ny) 4h a ee a yee fe é fib oie a 7 a ec te ae tb a UE ee i fae oy Meee te i ee = ne ew as : 7 ae eas tae’ dy ~~ PA ea A aap i -°) Go Peat Ae y o- if . (eS « ve en i te i Lia Pa —. = he TS a een 4 ore et ah as (Pe Uv pe Jett) _ = a | 1@ 3% — ee : ’ =a i ue one " a : ¥ a wi ez ber 4 re & Avy ae yen = ay - ae) a * ie ve a = a 4 = : PLATE XXXTI. OsTREA SKIDEGATENSIS (page 243), Figure 1. A clustered specimen from the south side of Alliford Bay, as viewed from above. GrypH®A NEBRASCENSIS, Meek & Hayden, (page 244). Figure 2. Specimen from the south end of Alliford Bay. “2 a. Another view of the same, to show the smaller and flatter valve. oye eons 6 se <6 ef amount of the convexity of the convex valve and its strongly incurved beak. INOCERAMUS (ACTINOCERAMUS) SULCATUS, Parkinson, (page 241). Figure 3. Side view of a specimen from Bear Skin Bay Skidegate Inlet, showing the right valve and part of the left. “3a. Another view of the same specimen, showing the left valve only. CAMPTONECTES CURVATUS, Geinitz, (page 242). Figure 4. A right or under valve, from the east end of Maud Island. AMUSIUM LENTICULARE (page 242). pas An upper valve from Cumshewa Inlet with both ears well pre- served. A portion of the sculpture, magnified, is represented on the right hand side of the lower part of the figure. Figure 5. LirnHopomus MaAupEnsIs (page 237). Side view of a specimen from the east end of Maud Island, some- what enlarged. “ 6 a. Another view of the same, to show the amount of convexity of the closed valves. Figure 6. ~~ of Compa Ke Zoology LA SEP 21 1940 LibKAKY [0,034 The present or fourth part of the first volume of ‘ Mesozoic Fossils’ is essentially an illustrated report on two collections of fossils from the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, made by Dr. C. F. Newcombe, of Victoria, B.C., in 1895 and 1897. In addition to this, it ' contains a revision of the nomenclature of some of the fossils previously collected from these rocks by Mr. James Richardson in 1872 and by my- self in 1878, and ends with a list of all the species that are now known to occur in them. GEORGE M. DAWSON. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OFFICE, Orrawa, November 8, 1900. ee i ee ae ee TY Seiad luavadodaun Te ole tear i. 44 Ayla apo j My 1c: CAMs n0 (hohe ty) ie wns } t PTR Geis i) yy. OP ks Ar tht ey i vit Ne te Bd hee 8 ae if bal sow Ath Oh ete fay Pa , 1 7 7. Gn 2 > ( t , i ¥ Cat 7 : gl ou fue thn ce] VOY ile et eit ee A PUD Mis es ; i 4 : ee | s toe, vet @ ; 7 Mier EM Gy aah ; PTS SVT Gy ed ke) Cee re my f ¢ 7 : : i ‘ Ce py fi« . : i : ars ’ a oa vi Ad i fy } » ¥L TL oP Gri Ms mre Tay My MEAS i “ei ts maya tor mic : ' 7, 7 4 Pate E ar) ‘ i : a UM OT, Mee) a Ge ee ee an Le PAs . a \ \ Le . » ¥ % : SOLA i " BAe ’ oN , , hi i 44°92 i? veel vi é, ’ v) 34 y . » fp t . , ne "1 ; F i awe : raay db ay (a ‘ae J pa x Ys ‘a : * van *Hi si : y . ; FA ”% a ’ Lf on a ! ( . Ky | ‘ ; 5 a d 7 ® be 1 ° 4 ‘ A . ; =. ! = ‘ - Fi , 5 i , hy F oe Zoology “% “SEP 21 1940 LiBKARY 10,039 BY J. F. WHITEAVES. VOLUME: IV. On some additional or imperfectly understood fossils from the Creta- ceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, with a revised list of the species from these rocks. PREFATORY REMARKS. In 1895 and 1897, extensive collections of fossils from the ‘‘ Lower Shales”, or ‘Division C”, of the coal-bearing rocks of the Cretaceous system, at Skidegate and Cumshewa inlets, were made by Dr. C. F. New- combe, of Victoria, V.I. A full series of the choicest specimens in these collections has been lent to the writer for study and comparison, and some of the best of them have been generously presented by Dr. Newcombe to the Museum of the Survey. Those which the writer has seen add eight new species of marine invertebrata (viz., three of ammonitide, four of pelecypoda, and one of brachiopoda) which are described and figured in this paper, to the fauna of the Lower Shales, besides some interesting fossil plants, which have yet to be studied. Some of the fossils collected by Dr. Newcombe, also, are much better specimens than had previously been obtained of species that had already been described. Thus, one particularly fine specimen (which has been presented to the Museum) shows that the fragments upon which Spiroceras Carlottense was based (in the third part of this volume) are portions of a large Twrrilites ; and others that Acanthoceras spiniferum is probably distinct from A. Stolicz- kanum (Gabb). The revised list of species at the end of this paper shows that eighty- nine species of marine invertebrata are now known from the Lower Shales besides five that are too imperfect to be determined specifically. Of the 264 former one is a coral, three are brachiopods, one is a crustacean, and the rest are mollusca proper. The cephalopoda are much more numerous, both in species and in individuals, than the gasteropoda, and the ammo- nitide are specially abundant. The latter would seem to be remarkable for the presence of several species of Desmoceras (inclusive of Puzozia), and for the absence of Baculites, and of the numerous species of Pachy- discus which are so characteristic of the Vancouver Cretaceous. The number of species of pelecypoda appears to be much larger, even, than that of the cephalopoda. No new information has been obtained about the fossils of Subdivisions A, B,D, or E, of Dr. G. M. Dawson’s section. The progress of paleontological research during the fourteen years that have elapsed since the third part of this volume was written, has necessitated some alterations in the nomenclature of the genera and species described or identified therein. Thus, on page 205 of that part, an Ammonite which is very abundant at Cumshewa Inlet was identified with the Ammonites Bewdanti of d’Orbigny and Stoliczka,—and placed in the genus Haploceras on the authority of Dr. Neumayr, in his paper “ Ueber Kreideammonitiden” in the Transactions of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Vienna for 1875. Since then, however, Zittel has placed A. Beudanti in his genus Desmoceras, and still more recently, Dr. Franz Kossmat (who refers it to Puzozia, which he regards as a subgenus of Desmoceras) claims that several species have been confounded under the name Ammonites Beudanti, and that the Cumshewa specimens are not exactly like any of them.. It has therefore seemed most prudent to dis- tinguish the Cumshewa Desmoceras (or Puzozia) by a different specific name. On page 234 of the same part, specimens of an Arca-like shell from Maud Island are designated “ Memodon Fischeri, d’Orbigny, (Sp.)”. Their hinge dentition was supposed to be like that of Conrad’s genus Nemodon, and their specific identification was based partly on their great similarity to d’Orbigny’s figures of Arca concinna (a name that was found to be preoccupied and changed to dA. Mischeri); and partly on the fact that Hichwald held that the beds holding Arca Fischert and Aucella Mosquensis are of Neocomian rather than of Jurassic age. In the most recent Russian geological publications, however, these beds are regarded as ‘‘Oxfordien ”, and the identification of the Maud Island Arca with a Russian Jurassic species would seem to be no longer tenable. Among the Ammonites from the ‘ Lower Shales”, collected by Mr. Richardson in 1872, there are a few species that seemed to have such a Jurassic aspect, that three of them were referred to the Jurassic genus Stephanoceras, and two to Perisphinctes, which is almost exclusively Jurassic. But, in the present state of our knowledge of the Cretaceous Ammonitide, these resemblances would seem to be more apparent than 265 real. At any rate, Dr. Kossmat (on page 27 (154) of the second part of his monograph of the Cretaceous Cephalopoda of Southern India) has expressed the opinion that Ammonites Richardsoni (nobis) is an Olcostepha- nus rather than a Stephanoceras. Numerous specimens collected by Dr. Newcombe show that ‘“‘ Stephanoceras cepoides” (and probably S. chlatwm) is an Olcostephanus, with much the appearance of a Scaphite. Dr. Kossmat, too, in a letter to the writer, says that he thinks that Ammonites Skidegatensis and A. Carlottensis (which the writer had referred to Peri- sphinctes) may possibly be referable to Olcostephanus, and perhaps most nearly related to a Mexican Cretaceous species (O. Zirkeli) recently de- scribed by Felix and Lenk.* In the present paper, also, it has been thought desirable to distinguish by different, and for the most part new, specific names, a few fossils from the Lower Shales that have previously been identified with the following Jurassic species from the western United States. Belemnites densus, Meek & Hayden. | Modiola subimbricata, Meek. Pleuromya subcompressa, Meek. | Oxytoma mucronaia, Meek. Grammatodon inornatus, Meek & | Gryphea Nebrascensis, Meek & Hayden. Hayden. It has long been obvious that the Lower Shales represent a well-defined horizon in the earlier Cretaceous of the Pacific coast of North America, and it now seems scarcely probable that any of the fossils therefrom can be identical with any of these species. In any case, Dr. Stanton states that the name Pteria (or Oxytoma) mucronata, Meek, is preoccupied ; and additional specimens of the Modiola from Maud Island, collected by Dr. Newcombe in 1895, show that it is probably distinct from JZ. subsmbricata. Plate 33, which refers exclusively to specimens described or referred to on pages 246-252 of Part III, and which should have accompanied it, is issued herewith. In conclusion, the writer desires to express his thanks to the following gentlemen for assistance rendered during the preparation of this paper. To Dr. C. F. Newcombe, and to Mr. John Fannin, Curator of the Provin- cial Museum at Victoria, for the loan of many interesting specimens. To Professor H. Pilsbry, for the loan (for comparison) of the types of Pleuromya papyracea, Meekia sella, and Cucullea truncata, Gabb, from the Museum of the Academy of Natural Science of Philadel- *Beitrige zur Geologie und Paleontologie der Republik Mexico, theil 3, p. 182, pl. 29. +The specimens referred to astarte Packurdi, on page 229 of this volume, have since been described as 4. Carlottensis, on page 154, of volume 1, pt. 2, of ‘‘ Contributions to Canadian Paleontology,” published in 1889. Ree: 266 phia. To Dr. T. W. Stanton, for the opportunity of examining Califor- nian specimens of the three species of Meekia described by Gabb. To Professor J. C. Merriam, for kindly comparing four specimens from Skide- gate Inlet with the types of Terebratella obesa, Gabb, in the Museum of the University of California, at Berkeley ; and to Dr. Franz Kossmat, for critical suggestions in reference to Acanthoceras spiniferum. NovTES ON THE SPECIES FROM THE LOWER SHALES, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF A FEW THAT APPEAR TO BE NEW. FISHES. TELEOSTEI. The only remains of fishes from the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands that the writer has seen are a few well-preserved but imperfect scales, collected at South Island, in Skidegate Inlet, by Dr. G. M. Dawson, in 1878. The largest of these are about ten or eleven milli- metres in their maximum diameter. They are very thin, cycloidal, rather variable in outline, but mostly subquadrate, with an eccentric nucleus. Their sculpture consists of extremely minute and densely crowded concentric raised lines, and of larger and more distant radiating ones inclosed in a triangular area. CRUSTACEA. DECAPODA. ‘“Genus Homotopsts, Bell. ‘“‘Carapace longer than broad, quadrilateral ; regions of carapace very distant ; branchial region large, triangular ; orbits close together, frontal region rather produced ; front subrotund.” Woodward. Homo.topsis RicHarpsont, Woodward. Homolopsis Richardsoni, Woodward. 1896. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. Li, p. 224, fig. 3. Fig. 13. Homolopsis Richardsoni. From a cliché of the original block, kindly supplied by Dr. Woodward. 267 “This interesting little crab was obtained by Mr. James Richardson in 1872 from Skidegate Inlet, west of Alliford Bay, Queen Charlotte Islands, and is preserved in a hard black limestone-nodule containing plant-remains. Portions of the limbs still remain in their normal posi- tion, showing that it was entire when originally buried in the matrix. ** Length of carapace 20 millim., greatest breadth 17 millim. ; breadth of posterior border 14 millim.; breadth across hepatie region 14 millim. “The carapace is broadly quadrilateral, but pointed in front; the branchial regions extend to fully one half the length of the carapace ; they are roughly triangular in shape, and nearly meet on the middle line behind the cardiac region ; cardiac region small, shield-shaped but ele- vated ; metagastric region marked by two small prominences ; hepatic regions prominent. Two very distinct and almost parallel furrows, the branchial furrow and cervical or hepatic furrow, diverge from the sides of the cardiac and metagastric regions obliquely forward towards the lateral margins of the carapace. Two deep submedian furrows mark the frontal portion of the cephalothorax ; reaching to the rostrum, where they converge on the central line. Two small spines (or other appen- dages) project (as in the genus Zatreillia) from the rostrum on either side. “The hinder border is extremely wide and straight, and suggests the broad margin for the attachment of the tail as in the females of all the Anomala, in which section the abdomen is unly partially concealed be- neath the cephalothorax. “The surface of the carapace, which is tumid, is coarsely and irregularly covered with small rounded tubercles, which are larger on the gastric and hepatic regions. ; “The walking legs were evidently long and fairly large, and the cheli- peds covered and tuberculated as in Homola. “This species has many points of resemblance to Reuss’s Prosopon verrucosum, from which, however, it differs in the greater anterior breadth of Reuss’s specimen, and in the form of the rostrum and arrange- ment of the furrows upon the gastric and cardiac regions. Reuss’s P. verrucosum should probably be placed in Bell’s genus Homolopsis. “Tn Homolopsis Edwardsii, Bell, from the Gault of Folkestone, the frontal border is broader and the carapace more quadrate than in the North American form, which is pointed in front ; the anterior half of the carapace in //. Hdwardsti is more coarsely ornamented with fewer and larger tubercules, and the arrangement of the lobes differs considerably from that in 7. fichardsoni. “T would refer this specimen to Homolopsis, and dedicate this species to the discoverer, Mr. James Richardson. 268 “The specimen is from the Museum of the Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.”— Woodward. With the exception of Unio Hubbardi, and possibly of some of the plants, all the fossils from the ‘“ Lower Shales” in Skidegate Inlet, col- lected by Mr. Richardson, are labelled ‘“ west of Alliford Bay.” The writer was informed by Mr. Richardson that all the specimens thus labelled are from Maud Island, or Lina Island, but mostly from the former. MOLLUSCA. CEPHALOPODA. (DIBRANCHIATA. ) PHYLLOTEUTHIS INCERTUS. (Nom. prov.) Plate 35, fig. 1. Expanded part of the gladius of the only specimen known to the writer resembling that of the type of P. swbovata of Meek and Hayden, as de- scribed and figured by Meek,* in some particulars, but differing apparently therefrom in its larger size, much greater proportionate breadth anteriorly, and broader midrib. Oblique striz of the alation much as in P. subovata. Shaft unknown. East end of Maud Island, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1878 : an impression of the greater part of the expanded portion of the gladius, which, how- ever, is very imperfect at both ends and nowhere shows the exact mar- ginal outline. Its actual dimensions are, length about forty-five milli- metres, breadth about thirty-four, whereas in Meek’s type of P. swbhovata, which shows a considerable portion of the marginal outline, the length of the organism, apart from the restoration, is thirty-nine mm., and the greatest breadth only twenty-one and a half. BELEMNITES ASsIMILIs. (N. Sp.) Belemnites, (Sp. undt.) Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 11, fig. 1, and pl. 1. figs. dl, a-¢. Belemnites densus, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 194, pl. 22, fig. 1. But possibly not B. densus, Meek and Hayden (1858); which is said to be a Jurassic species, Skidegate Channel, west of Alliford Bay, J. Richardson, 1872 ; and coal locality, south side of Skidegate Inlet, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1878; the specimens referred to on pages 11 and 194 of previous parts of this volume. *Report on the Invertebrate Cretaceous and Tertiary Fossils of the Upper Misscuri Country, p. 505, pl. 33, fig. 3. 269 BELEMNITES SKIDEGATENSIS. Belemnites Skidegatensis, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 195, pl. 22, figs. 2 and 2, a-c. An unusually good specimen of the guard of this species was collected on the south side of Alliford Bay, in Skidegate Inlet, by Dr. Newcombe in September, 1895. (TETRABRANCHIATA, ) NAUTILOIDEA. Nautitus (CyMATOCERAS) CARLOTTENSIS. (N. Sp.) Nautilus (Sp. undt.) Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 14. Nautilus Suciensis, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pp. 33, 197 and 198, pl. 21. But perhaps not WV. Suciensis, Whiteaves, 1879; ibid., pt. 1, p. 97, pl. 11, figs. land 1 a. Maple Island, Skidegate Inlet, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: a cast of the body chamber some seven inches in length, by about four inches and a half in its maximum breadth, with a faint longitudinal depression or shallow groove in the middle of the venter. The identification of the large ribbed NVawtilws from the Lower Shales at Skidegate Inlet with the V. Suciensis of the Nanaimo group of the Sucia Islands has not proved quite satisfactory, and it is now thought desirable to distinguish the former provisionally by a different specific name. AMMONOIDEA. PHYLLOCERAS KNOXVILLENSE. Var. Cfr. Phylloceras Knoxvillensis, Stanton. 1896*.—Bull. U. 8. Geol. Sury., No. 133, p. 72, pl. 14, figs. 1-4. Shell essentially similar to P. Knoxvillense, in shape, surface markings and septation, and differing therefrom only in the entire absence of any “well marked periodic constrictions.” East end of Maud island, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: two specimens, the larger (which has been presented to the Museum) 102 mm., or about four inches, in its maximum diameter ; the smaller 67 mm., or nearly two inches and three-quarters. These specimens are intermediate in their characters between the typical form of P. Knoxvillense and P. ramosum, Meek, which latter shell is regarded by Dr. Kossmat as identi- * Although the date on the cover and title pages is 1895, the words ‘“‘Issued Feb. 8, 1896” are written on the outside of a copy sent to the writer by Dr. Stanton. 270 cal with P. Nera, the Ammonites Nera of Forbes. The smaller one differs from P. ramosum only in having slightly coarser ribs. Cumshewa Inlet, C. F. Newcombe, 1897 : two very imperfect specimens, which may be referable to this species, but which seem to have a rather wider umbilicus in proportion to the size of the shell. Lyroceras Baresi, Trask. (Sp.) Ammonites Batesti, Trask. —1855. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sce., vol. 1, p. 40. " " Gabb. —1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 67, pl. 18, figs. 16 and 16, a-b. " " Gabb. —1869. Ibid., vol. 1, p. 132, pl. 20, fig. 9a, and pl. 21, figs. 10, a-b. Ammonites crenocostatus, Whiteaves. —1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 45, pl. 9, figs. 2 and 2a. Lytoceras Batesi, Whiteaves. —1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 202, pl. 27, fig. 1. " » Stanton, —1896. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 133, p. 75, pl. 18, figs. 9-11. East end of Maud Island, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, September, 1895: three small specimens. Lina Island, Skidegate Inlet, Dr. Newcombe 1897: a specimen (now in the Museum uf the Survey) about two inches and three-quarters in its maximum diameter. According to Dr. Koss- mat, (Mittheil. Palaont. Inst. Univ. Wien, Band IX, p. 113) this species is a typical Lytoceras and belongs to.the group of L. fimbriatum (Sowerby.) LyTocERAS (GAUDRYCERAS) Sacya, Forbes (Sp.) Ammonites Sacya, Forbes. 1846. Trans. Geol. Soc. London, Ser. 2, vol. vit, p. 113, pl. 14, fig. 10. Ammonites Buddha, Forbes. 1846. Ibid., vol. vu, p. 112, pl. 14, fig. 9. Ammonites Sacya, Stoliczka. 1865. Paleontologia Indica, Cret. Fauna S. India, p. 154, pl. 75, figs. 5-7 ; and pl. 76, figs. 2 and 3. Ammonites Sacya, var. Sachalinensis (in part). Fr. Schmidt. 1873. Kreidepetrefacten von Sachalin (Mém. Acad. St. Petersbourg, vit Ser., Tome xIx, No. 3) p. 15, pl. 2, figs. 3 and 4. Ammonites filicinctus, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 48, pl. 2, figs. 2, 2 a-ce, and 3. Lytoceras Sacya, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 203, pl. 25. " " M. Yokoyama. 1889. Versteinerungen aus der Japanischen Kreide (Palzeontographica, vol. xxxv1) p. 178, pl. 18, figs. 12 and 18. " " K. Jimbo. 1894. Fauna der Kreide von Hokkaido (Palzontol Abhandlungen, vol. vi, pt. 3) p. 34 (180), pl. 6 (22), fig. 1. " " Stanton. 1894. Stanton and Diller. The Shasta-Chico Series Bull. Geol. Soc. America, vol. v, p. 445. Lytoceras (Gaudryceras) Sacya. Kossmat. 1895. Untersuchungen iiber die Siidindische Kreideformation, (Mittheil. Paliontolog. Instit. Uni- versitat Wien,” Band rx,) p. 119. 271 Maple Island, Skidegate Inlet, Dr. Newcombe, 1895: a distorted specimen, about five inches and a half in its greatest diameter. Cum- shewa Inlet, Dr. Newcombe, 1895: one rather worn specimen. As Ammonites Buddha was first described by Forbes on page 112, and A. Sacya on page 113 of the same volume of Transactions of the Geological Society of London, it seems to the writer that the former of these two specific names should have been retained for this species. LyToceras (TETRAGONITES) TIMOTHEANUM, Mayor. (Sp.) Ammonites Timotheanus, Mayor. 1847. Pictet and Roux, Mollusques des Grés Verts, p. 39, pl. 2, fig. 6; and pl. 3, figs. 1 and 2.* " " Stoliczka. 1865. Paleontologia Indica, Cret. Cephal. S. India, p. 146, pl. 73, figs. 3-6. " " Fr. Schmidt. 1873. Petref. der Kreide von Sachalin, p. 14, pl. 2 hies, file " " Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 41, pl. 3, figs. 2and 2a. Lytoceras Timotheanum, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 203. Lytoceras (Tetragonites) Timotheanum, Kossmat. 1895. Untersuchungen Siidindische Kreideformation, p. 133, pl. 17 (8), figs. 11, and 13, a-b. East end of Maud Island, Dr. Newcombe, 1895: one specimen. An imperfect but well preserved and characteristic specimen in the Museum of the Survey, which is clearly referable to this species, was collected in the Cretaceous rocks at Comox, Vancouver Island, by Mr. Walter Harvey in 1891. TURRILITES CARLOTTENSIS, Whiteaves. Plate 34 (the only figure). Spiroceras Carlottense, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 198. Amended description.—Shell large, narrowly elongated, usually sinistral, but apparently sometimes dextral: volutions widely separate longitudi- nally, slightly compressed on the venter and dorsum, broadly subovate or almost circular in transverse section, and coiled obliquely in such a way as to leave a rather wide empty space, of the nature of an umbilical per- foration, in the middle of each. Surface markings consisting of small, close-set, law, transverse ribs, and of comparatively distant spines or tubercles. Sutural line not clearly shown in any of the specimens that the writer has seen, but the siphuncle forms the median line of the venter. The smallest but much the most perfect of the three specimens of Spiroceras Carlottense from Cumshewa Inlet, described in the third part of this volume, must be regarded as the type of that species. It shows that the ribbing is rather faint, and that there are three spinous tuber- 272 cles in each transverse row, on the lower half of one of the early volu- tions, and apparently below the siphuncle. In the large specimen figured, which was recently collected by Dr. Newcombe, and is believed to be referable to this species, the ribs are small, rounded and closely dis- posed. The tubercles are badly preserved and obscurely indicated, but they appear to have been both large and distant. In each transverse row there are indications of four tubercles, three below the siphuncle and one above. Skidegate Inlet, at Bearskin Bay, (the fine specimen figured, which is upwards of eight inches in length, and more than four inches in its maxi- mum breadth,—and two fragments); and at Maple Island, a specimen consisting of one nearly complete volution. North side of Cumshewa Inlet, two fragments. All of these specimens were collected in Septem- ber, 1895, by Dr. Newcombe, who has kindly presented the one figured to the Museum of the Survey. As now understood, this species would seem to be a true Twurrilites, rather than a Spiroceras or Helicoceras, although its volutions are far from being closely contiguous. TURRILITES. (Species uncertain.) A worn specimen, consisting of rather more than two volutions, col- lected at Skidegate Inlet, by Dr. Newcombe, in 1897, though too badly preserved to admit of accurate identification or description, is yet clearly distinct from 7’. Carlottense. It differs therefrom very obviously in its closely and compactly coiled volutions, imperforate axis, and very coarse transverse ribs. The specimen is now in the Museum of the Survey. DIPTYCHOCERAS. A specimen of nearly the whole of the outer limb of a species of Diptychoceras, that seems to differ from the D. levis of Gabb in being marked by low, rounded, transverse and straight annulations, was col- lected at Cumshewa Inlet by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. The specimen is a little more than two inches and a half in length, nearly circular in sec- tion and about twelve millimetres, or not quite half an inch, in its dorso- ventral diameter, at or near the anterior end. Its sutural line is very similar to that of D. levis. 273 ScHLOENBACHIA INFLATA, Sowerby. (Sp.) Ammonites injlatus (Sowerby.) * —Stoliczka. 1865. Cret. Ceph. 8. India, vo I, p. 48, (which see for a list of the synonyms of European specimens), pls. 27, 28, 29; and 30, figs. 1-3. Schloenbachia inflata, Whiteaves. —1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 200. S a Szainocha. —1885. Zur Kenntniss einer mittelcretatis- chen Cephalopoden fauna den Inseln Elobi. (Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, - Mat. nat. Cl. 1885, Bd. x11x) p. 232, pl. 2, figs. 1-3. x £6 Choffat. —Matériaux pour l’étude stratigraphique et paléontologique de la province d’ Angola, (Mem. Soc. de Physique et d’Histoire Na- turelle de Genéve, vol. xxx, pt. 1, No. 2.) p. 62. var. Jack & Etheridge.—1892. Geol. and Paleont. of Queensland and New Guinea, London, p. 409. Diller and Stanton. —1894. Bul. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. v, p. 445. Kossmat. —1895. Untersuch. iiber die Siidindische Kreideformation, pt. 1, p. 185, pl. 23 (9) a-c, and 2; and pl. 24 (10), fig. 1. ce se East end of Maud Island,.Dr. Newcombe, 1895: a large but imperfect specimen, about eight inches in its maximum diameter. ACANTHOCERAS SPINIFERUM. (Nom. mut.) Plate 35, figs. 2, and 3, 3 a. Ammonites Stoliczkanus, var. spiniferus, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 24, fig. 2; pl. 3, fig. 3; and'pl. 4, fig. 1. In 1895, Dr. Newcombe collected several specimens of this species at the east end of Maud Island, and among them a particularly fine speci- men, that is about eight inches in its maximum diameter and five inches in breadth. This fine fossil, which has been acquired for the Survey col- lection, gives a much better idea of the characters of the adult stage of A, spiniferus than the imperfect and distorted original of figure 1, on plate four of this volume, which was the largest specimen then known. The former may be briefly described as follows: Shell large, strongly in- flated but deeply and rather widely umbilicated, the umbilicus occupying a little more than one-third of the total diameter. Volutions probably about five, though only the three outer ones are seen in this specimen, increasing rather rapidly in size, the outer one rounded, but a little broader laterally than in a ventro dorsal direction, truncated on the umbilical side and overlapping about one-half of the previous one. Umbilicus steep-sided, with a rounded margin; shape of the outer lip unknown. 274 Surface marked by transverse, tuberculated ribs, which are usually simple but occasionally bifureate. One comparatively large and long rib usually alternates with two smaller and shorter ribs, and each rib bears six small, distant tubercles on each side of the siphuncle. Septum, much as in Acanthoceras mamilare (Schlotheim). An unusually perfect but very small specimen collected by Dr. New- combe, a little over an inch in its maximum diameter, the original of figs. 3 and 3 aon Plate 35, has four tubercles on each rib, on each side of the siphuncle, arranged as follows: one small tubercle on the umbilical mar- gin, one half-way across the side, and two tubercles close together, just outside of the siphuncle. Fig. 14. Acanthoceras spiniferum. Outline of transverse section of a small specimen, to show the relative position of the two sets of tubercles on each side. The following notes on the specific relations of A. spiniferum have been kindly communicated by Dr. Franz Kossmat, of the University of Vienna, to whom one of the medium-sized specimens collected by Dr. Newcombe was sent in March, 1896, for comparison with A. laticlavium, Sharpe, var. Indicum, Kossmat. “Acanthoceras Stoliczkanwm, var. spiniferum, Whiteaves. ‘“‘T have been quite surprised by the close resemblance of this species to our European Acanthoceras mamillare (Schlotheim), one of the most common fossils of the European Gault (Albien), known also in the Creta- ceous deposits on the western coast of Africa. The specimen you have so kindly sent me is characterized by a very peculiar ornamentation, con- sisting of two sets of tubercles on each side. ‘“‘Hach of these sets is composed of three tubercles, which are spirally elongated and sharpened in set 1, and rounded in set 2. The two sets of tubercles are separated from each other by a greater distance than the interstices between the tubercles in either set. On A. mamillare also, in middle stages of growth, there are two sets of tubercles on each side of the siphuncle, which arise from two tubercles only (in youth stage) by successive division, the same as you observed in A. spiniferum. The in- ner tubercles on the inner whorls are often somewhat spinous (Comp. P. 275 Choffat : Matériaux pour létude stratigraphique et paléontologique de la province d’Angola ; Mémoires de la société de physique et d’histoire na- turelle de Genéve, tome xxx, no. 2, 1888, pl. 3, fig. 1). Your specimen must be regarded as specifically distinct from A. mamillare, the siphonal interstice between the outer tubercles being broader, the number of tuber- cles in medium and comparatively large specimens smaller, etc., but it must certainly be considered as an American representative of the group of A. mamillare. You have already stated that it belongs to the Mamil- late. Its general resemblance to A. laticlaviwm cannot be denied, but I think its relations to A. mamillare are even closer. A. spiniferwm in- creases the number of Gault types in the Cretaceous series of the Queen Charlotte Islands, and strengthens your opinion that at least a part of the division C corresponds to the Gault.” On receipt xf this communication, a photograph (natural size) of the large specimen collected by Dr. Newcombe was mailed to Dr. Kossmat who acknowledged its receipt in the following terms : “ Please accept my thanks for the beautiful photograph that you have sent me. It is ex- ceeding!y interesting because it clearly shows that the adult form of the Acanth. Stoliczkanum var. spiniferum is quite ditierent from its middle and younger stages. One of my friends, Mr. d’Anthula, who is engaged ina study of the Cretaceous rocks of the Caucasus, has detected in the Aptien strata (Lower Gault) of that region, a new species (not yet pub- lished), the general relations of which have been unsettled up to this time. Tts septa remind one of Acanth. Martini and A. mamillare, whilst its sculp- ture has much in common with some species of Pachydiscus. But, com- paring specimens with your photograph, the resemblance of the type of sculpture in the adult stage (the young stage is not known in the Cauca- sus specimens), the section, etc., is so great that there can be no doubt that the two forms are allied and that both belong to the genus Acantho- ceras and to the group of A. mamillare. Gabb’s type of Acanth. Stolicz- kanum is certainly related to the European A. MVartinii, Orbigny, from the Lower Gault (Aptien), and I think that your A. spiniferwm is distinct from both by its peculiar ornamentation, especially by the greater num- ber of the tubercles in the same stages of growth, and by the compressed outer tubercles which are longitudinally elongated in the direction of the spiral, both characters which connect it well with the group of 4A. mamiulare, as stated in a previous letter. To summarize all: I think that the group of A. Martini is represented in California by A. Stolicz- kanum, whereas A. spiniferum, Whiteaves, is related to the group of A, mamillare, and shows in adult age some peculiarities of sculpture that have not been known before, but that can be observed in an analogous 2M. F. 276 development on some Ammonites coming from the Aptien strata of the Caucasus.” It would therefore seem that A. spiniferwm must be regarded as a distinct species and not as a variety of A. Stoliczkanum. OLCOSTEPHANUS LoGANIANUS, Whiteaves. Ammonites Loganianus, Whiteaves. —1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 27, p. 28, fig. 3; and pl. 8, fig. 2 Olcostephanus Loganianus, Whiteaves.—1884. Ibid. pt. 3, p. 211, pl. 23, figs. 1 and 1 a. A few specimens of this species were collected by Dr. Newcombe, in 1895, on the south side of Alliford Bay. One of these, though a little worn, is in some respects the best specimen known to the writer. OLCOSTEPHANUS CEPOIDES, Whiteaves. Ammonites Loganianus, Whiteaves(?) Form B.—1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 30, pl. 8. figs. Land 1a. Stephanoceras cepoides, Whiteaves. —1884. Ihbid., pt. 3, p. 210. A few specimens of a rather small, compressed and remarkably Scaphite- like form of this species, with an obliquely transverse constriction just behind the aperture, were collected by Dr. Newcombe at the east end of Maud Island in 1895, and on the south side of Alliford Bay in 1895 and 1897. A similar but much larger and more coarsely ribbed specimen, with a valve of an oyster over the umbilical cavity on one side, was col- lected by Dr. Newcombe at Maple Island in 1895. These specimens give the writer the impression that the species is probably an Olcostephanus rather than a Stephanoceras, but its septation is still unknown. OLCOSTEPHANUS (ASTIERIA) Deansil, Whiteaves. Olcostephanus (Astieria) Deansii, Whiteaves.—1893. Canad. Record of Science, p. 442, pl. 7, figs. 1 and 1 a. Skidegate Inlet, James Deans: the specimen described and figured in the above mentioned publication,—which is the only one that the writer has seen. The original déscription is as follows :—‘“Shell small, compressed at the sides and narrowly rounded at the periphery: umbilicus oceupy- ing rather less than one-third of the entire diameter. Volutions three or four, increasing rapidly in size, especially in the dorso-lateral direc- tion, and rather closely embracing, about two-thirds of the sides of the inner ones being covered, the outer one a little higher than broad ; 277 aperture elliptical in outline but deeply emarginate by the encroach- ment of the preceding volution. “Surface marked by numerous, closely arranged, small but distinct, though not very prominent, flexuous, transverse ribs, which bifurcate about the middle of the sides and then pass uninterruptedly over the periphery. “The sutural lines are so crowded together and confused that, although fairly well preserved in places, it is scarcely possible to follow the details of any single one. The siphonal saddle, however, is small, a little higher than broad, with a minutely trifurcate apex, and an appressed spur on each side below. ‘The first lateral saddle is large, ramose and unequally bipartite or obscurely tripartite at its summit. The siphonal lobe is large and symmetrical, with three branchlets on each side, two of which are lateral and one terminal, but the lowest of the two pairs of lateral branch- lets is much the smallest of the three pairs. “The only specimen collected is considgrably eroded near the aperture, as represented in fig. 1, but in the uneroded portion the maximum dia- meter is about forty millimetres, and the greatest breadth fourteen. ‘The writer has much pleasure in associating with this species the name of its discoverer, Mr. James Deans of Victoria, V.I., who accom- panied Mr. James Richardson in his exploration of the Queen Charlotte Islands, in 1872, and who has since presented some unusually perfect specimens of the fossils of the Cretaceous rocks of those islands to the Museum of the Geological Survey Department at Ottawa. “OQ. Deansii appears to belong to the small group of Ammonites of which Olcostephanus Astieri is the type, and for which M. Pavlow has recently (1891) proposed the generic or subgeneric name Astieria.* Ac- cording to M. Pavlow, the Olcostephani of the group of O. Astierz form a natural group, a genus (Asteria) if one prefers to consider the Olcoste- phani as a family, or a subgenus if one would rather regard Olcostephanus as a genus. «The shape and surface ornamentation of O. Deansi are very similar to those of O. Jeannotti. Butin O. Jeannottc the ribs bifurcate at the umbilical margin, and are represented as so prominent as to everywhere break the general contour if the shell is viewed laterally. The siphonal saddles of O. Jeannotti, too, are described as broad, and the figures show that they are much broader than high. In O. Deansit, on the other hand, the ribs bifureate half way across the sides, at a considerable dis- tance from the umbilical margin, and are not sufficiently prominent to interrupt the continuity of the outline of the shell in a full side view. *Bulletin Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou, Année 1891, N. Ser., vol. v. 278 The siphonal saddles of O. Deansii, also, are narrow, and, as already stated, a little higher than broad.” PERISPHINCTES SKIDEGATENSIS, Whiteaves. Ammonites (Perisphinctes) Skidegatensis, Whiteaves.—1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 34, fig. A) pla(avandeplen Oss cent Perisphinctes Skidegatensis, Whiteaves.—- 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 210. A remarkably well preserved and nearly perfect specimen of P. Skide- gatensis, from the Queen Charlotte Islands, and probably from the Lower Shales at Skidegate Inlet, was presented to the Museum of the Survey in 1893, by the Curator of the Provincial Museum at Victoria, B.C. It measures nearly eight inches in its maximum diameter, and shows the greater part of five volutions. A large fragment, consisting of a cast of the interior of the body chamber, about eight inches in length, of a speci- men that is probably referable to P. Skidegatensis, was collected by Mr. Robertson, in 1896, at a locality between Yukon Lake and the head of Rennell Sound, and lent to the writer by Dr. Newcombe. The septation of this shell is still unknown, and Dr. Kossmat, as already stated, thinks that it may prove to be an Olcostephanus of the type of the O. Zirkeli of Felix and Lenk*, from the Cretaceous rocks of Mexico. Ho.ucopiscus LAPEROUSIANUS. Ammonites Laperousianus, Whiteaves.—1876. 'This volume, pt. 1, p. 39, pl. 3, fig. 3. Holcodiscus Laperousianus, Kossmat. —1897. Untersuch. iiber die siidindische Kreide- formation, pt. 2, p. 34. East end of Maud Island, Dr. Newcombe, 1895; a few specimens : north side of Maud Island, three specimens ; and Lina Island, one speci- men, Dr. Newcombe, 1897. Ho.ucopiscus CUMSHEWAENSIS. Haploceras Cumshewaense, Whiteaves.—1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 208, pl. 24, fig. 1. Holcodiscus Cumshewaensis, Kossmat. —1897. Untersuch. iiber die siidindische Kreide- formation, pt. 2, p. 34. This peculiarly sculptured Ammonite was described and figured from a fragmentary specimen collected on the north shore of Cumshewa Inlet by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1878. Of late years five other specimens have been obtained at this locality. One of these is a small but comparatively perfect specimen, not quite two inches in its maximum diameter, collected * Beitrige zur Geologie und Paleontologie der Republik Mexico, theil 3, (1891) p. 182, pl. 29. 279 by Mr. W. F. Ellis, at Cumshewa Inlet, and lent to the writer by the Natural History Society of British Columbia. On the outer volution of this specimen there are eight or nine narrow and somewhat distant, flexuous constrictions, or narrow grooves, but there is a broad space near the aperture upon which these constrictions are obsolete. Between the constrictions there are about five narrow linear ribs, most of which bifurcate or doubly bifurcate at a short distance from the umbilical margin. The other four specimens were collected by Dr. Newcombe, at Cumshewa Inlet, in 1895. One of these measures about four inches and a half in its maximum diameter and is the largest speci- men that the writer has seen. On the interior half of its outer volution the periodic constrictions or arrest of growth are undeveloped or obsolete. The transverse ribs on the outer volution of this specimen too, are not thin and sharp, but comparatively broad, and flattened at their sum- mits, on and near the periphery or venter, especially near the aperture. The sutural line of the species is still unknown. Hopuiires HatpaQuENsIs. Hoplites Haidaquensis, Whiteaves. —1893. Canad. Rec. Sc., vol. vi, p. 444, pl. 7, figs. 2, & 2, a-b. “Shell small, strongly costate and widely umbilicated, the umbilicus, as measured from suture to suture, occupying about one-third of the entire diameter. Volutions about three, though the nucleus is not preserved in the only specimen collected, increasing rather rapidly in size and slightly embracing : the outer one moderately convex, a little broader than high, the outline of a transverse section being subpentagonal if made through one of the ribs, or not far from circular if in the centre of one of the grooves between them : aperture nearly circular but shallowly emargi- nate by the encroachment of the preceding volution. ‘Surface marked by large and prominent, simple and nearly straight, transverse ribs, which are separated by rather broad concave grooves. The ribs, which are equal in lengtii, are most elevated on the outer or peripheral portion of the last volution, and in the median line of the peri- phery there is a single angular notch on each rib which scarcely inter- rupts the continuity of the rib. ‘‘Sutural line not clearly defined, but apparently not very complicated nor much branched. The first and second lateral saddles appear to be much broader than high, and doubly incised rather than ramose at the summits. The first lateral lobe seems to be trifurcate above and unusu- ally small, though apparently much larger than any of the others except the siphonal lobe. 280 “Maximum diameter of the only specimen collected, twenty-nine milli- metres: greatest breadth of the same, twelve mm. ‘“‘ The specific name suggested for this little Ammonite is a modification of the word Hai-da-kwe-a, which Dr. G. M. Dawson quotes as the Indian name for the Queen Charlotte Islands, in his report on these islands, pub- lished in the Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada for 1878-79.* The shell itself appears to belong to the sub-group Dentati- regulares of the Dentati, of Pictet’s classification of the Ammonites in the ‘“‘ Paléontologie Suisse,”} and to that section of the genus Hoplites which Zittel calls the group of Ammonites interruptus.{| In many of its charac- ters it is very similar to Hoplites sinwosus, but it seems to have fewer and more distant ribs than that species and a different sutural line. Thus the type and only known specimen of H. Haidaquensis has twenty-two ribs on the outer volution, while that of H. sinwosus, which is almost exactly the same size, is said to have thirty-four. The sutural line of H. Hazda- quensis seems to be more like that of H. crassicostatus, as figured by d’Orbigny,|| in which the first and second lateral saddles are represented as broader than high, whereas the corresponding saddles of H. sinuosus are represented as higher than broad.” (Op. cit.) Hop.ires YAKOuNENSIS. (N. Sp.) Plate 36, figs. 1, 1 a and 16. Shell small, compressed, rather narrowly umbilicated, periphery or ven- ter narrow and subtruncated. Volutions so deeply embracing that the greater part of each of the inner ones is covered, the umbilicus occupying a little less than one-third of the entire diameter, the outer one flattened somewhat obliquely cutward from the margin of the umbilicus. Aperture narrowly elongated, much higher or longer than wide, subtruncate both above and below, widest and deeply emarginate below. Surface of each side of the outer volution marked with a single row of about ten small, transversely elongated, conical tubercles on the umbilical margin, and with a corresponding row of from two to three times as many small, obliquely and slightly elongated tubercles on the outer margin of the periphery or venter. Across each of the sides these two sets of tubercles are connected by faint, obscure and almost obsolete, radiating and bifur- cating costze, but a few of the tubercles on the peripheral margin mark the termination exteriorly of short intercalated ribs that do not reach to the umbilical margin. * Page 1048. + Premiéré par; ~ . * Handbuch der Paleontelogie vol. 11, p. 476. || Paléontologie Frangaise, Terrains Crétacés, tome 1, Atlas, pl. 59, fig. 3. 281 Sutural line not sufficiently well preserved to admit of an exact descrip- tion of the whole or even of most of it. East end of Maud Island, one imperfect specimen about forty milli- metres, or a little more than an inch and a half, in its maximum diameter; and two miles south of Yakoun Lake, asimilar but rather smaller speci- men ; both collected by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. From its general resemblance to the Ammonites denarius of Sowerby, as figured by D’Orbigny, this small Ammonite would seem to belong to what Zittel calls the group of A. interruptus, Brug., and to be most nearly related to Hoplites Vancouverensis (the Ammonites Vancowverensis of Meek) and to Pachydiscus Gollevillensis, (D’Orbigny) as recently il- lustrated by Kossmat. H. Vancouwverensis, however, is a much larger species, the shell of which, when adult, attains to a maximum diameter of nearly five inches. Its periphery or venter, too, is more flattened, and the tubercles which bound it on each side are elongated at almost a right angle to the ribs from which they proceed, so that each pair of tubercles is parallel, and not convergent forward, as those of H. Yakounensis are. P. Gollevillensis, has a proportionately wider umbilicus than that of the present species, and the tubercles on the outer margin of each side of the outer volution of the former are more nearly transverse to it. Hopuires Newcomsir. (N. Sp.) Plate 37, figs. 1 and la. Shell small, moderately convex but somewhat compressed laterally, and rather widely umbilicated. Volutions about five, the later ones lightly embracing, so that about one-half of the sides of the inner ones are ex- posed in the umbilicus. Outer voiution a little broader than high, rounded subhexagonal in transverse section : umbilicus occupying about one-third of the entire diameter, though its margin is rounded and indistinctly defined. Surface marked by very numerous, close-set, thin and sharp transverse ribs, most of which bifurcate from a minute flattened spinose tubercle, at a short distance from the umbilicus, pass over the venter and reunite at a corresponding tubercle on the opposite side. Between two of these longer and continuous ribs, a short and simple rib is frequently interca- lated. Sutural line unknown. Maximum diameter of the only specimen known to the writer, thirty-six millimetres ; breadth of the outer volution at the aperture, sixteen mm. and a half. South side of Alliford Bay, Dr. Newcombe, 1895: a single well pre- served specimen. This delicately sculptured fossil is not at like any American species of Ammonite that the writer is acquainted with, and seems to be nearest to the A. Gargasensis of the French Neocomian, though perfectly distinct therefrom. The specific name proposed for the former is in honour of its discoverer, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, who has done so much to advance our knowledge of the geology, paleontology and ethnology of British Colum- bia, and who collected most of the specimens that are described or enu- merated in this paper. DESMOCERAS LATIDORSATUM, Michelin. (Sp.) Ammonites latidorsatus, Michelin. 1838. Mém. Soc. Géol. France, vol. 11, p. 101, pl. 12, fig. 9. u " D’Orbigny. 1840. Pal. Franc., Terr. Cret., vol. 1, p. 270, pl. 80. " " Pictet and Roux. 1847. Foss. des Gres Verts, p. 44, pl. 3, figs. 4 and 5. " " Stoliczka. 1865. Cret. Cephalop. S. India, p. 148, pl. 74, : figs. 1-4. Ammonites inanis, Stoliczka. 1865. Ib., pl. 59, fig. 14. Desmoceras latidorsatum, Kossmat. 1897. Untersuch. iib. die siidindische Kreidefor- mation, pt. 3, p. 107 (172), pl. 19 (25), figs. 2, a-b; 3, a-b; 4, a-b; and 5. A few specimens, that agree very well with the descriptions and figures of this species, were collected by Dr. Newcombe in 1895 at Bear Skin Bay and at the east end of Maud Island. All of those that the writer has seen are mere casts of the shell, with the sutures of the septa either not preserved at all, or with their finer details almost obliterated by weathering. The largest and most perfect specimen is eighty-eight millimetres in its greatest diameter, and forty-three mm. in breadth or thickness near the aperture. It shows seven flexuous transverse con- strictions on the outer volution, with tongue-like processes on the venter, but there are probably two or three more of these constrictions, as the posterior end of that volution is covered with the matrix. Between them, and parallel with them, there are remains of low, faint and close set costule. In another specimen the outline of a transverse section of the body chamber near the aperture is crescentic, the venter and sides being rounded and the dorsum broadly and deeply grooved for the reception of the previous volution. The largest of the five specimens from South Island, and the two speci- mens from Bear Skin Bay, that were identified with Lytoceras Timo- theanwm on page 203 of the third part of this volume, are now believed to be referable to Desmoceras latidorsatum. Dersmoceras (PuzoziaA) PLANULATUM!? Sowerby. Var. Plate 36, fig. 2; and pl. 37, fig. 2. Haploceras planulatum, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 207, pl. 28, fig. 1. 283 In the third part of this volume three imperfect and badly preserved Ammonites from Cumshewa Inlet were identified with the Ammonites planulatus of Sowerby, Sharpe and Stoliczka. The small one figured on Plate 28, has part of the test preserved, but so much of the periphery of the outer volution is worn away that its umbilicus appears to be wider proportionately than it really was. In this specimen both the venter and the sides are compressed, the transverse section being subquadrangular in outline, but higher or longer than broad, and concavely emarginate below. On the outer volution there are seven distant, slightly flexuous, transverse constrictions, which are flatly arched in crossing the venter. The ribs, which run parallel to them, are thin, sharp and separated by compar- atively wide shallow grooves. The two large specimens referred to on page 207 are septate throughout and show the general shape fairly well, also the characters and relative proportions of the umbilicus. In the larger of the two the umbilicus appears to occupy a little more, and in the smaller a little less, than one-fourth of the entire diameter. The larger has all the surface markings obliterated by weathering, but the smaller is regularly ribbed and marked by seven or eight distant constrictions on tke outer volution. The ribs are not very prominent, and narrower than the grooves between them. Quite recently three specimens, which are apparently referable to this variety of D. planulatum, have been lent to the writer by Dr. Newcombe. One of these was collected at Cumshewa Inlet by Mr. Maynard Smith in 1892, and the other two at Maple Island by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. The Cumshewa specimen is a slightly distorted cast of the interior of most of the septate portion of the shell, with small portions of the test preserved. It measures about eleven inches in its maximum diameter, and about four inches in thickness. It is much more convex proportio- nately than the two large specimens from the same locality collected by Dr. Dawson. Owing to the distortion, the comparative size of the umbilicus of the specimen collected by Mr. Smith cannot be ascertained with much accuracy, but it can scarcely have occupied much more than one-fourth of the entire diameter. There are only five, distant and nearly straight, transverse constrictions, on its outer volution. The ribs, which though well marked, are low, rounded at their summits and narrower than the grooves between them, are usually simple, with an occasional shorter rib intercalated between two of the longer ones. The two specimens from Maple Island are both much compressed laterally. The more perfect of the two, the one figured, is a slightly crushed, septate cast about six inches and a half in its maximum diameter, and about one inch and three- quarters in thickness, allowing for the distortion. Its umbilicus occupies nearly one-third of the entire diameter, and on its outer volution there 284 are seven distant periodic constrictions, or transverse grooves, which are slightly flexuous and somewhat sigmoidal on the sides, and very little arched on the venter. Between these constrictions there are faint indi- cations of low, rounded ribs, which are obsolete at and near the umbilical margin. The other is an imperfect, but undistorted cast of the interior of the septate portion of the shell and of most of the body chamber, not quite six inches and a quarter in its greatest diameter, and an inch and three quarters in breadth. In other respects the characters of these two specimens are essentially the same. Professor Yokoyamo, in his monograph of the fossils of the Japanese Chalk, published at Stuttgart in 1890, claims that the Ammonites planulatus of Stohczka is not the A. planulatus of Sowerby, but the A. Gaudama of Forbes, and refers both to Desmoceras. He also includes the “ Haploceras planulatum” nobis, of page 207 of the third part of this volume, though with a query prefixed, among the synonyms of Desmoceras Gaudamu. Dr. Kossmat, on the other hand, (who regards Ammonites planulatus, Sowerby, as the type of the subgenus Puzozia of the genus Desmoceras, divides the Ammonites planulatus of Stoliczka into three species, which he calls Puzozia planulata, Sowerby, var. Odiensis, Kossmat; P. Gaudama (Forbes) ; and P. crebrisulcata, Kossmat. He states also that ‘““Whiteaves’ A. planulatus from Division C (Middle Cretaceous) of the Queen Charlotte Islands, exhibits lesser involution and coarser ribbing (geringere Involution und grébere rippung)” than the typical A. planu- latus of Sowerby. But, unfortunately, Dr. Kossmat has not seen any of the specimens of the supposed A. pianulatus from Cumshewa or Maple Island, or even photographs of them, but only the figure, without any description, of the small and very imperfect specimen on Plate 28, fig. 1, of the third part of the present volume. In the writer’s judgment, all these specimens agree fairly well with the descriptions and figures of Desmoceras (Puzozia) planulatum (Sowerby) as recently restricted, and differ from them only, so far as can be observed at present, in being a little more tightly rather than more loosely coiled, and, more particularly, in their much straighter periodic constrictions or arrests of growth. Dersmoceras (PuzoziA) BREWERII. Ammonites Brewerii, Gabb. --1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Palzeont., vol. I, p. 62, pl. 10, fig. 7 ; and (1869) vol. 11, p. 180, pl. 20, fig. 5. Whiteaves —1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 21, pl. 1, figs. 2, 2a, and 3}, Od (ip A specimen collected at Maud Island by Mr. James Deans in 1898, which is essentially similar to the original of figure 3 on Plate I, of this. 285 volume, has been lent to the writer by the Natural History Society of British Columbia. Since then Dr. Newcombe has lent to the writer nine specimens that are clearly referable to this species, from two to seven, and even nine inches in their maximum diameter, that he collected at the east end of Maud Island in 1895. Seven of these, including the largest and the largest but one, are marked by large and comparatively distant flexuous, plications which are strongly developed on the sides, but obsolete, or nearly obsolete on the venter. In the largest of these specimens some of the plications are as much as fourteen millimetres apart at their summits, on the outer portion of each of the sides. A specimen with extremely small and comparatively close-set, flexuous radiating, raised lines, which is apparently referable to this species, was collected at a locality north-west from Yakoun Lake, on the Kennel Sound Trail, by Mr. S. Pearse in 1894, and lent to the writer by Dr. Newcombe. From the whole of this new material it would appear that the fossil described on page 23, and figured on Plate 1, figures 3 and 3a of the first part of this volume as a dwarfed costate variety of Ammonites Brewer? is really a small specimen of the typical form of the species, and that the ‘presumed typical form” described on page 22 of the same publication and represented on Plate 1, figs. 2 and 2a, is a less typical and smoother variety, more nearly related to the next species. Desmoceras (Puzozia) HAYDENII. Ammonites Haydenii, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 62, pl. 10, figs. 3, & 8a-b. The writer has long been under the impression that the six specimens referred to on page 23 of the first part of this volume as closely resem- bling A. Haydenii, are really referable thereto. Quite recently Prof. John C. Merriam, who has kindly compared some of these specimens with the types of A. Haydenii in the Geological Museum of the Univer- sity of California at Berkeley, has expressed himself as satisfied with the identity of these two forms. Specimens similar to those obtained by Mr. Richardson were collected at the east end of Maud Island by Dr. New- combe in 1895, but it seems to the writer that A. Haydenii is only a small, smooth form of A. Brewerii. DeEsMOCERAS (PUzozIA) PEREZIANUM. Ammonites Perezianus, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 19, pl. 2, figs. 1 and la. But not A. Perezianus, D’Orbigny, 1850, Prodr. de. Paleé- ont., p. 9. Haploceras Perezianum, Vhiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 204. 286 Placenticeras Perezianum, Whiteaves. 1889. Contr. Canad. Palont., vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 156. Desmoceras Perezianum, Whiteaves. 1893. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1892, vol. x, sect. 4, p. 114. Skidegate Channel, west of Alliford Bay, J. Richardson, 1872; South Island (in Skidegate Channel) and north shore of Cumshewa Inlet, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1878: the specimens referred to on pages 19 and 204 of this volume. This species was referred to Haploceras in 1884 in accordance with Neumayr’s classification of the Cretaceous Ammonites, and to Placenti- ceras in 1889, as appearing to agree with Zittel’s extended definition of its characters in the second volume of the Handbuch der Palontologie. It, however, appears to be a fairly typical species of Desmoceras, Zittel, (1884) as that genus is now understood. DeEsmMoceras (Puzozi1a) Dawsont. (N. Sp.) Plate 37, fig. 3. Haploceras Beudanti, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 205, pl. 26, figs. 1 and la. But probably not the Ammonites Beudanti of European authors; nor of Stoliczka. Shell resembling that of Puzozia Stoliczkai, Kossmat* (the Ammonites Beudanti of Stoliczka, but not of Brongniart nor D’Orbigny) in shape, septation, and in the large size to which it attains, but differing there- from, as pointed out by Dr. Kossmat,f mainly in the circumstance that the periodic constrictions of specimens of from two to three or five or six inches in their maximum diameter, are much more flexuous and sigmoidal. Abundant on the north shore of Cumshewa Inlet, where numerous specimens were collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1878 and by Dr. New- combe in 1895. At this locality all the specimens have the umbilical margin rounded, and this would seem to be the typical form of the species. The few specimens from Bear Skin Bay, collected by Dr. Daw- son in 1878, with a rectangular umbilical margin, should probably be regarded as a variety of Desmoceras Dawsoni, for although they very closely resemble the Ammonites Beudanti as figured by Pictet and Cam- piche, it would now seem that more than one species has been described under that name by European writers. DeEsMOcERAS (Puzozia) MAUDENSE. Sehenadacs Maudensis, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 200, pl. 22, figs. 3 and 3, a-b. Bear Skin Bay, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: an imperfect and badly pre- served cast of the interior of a shell, about five inches in its maximum * Untersuchungen iiber die siidindische Kreideformation, pt. a (184) 119, pl. (24) 18, fig. 6. t Ibid., p. (185) 120. 287 diameter, that may possibly be referable to this species. Its venter however, is very narrowly rounded rather than carinate, but the venter of the type of Sphenodiscus Maudensis would be better described as obscurely subcarinated than as inconspicuously carinated. The sutural line of this latter specimen, as represented on Plate 22 of this volume, seems to be more like that of Desmoceras than of Sphenodiscus. GASTEROPODA. TROCHACTZON CYLINDRACEUS? Stoliczka. Actwonina (Sp. undt.) Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 53. Trochactwon cylindraceus (Stoliczka) Whiteaves. 1884. Tbid., pt. 3, p. 218, pl. 28, fig. 6. East end of Maud Island, several specimens ; and Bear Skin Bay, one specimen ; all collected by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. These are precisely similar to the specimens previously collected by Mr. Richardson and Dr. Dawson. They are all more or less crushed, distorted and badly preserved casts of the interior of the shell. Their identity or otherwise with 7’. cylindraceus is consequently very uncertain, and it would probably have been better to have distinguished them provisionally by a different specific name, such as 7. Skidegatensis. AMAUROPSIS TENUISTRIATA, Whiteaves. Amauropsis tenuistriata, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 48, pl. 9, figs. 4and 4a ; and (1884) pt. 3, p. 216, pl. 28, fig. 3. East end of Maud Island, one cast of the interior of the shell and one specimen with the test preserved ; and — Peninsula, Cumshewa Inlet, eight casts of the interior of the shell ; all collected by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. ScaLaRIA CLEMENTINA (Michelin) d’Orbigny. Melanopsis Clementina, Michelin. 1833. Magas de Zoologie, pl. 39. s oe oe 1838. Mem. Soc. Géol., tome 3, p. 99. Scalaria Clementina, d’Orbigny. 1842. Pal. Franc., Terr. Cret., tome IT, p. 52, pl. 154, figs. 6-9. oe Pictet and Campiche. 1862. Paléont. Suisse, Foss. Terrains Cret. Envir. Sainte-Croix, deuxieme partie, p. 333, pl. 72, figs. 12 and 13. Scalaria Albensis?? d’Orbigny. Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 50, pl. 9, fig 5. Cumshewa Inlet, at a locality about two miles west of the Peninsula and close to the Oil Works, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: a cast of the interior of four of the volutions, with part of the test preserved. When the fragment referred to on pages 50 and 51, and figured on Plate 9 of the first part of this volume was doubtfully identified with the 288 Scalaria Albensis of d’Orbigny, Pictet and Campiche’s monograph on the Cretaceous fossils of the environs of Ste. Croix was not accessible to the writer. Both it and the specimen collected by Mr. Richardson are prac- tically indistinguishable from Pictet and Campiche’s figures of S. Clemen- tina, and would now seem to be referable to that species rather than to S. Albensis. PLEUROTOMARIA SKIDEGATENSIS. Pleurotomaria Skidegatensis, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 51, pl. 9, figs. 6 and 6 a. East end of Maud Island, a specimen with part of the test preserved ; and south side of Alliford Bay, a large cast of the interior of a shell, which is probably referable to this species ; both collected by Dr. New- combe in 1895. PELECYPODA. AnatiIna (CERCOMYA) SEMIRADIATA. (N. Sp.) Plate 37, fig. 4. Shell strongly compressed, transversely elongated, more than twice as long as high, straight, or at least not distinctly curved. Anterior side shorter, a little broader (in the direction of its height) and more broadly rounded at the end than the posterior; beaks appressed and depressed, placed in advance of the midlength. About one-third of the distance from the front margin to the posterior extremity there is a faint transverse groove or narrow depression in the cast of each valve. In front of this groove the surface is concentrically and coarsely plicated. Behind it the concentric plications are more feebly developed, and immediately next to it there is a broad submedian triangular area, marked also with fine radiating ridges. But no vestige of the test is preserved in either of the only two specimens that the writer has seen, so that the hinge dentition is unknown. The muscular im- pressions also are not preserved. East end of Maud Isiand, a tolerably well preserved and nearly perfect, but slightly distorted cast of the interior of both valves ; and south side of Alliford Bay, a similar, but rather larger, less perfect and worn cast ; both cellected by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. A very similar shell to the recently described Anatina (Cercomya) punctata, Stanton,* of the Jurassic rocks of the Yellowstone National Park. “Geology of the Yellowstone National Park. Monograph xxxu of the United States Geological Survey (1899), p. 628, pl. 74, fig. 5. 289 THRACIA SEMIPLANATA, Whiteaves. Thracia semiplanata, 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 221, pl. 29, figs 5, 5, a-c. East end of Maud Island, five good specimens ; and Creek near Camp Robertson, two miles south of Yakoun Lake, at an elevation of about 600 feet above the level of the sea, one small specimen ; all collected by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. PLEUROMYA PAPYRACEA, Var. CARLOTTENSIS. Pleuromya Carlottensis, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 57, pl. 9, fig. 8. Plewromya subcompressa, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 22, pl. 29, fig. 6. But pro- bably not Ayacites (Pleuromya) subcompressa, Meek, if that is a Jurassic species. Pleuronya subcompressa, var. Carlottensis, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 228, pl. 29, figs. 7, and 7a. South side of Alliford Bay, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: one good specimen, * The types of Plewromya papyracea, Gabb, which are now in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, have been kindly lent to,the writer by Dr. H. A Pilsbry. They consist of a nearly perfect and well preserved cast of the interior of both valves of an apparently adult shell, forty-five millimetres in length, with small portions of the test preserved, (evidently the original of Plate 29, fig. 66, of the second volume of the Paleontology of California); of an imperfect cast of the interior of a half-grown right valve ; and of three very small casts of the interior of both valves, the largest of which is not more than three-quarters of an inch in length. From a direct comparison with these specimens it would seem that all the concentrically ribbed Pleuromy from the Queen Charlotte Islands that are described and figured in the first and third parts of this volume should probably be regarded as representing a local and coarsely costate or plicate variety of P. papyracea. Dr. Stanton has expressed the opinion* that Plewromya levigata, Whiteaves, is a synonym of P. papyracea, but, in the writer’s judgment, these two forms are quite distinct, P. /evigata being much smaller than P. papyracea, different in shape and almost smooth, its outer surface being marked only with a few concentric lines of growth. PLEUROMYA L#&VIGATA, Whiteaves. Pleuromya (subcompressa ? var.) levigata, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 224, pl. 30, 1, 1, a-e. The specimens from Alliford Bay and Maud Island, and probably also those from the Iltasyouco River and ‘‘ Lower Sandstones” of the south *In a foot note to page 18 of Bulletin No. 133 of the United States Geological Survey. 290 side of Maud Island, referred to on pages 224 and 249 of the third part of this volume. But, in the present state of our knowledge, P. levigata can scarcely be regarded as a variety of P. swhcompressa, if the latter is of Jurassic age. CyTHEREA (CARYATIS) SUBTRIGONA, Whiteaves. Callista (?) subtrigona, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 63, pl. 9, fig. 10. Caryatis subtrigona, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 226. Bear Skin Bay, Skidegate Inlet, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: several speci- mens. Three miles north-west from Yakoun Lake on the Rennel Sound Trail : a right valve collected by 8S. Pearse in 1894, and loaned to the writer by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. THETIS AFFINIS, Whiteaves. Thetis afinis, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 226, pl. 30, figs. 4 and 4, a b. Three miles north-west from Yakoun Lake on the Rennel Sound Trail, three casts of the interior of both valves, collected by S. Pearse in 1894 and lent to the writer by Dr. Newcombe in 1896. CYPRINA OCCIDENTALIS, Whiteaves. Cyprina occidentalis, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 227, fig. 10. Lina Island, Skidegate Inlet, C. F. Newcombe, 1897: a cast of the interior of both valves. PRorocaRDIA SUBSIMILE. (N. Sp.) Protocurdium Hillanwm, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 228, pl. 30, fig. 5. But probably not Cardium Hillanum, Sowerby, 1813. Shell small, regularly convex, ovately subtriangular, rather narrow above, widening somewhat rapidly below, and nearly as high as long. Anterior side short, subtruncated somewhat obliquely above and narrowly rounded below: posterior side not much longer than the anterior, more obliquely truncated above, rather more produced, and obtusely pointed below : cardinal margin short, umbones moderately prominent: beaks small, curved inward and forward, placed a little in advance of the midlength. Posterior area of both valves:marked by minute radiating ribs, the remainder of the surface with still more minute and densely crowded concentric raised lines. Dimensions of the only testiferous specimen that the writer has seen (a right valve): length nine millimetres and a half; height, inclusive of the beaks, nine mm. 291 East end of Maud Island, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1878 : the “ perfect right valve” referred to P. Hillanum on page 228, and figured on Plate 30, fig. 5, of this volume. A few small but well preserved casts of the interior of shells which are probably referable to this species, were collected on the south side of Alliford Bay by Dr. Dawson in 1878 and by Dr. New- combe in 1895. Judging by Sowerby’s original description and figure of Cardiwm Hillanum, from the Greensand of Blackdown, the Maud Island specimen would seem to be a very much smaller shell, with a somewhat different marginal outline. As figured in the “ Mineral Conchology”, C. Hillanum is an inch and three-quarters in its maximum length, but the Maud Island right valve may not be that of an adult shell. MEEKIA SELLA, Gabb. Meekia sella, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 191, pl. 25, fig. 179. Periploma cuspidatum, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, part 3, p. 220, pl. 29, figs. 4 and 4, a-b. Bear Skin Bay, Skidegate Inlet, C. F. Newcombe, 1895 : one speci- men. The types of Periploma cuspidatwm from Maud Island are badly pre- served casts of the interior of small specimens, with the valves spread out, which show nothing more than the marginal outline of the shell and a short groove in each valve, curving downward and a little outward on one side of the beak. The largest of these casts is twenty-eight (not ‘twenty ”) millimetres in its maximum length, and twenty-four and a half in height, From their general appearance it was supposed that the shorter and ‘abruptly cuspidate ” side was analogous to the beaked posterior side of Cuspidaria or Pandora, and that the umbonal groove corresponded to the impression of the obliquely transverse, posterior internal rib seen in so many of the Cretaceous Anatinidee and especially in Corimya. It was, however, fully recognized that the marginal outlines of these speci- mens is singularly like that of the Meekva sella, as figured by Gabb. Quite recently, by the courtesy of Professor Pilsbry, the types of Meekia sella, from Martinez, in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, have been lent to the writer for examination and com- parison. They consist of seventeen different valves, of all sizes, some of which are perfect and well preserved, with the whole of the test remain- ing. The largest, which is not the one figured by Gabb, is a perfect left valve, fifty millimetres in length, by forty-four in height. These speci- mens show clearly that the test of M. sella is porcellanous and compara- tively thick, not subnacreous and thin as in Periploma proper : also that 3—™M. F. 292 the pallial line is entire, and not sinuated like that of Periploma. Further, the lunule of these Martinez specimens is well defined, and the shorter subcuspidate side of J. se//a seems to be anterior, as described by Gabb. The writer is now under the impression that the types of P. cuspidatum are mere badly preserved casts of the interior of valves of small specimens of MW. sella, and that the supposed posterior umbonal groove of the for- mer is the impression of what Gabb calls the ‘‘ short robust plate ” which ‘separates the anterior muscular scar” of Meekia ‘from the cavity of the beaks ”. Conrad’s statement (in the first volume of the American Journal of Conchology) that Meekia sella is probably the same as Cyprina bisecta, can scarcely be correct, as the latter shell would seem to be a well charac- terized species of Aainus. Capt. Vogdes (on page 8 of his “Bibliography relating to the Geology, Paleontology, and Mineral Resources of Califor- nia”) in reference to the genus Meekia, says, ‘‘ there is already a genus Meekella, so this will not stand,” but he does not seem to be aware that Meekia was published by Gabb in 1864, and Meekella by White and St. John (for a genus of Carboniferous brachiopoda) in 1868. ASTARTE CARLOTTENSIS, Whiteaves. Astarte Packardi, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, part 3, p. 229, pl. 30, figs. 6, and 6, a-b. But probably not A. Packardi, White, 1880. Astarte Carlottensis, Whiteaves. 1889. Contr. Canad. Paleeont., vol. 1, pt. 1, p. 154. Kast side of Alliford Bay, four large and beautifully preserved speci- mens, with the test, and a few fragments ; south side of Alliford Bay, abundant in the condition of small but perfect casts; east end of Maud Island, five small examples with the test preserved ; G. M. Dawson, 1878. TRIGONIA DIVERSICOSTATA, Whiteaves. Trigonia diversicostata, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, part 1, p. 68, pl. 10, fig. 1; and (1884) pt. 38, p. 230. An imperfect and badly preserved left valve, which is probably refe- rable to this species, was collected at the east end of Maud Island by Dr. Newcombe in 1895. Two small Trigonias, also, collected three miles north-west from Yakoun Lake, on the Rennel Sound Trail, by Mr. 8. Pearse in 1894, have been lent to the writer by Dr. Newcombe. One of these is clearly an imperfect but well preserved right valve of 7. diversi- costata. The other, which is a perfect detached specimen, with both valves, but with some of the finer surface markings obscured by remains of the tenacious matrix, is apparently an abnormal variety of that species, 293 with the angular and subconcentric ribs or plications almost obsolete. A little Zrigonia, from the Cretaceous rocks on the south side of the en- trance to Quatsino Sound, V.I., collected by Mr. Hunt of Alert Bay, and lent to the writer by Dr. Newcombe, is probably a short, ventricose variety of 7. diversicostata. Arca (NEMODON) sIMILLIMA. (N. Sp.) Nemodon Fischeri, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 234, pl. 31, fig. 5. But probably not Arca Fischert, d’Orbigny, 1850, which is a Russian Jurassic species. Shell moderately convex, narrowly elongated, nearly three times as long as high and very inequilateral. Anterior side short, anterior end forming an angular junction with the cardinal border above, thence curving abruptly and obliquely, inward and downward, to the ventral margin below : posterior side fully four times as long as the anterior, posterior end truncated somewhat obliquely and very shallowly concave above, narrowly rounded and a little produced below: cardinal margin straight and slightly ascending from the anterior to the posterior end: umbones broad but not very prominent, placed at a short distance from the anterior end: beaks rather widely separated, small and incurved : cardinal area rather large, marked by continuous longitudinal grooves, which are a little bent opposite the beaks: ventral margin shallowly con- cave a little in advance of the midlength, narrowly rounded in front of this sinus, much broader and nearly straight behind. Surface marked by very numerous, small, radiating ribs, and by con- centric strive and lines of growth, Hinge dentition apparently as in Vemodon (Conrad) and consisting of three short, longitudinal, anterior teeth, parallel to the cardinal border, with some granulous teeth opposite the beaks, and of two very long, laminar posterior teeth, which are also parallel to the cardinal border. East end of Maud Island, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1878: several well pre- served and nearly perfect specimens. In a previous part of this volume these specimens were identified with Arca Fischeri, dOrbigny, on the strength of Eichwald’s statement that that species is from rocks of Neocomian age. These rocks are now regarded as Jurassic, and although the figures of A. Fischeri* in the second volume of the Geology of Russia in Europe and the Ural Moun- tains are remarkably similar to the Maud Island specimens, it is scarcely probable that a North American Cretaceous fossil is identical with a Russian Jurassic species. * Under the name Arca concinna, von Buch, which D’Orbigny himself subsequently changed to A. Fischeri. 34—M. F. 294 Arca (NEmopon) CuMSHEWENSIS. (N. Sp.) Grammatodon inornatus, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 235, pl. 31, figs. 8, 8, a-b. But probably not G. inornatus of Meek and Hayden, (1858) which is said to be a Jurassic species. Shell, or rather cast of the interior of the shell, small, moderately con- vex, about one-third longer than high, inclusive of the beaks, and very inequilateral. Anterior side shorter than the posterior: anterior end angular at its junction with the cardinal margin above, rounded and nar- rowing rapidly inward and downward to the base below: posterior end obliquely subtruncated above, slightly produced and rounded more or less narrowly, in some specimens obtusely pointed, below : ventral margin (or base) nearly straight or but very gently convex for the greater part of its length: superior border, behind the beaks, straight and almost parallel with the ventral margin: umbones broad and moderately prominent, beaks curved inward and forward, placed in advance of the midlength: posterior area tolerably well defined in some specimens but not in others. Test unknown: surface of well preserved casts of the interior of the shell marked by numerous, closely disposed, minute concentric strize and by minute, obscure, radiating raised lines. Hinge dentition not well shown in any of the specimens known to the writer, but in one of the casts there are distinct impressions of two or three longitudinally elongated posterior teeth, parallel to the hinge line, in the left valve. The six specimens collected at Cumshewa and Skidegate inlets by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1878 and referred to on page 235 of the third part of this volume, are the only ones that the writer has seen. CucULLHA PONDEROSA. (N. Sp.) Plate 38, figs. 1 and la. Cueullea (?) Sp. Undt. Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 73. Cucullea (Idonearca). Species undeterminable. Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 235. Shell large, ventricose, subtrapezoidal and very inequilateral : valves so strongly convex in the umbonal region that their maximum breadth or thickness, when closed, exceeds their greatest height, inclusive of the beaks: test thick. Anterior side short: anterior end angular above, at its junction with the cardinal margin, and broadly rounded below : posterior side broader and a little longer than the anterior : posterior end obliquely truncate above and obtusely pointed below. Ventral margin curved rather convexly in advance of the midlength, straighter behind: superior border nearly straight, ascending slightly and very gradually from the anterior to the posterior end: umbones prominent, broad and rather obtuse : beaks widely distant, depressed, curved inward and a little 295 forward, placed in advance of the midlength : cardinal area very large, broad and marked with well defined, divergent, ligamentary grooves: posterior area not distinctly defined, indicated only by an abrupt inflec- tion of the valves. The foregoing description is based almost exclusively upon the large and presumably adult specimen figured on Plate 38, which was collected at the east end of Maud Island, by Dr. Newcombe, in 1895. The surface of this specimen is not very well preserved, and its markings consist only of closely disposed concentric strie. In the small, crushed and imperfect, but testiferous specimen from the same locality, described on page 235, of the third part of this volume, the surface markings are well preserved and consist of numerous and densely crowded minute concentric raised lines, with a few rather coarser incremental ones, both of which are crossed by almost equally minute radiating ridges. On the posterior portion of each valve of this specimen the radiating ridges are close to- gether and not very prominent, but on the central and anterior portions they are distant and rather larger. The dimensions of the specimen figured are as follows: maximum length, 117 mm. (or upwards of four inches and a half) ; height, inclusive of either umbo, 86 mm.; greatest breadth or thickness through the closed valves, 100 mm. (or almost four inches); approximate distance between the two beaks, 33 mm.; maximum thickness of test, 54mm. ““Skidegate Channel west of Allford Bay” (and probably Maud Island) J. Richardson, 1872: the two large casts indicated on page 73 of the first part of this volume. Hast end of Maud Island, G. M. Dawson, 1878, the small crushed specimen already referred to; and C. F. New- combe, 1895, the large and testiferous specimen figured on Plate 38, and a distorted cast of the interior of another. The specimens collected by Drs. Dawson and Newcombe show that the shape of the shell is not so different from that of the Cucullwa from the Nanaimo group of Vancouver and the Sucia Islands, that has been referred by the wziter to C’. truncata, Gabb, as was supposed when only the two casts collected by Mr. Richardson were available for comparison. But there are now some reasons for thinking that the specimens from the localities last mentioned may be specifically, or at any rate varietally distinct from the true C. truncata. Through the kindness of Prof. Pilsbry, the writer has recently been able to examine and study ten authentic examples of that species, from Cottonwood Creek, the property of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The largest of these specimens, however, is only forty-nine millimetres in length, by thirty-six mm. in height, inclusive of the umbones. They seem to differ from the Maud Island specimens, and from those from Vancouver and the Sucia 296 Islands that have been referred to C. truncata, in their uniformly smaller size and more particularly in their proportionately narrower and more pointed umbones. It is just possible that the Maud Island specimens may prove to be nothing more than a large, ventricose, thick-shelled, local or stratigraphical variety of C. truncata, with a very broad, ligamentary area, but for the present it is thought desirable to distinguish them by a different specific name. Mopi0La PERSISTENS. (N. Sp.) Plate 37, figure 5. Modiola, (Sp. Undt.) Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, part 1, p. 73. Modiola subimbricata, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 287. But probably not M. subimbricata, Meek, 1873, which is said to be a Jurassic species. Shell of medium size, moderately elongated and slightly arched, rather strongly convex, usually higher than broad, but in one adult specimen broader than high, most prominent in each valve on the umbonal declivity (in the direction of a line that might be drawn obliquely backward and downward from the beak to the base) below and in front of which there is a shallow depression and above it a convex inflection of the valves. Auterior side short : anterior end rounded and narrowing rapidly into the base, below the beak : posterior side much longer than the anterior and somewhat expanded vertically, highest or deepest at about the mid- length : posterior end obliquely subtruncate above, rounded and slightly produced below: ventral margin shallowly concave in some specimens but nearly straight in others: superior border gently and slightly arched, ascending gradually from the anterior end to about the midlength and then sloping gently downward : umbones depressed, beaks curved inward and forward, anterior and terminal. Surface marked by numerous, minute and close-set, concentric striz, also by coarser and more distant incremental lines East end of Maud Island, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: two well preserved but not quite perfect specimens ; besides those referred to in the first and third parts of this volume, as having been collected by Mr. Richardson and Dr. Dawson. MELINA SKIDEGATENSIS. Melina mytiloides ? Lamarck. Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, pp. 80—82, figs. 8, a-d. Melina Skideyatensis, Whiteaves. 1884. Ibid., pt. 3, p. 239. East end of Maud Island, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: an imperfect but characteristic specimen. North side of Maud Island, C. F. Newcombe, 1897 : one specimen. 297 INOCERAMUS CONCENTRICUS, Parkinson. Tnoceramus concentricus, Parkinson. 1820. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. v, p. 58, pl. 1, fig. 4. sé Sowerby. 1821. Min. Conch., vol. 11, p. 183, pl. 305: and of numerous other European paleontologists. ee Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 79; and (1884) pt. 3, p. 241. Three miles north-west from Yakoun Lake, on the Rennel Sound Trail: several specimens of a large variety, with unusually coarse concentric plications, collected by Mr. Robertson in 1894,—and one fairly typical specimen collected by Mr. 8. Pearse in that year ; all kindly lent to the writer by Dr. Newcombe for comparison and identification. AUCELLA CRASSICOLLIS (Keyserling) Stanton. Aucelia Piochii, Gabb, 1869. (In part.) Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 194; pl. 32, figs. 92,a-c. " » Whiteaves. 1882. (In part.) Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. 1, sect. 4, p. 84. " " Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 239. Aucella concentrica (Fischer) White. 1884. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 4, p. 13, pl. 6, figs. 2-12 ; and (1885) No. 15, p. 23. Aueella Piochii, Whiteaves. 1887. (In part.) Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Canada, vol. 1, N.S., p. 111s. Aucella concentrica (Fischer) White. 1889. (In part.) Mon. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 13, p. 231, pl. 4, figs. 3-5, 11-17, and 21. Aucella crassicollis (Keyserling) Stanton. 1896. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 133, p. 45, pl. 5, figs. 1-18; pl. 6, figs. 1-5. Skidegate Channel, west of Alliford Bay, J. Richardson, 1872: the specimen referred to on page 239 of the third part of this volume. The very obscure fossil] that was doubtfully referred to Awcella Mos- quensis on pages 74 and 75 of the first part of this volume and figured on Plate 10, figs. 3 and 3 a, is too badly preserved and too much worn to be determined even generically. It is quite possible that it may not be an Aucella. GERVILLEA Newcomsil. (N. Sp.) Plate 39, fig. 1. Shell large, attaining to a maximum diameter of fully six inches, ob- liquely sublanceolate, about one-third longer than high, with a large broad posterior wing, and a narrow, pointed, horizontally prolonged anterior one; nearly equivalve, the right valve almost as convex as the left, very little if at all twisted, the postero-basal extremity of the left valve of the only adult specimen that the writer has seen being curved a little outward. 298 Anterior side consisting only of the anterior alation, which is narrow in the direction of its height or depth : posterior side widening or rather increasing rapidly in height backward : posterior end broadly, concavely and rather deeply emarginate at about the midheight, produced and ap- parently somewhat pointed below: posterior wing extending nearly or quite as far backward as the central portion of the valves: inferior mar- gin forming a long oblique and broadly sigmoidal curve backward and downward from the anterior to the posterior end: cardinal margin straight, horizontal, extended, and forming the longest part of each valve : umbo and beak attenuate, the latter slightly depressed, appressed, pointing forward and placed at a short distance from the anterior end. Surface apparently almost smooth and marked only by concentric strie of growth. Cartilage pits numerous and well defined. North side of Maud Island, about a quarter of a mile from Gold Har- bour Village, C. F. Newcombe, 1897 : a nearly perfect cast of the interior of both valves, with a portion of the test preserved on the left valve. The species seems to be well characterized by its peculiar shape, and more especially, by its largely developed posterior wing, by its narrowly produced anterior alation, and extended cardinal margin. AvicuLa (OxytomA) WuitEAVEsI, Stanton. Oxytoma mucronata, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 288, pl. 31, fig. 9, and p. 251, pl. 33, figs. 6, and 6b; but not Avicula mucronata, Gabb, 1864, as pointed out by Dr. Stanton ; and probably not Pteria, or Avicula, mucronata, Meek and Hayden, 1864, which is said to be a Jurassic species. Avicula (Oxytoma) Whiteavesi, Stanton. 1896. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., No. 133, p. 38, pl. 4, fig. 1. East side of Alliford Bay, Skidegate Inlet, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1878: the left valve referred to on page 238 and figured on Plate 31 of the third part of this volume. Both in outline and sculpture it is remarkably similar to the shell figured as Pteria Munster on page 80 of Meek and Hayden’s Palontology of the Upper Missouri, which they suggested might be called Pteria mucronata or Avicula mucronata. The specimens from the “ Lower Sandstones” of the south side of Maud Island, that were referred to Oxytoma mucronata on page 251 of the third part of this volume (with the exception of the original of fig. 6 a on Plate 33 of the present part), are also now believed to be referable to 4. (O.) Whiteavesi. Dr. Stanton says that his original description of A. Whiteavest was “drawn froma single specimen found with Aucella crassicollis, etc., in the upper part of the Knoxville beds on Shelton ranch, five miles north of Paskenta, Cal. Another left valve referred to the same species, 299 differing from the type in being slightly higher in proportion to its length, comes from the lower part of the Horsetown beds at Ono, Shasta County. Associated with the Ono specimen there are a number of right valves that probably belong to this species. They have about the same outline, but are much less convex ; the posterior wing seems to be more narrow, and the radiating lines are so small as to be inconspicuous except under a lens.” ‘“‘T think it probable,” he adds, “that these fossils are identical with the form” “from the Queen Charlotte Islands that has been referred to the Jurassic Avicula (Oxytoma) mucronata, M. and H. Direct com- parison of the California specimens with Meek and Hayden’s type, which was described and figured under the name Pteria Munsteri (Bronn),* shows recognizable differences in both outline and sculpture. When this Jurassic form was described, the name Pteria mucronata was suggested for it, in case it should prove to be distinct, but, before this work appeared, Gabb had used Avicula mucronata for a Californian Triassic species ;} consequently the name mucronata can not be applied to either of these species, and I name the Cretaceous form in honor of Mr. Whiteaves. A new name will also be given to the Jurassic species in another publica- tion.” (Op. cit. supra.) In February, 1879, the specimens that have been referred to O. muero- nate and that are figured on Plates 31 and 33 of this volume, were sent to Dr. Stanton for comparison, and ina letter dated February 15, 1889, he writes as follows in regard to them. ‘“ After careful comparisons I think that the originals of figures 6 and 6 6 on your Plate 33 are almost certainly, and the original of fig. 9 on your Plate 31 is probably, identical with the form from the Horsetown beds that I referred to my Avicula Whiteavesi. But the description and figure of that species were drawn from a single specimen, from a lower horizon, and it may be the differences are really of specific importance. Besides the greater proportional height of the Horsetown specimen, it shows a greater number of radiating ribs, though that difference may be in part due to the imperfect preservation of the type of A. Whiteavesi, from which the shell has been exfoliated from the lower portion, where other ribs that do not reach the beaks may be intercalated.” “The sculpture of the original of fig. 6 @ on your Plate 33 is so radically different that it seems to me impossible to refer it to the same species as the others. I should judge also that the form is quite different. “If it islike the specimen figured from Devil’s Lake it is certainly different. As to its identity or otherwise with A. Cornueliana, judging only from * Paleontology of the Upper Missouri, p. 80, figs. A and B in text. + Geological Siirvey of California, Paleontology, vol. I, p. 30, pl. 5, fig. 27. 300 the figures given by d’Orbigny and Pictet, I should say that on your specimen the interspaces between the principal ribs are flatter and bear more nearly equal, finer and much more numerous radiating strie. The concentric sculpture is also apparently much less distinct.” In this connection it may be said that the reference of the Devil’s Lake specimens to the A. Cornueliana of the French and Swiss Neocomian has has not proved satisfactory, and it will be convenient to designate the former by the new specific name Avicula (Oxytoma) McConnelli, in honour of their discoverer. The Maud Jsland specimen represented by fig. 6 a of Plate 33 is probably specifically identical with A. McConnelli, but is much too imperfect to admit of a satisfactory comparison with the types of that species. PrEcTEN MEEKANUS. Syncyclonema Meckiana, Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 82, fig. 9. East end of Maud Island, two specimens ; and south side of Alliford Bay, one specimen : C. F. Newcombe, 1895. GRYPH#A PERSIMILIS. (Nom. prov.) Gryphaw Nebrascensis, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, pt. 3, p. 244, pl. 32, figs. 2 and 2, a-b. But apparently not G. calceola, var. Nebrascensis, Meek & Hayden, 1861, which is said to be a Jurassic species. Shell of medium size, variable in shape but usually irregularly elongate subovate or ovately subtriangular : front margin, or inferior border, often unequally bilobate. Lower valve deep, either uniformly convex, or impressed with a comparatively distinct submedian longitudinal sulcus, so that the front margin is concavely sinuated near the middle, lobate on both sides, somewhat elongated or produced anteriorly,—and sometimes with a much fainter, lateral and presumably anterior but otherwise somewhat similar sulcus. Umbonal region of the lower valve tumid, the umbo itself strongly incurved, the beak acute and entire in some speci- mens, but truncated and showing a small scar of attachment in others. Upper valve small, concave externally, with comparatively inconspicuous umbo and beak. Cardinal area not clearly exposed in any of the speci- mens that the writer has seen. Surface of some specimens marked only by numerous and closely dis- posed concentric lines of growth, but in others the umbo of the lower or convex valve is marked also by numerous and equally closely disposed, small, irreguiar and subparallel, longitudinal raised lines. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown. Maximum length of the largest specimen that the writer has seen, sixty- eight millimetres. 301 The specimens from Maud Island and Alliford Bay collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1878 and referred to on page 245 of the third part of this volume, are the only ones known to the writer. In the American Journal of Science for March, 1885, Dr. C. A. White has expressed the opinion that these specimens are more like Gryphwa navia, Conrad, than G. Nebrascensis, but the lower valve of G. navia is said to have a narrowly subtrigonal outline, an angular umbo, and a sharp umbonal ridge. Awnomia Linensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 39, fig. 2. Upper valve (the only one known to the writer) almost flat, but slightly convex in the umbonal region, subcircular but rather irregular in outline, beak small, flattened obliquely downward, and nearly but not quite marginal. Surface marked by numerous closely arranged and slightly flexuous, radiating raised lines or minute ridges, which are crossed and somewhat interrupted by lines of growth and concentric wrinkles. Maximum length of one of the best specimens, twenty-seven milli- metres ; greatest breadth practically the same. Lina Island, C. F. Newcombe, 1897: three well preserved moulds of the exterior of upper valves, on a cast of the interior of the shell of Cyprina occidentalis. The figure and the foregoing description are taken from a gutta percha impression of one of these moulds. BRACHIOPODA. TEREBRATULA SKIDEGATENSIS. (Nom. prov.) Plate 37, figs. 6 and 6a. Terebratula (?) Sp. undt. Whiteaves. 1876. This volume, pt. 1, p. 83. Perhaps a var. of 7. subdepressa, Stoliczka. Cfr. Terebratula subdepressa, Stoliczka. 1872. Cret. Brachiop. S. India, p. 16, pl. 2, figs. 9-16, and pl. 3, figs. 1-8. Cfr. Terebratula robusta, Whiteaves. 1889. Contr. Canad. Paleont., vol. I., pt. 2, p. 163, pl. 22, figs. 1, 1, a-b, and 2. Amended description.—Shell rather large, subovate, broader than long, and broadest at about the midlength, sometimes obtusely pointed in front, when adult, but fully as broad as long when not quite full grown: front margin nearly or quite straight, with no distinct fold or sinus. 302 Ventral valve moderately convex, most prominent in the middle longitu- dinally, and sloping rapidly downward and outward on each side, its umbo and beak prominent and lightly incurved, the latter truncated and widely perforated : foramen large, circular: deltidium apparently very short and rather wide, but not well shown in any of the specimens that the writer has seen. Dorsal valve flatter, with a much smaller and less prominent umbo and beak than that of the ventral. Surface marked by fine concentric strie of growth. On the umbonal region of the dorsal valve of one specimen, also, there are remains of minute radiating strie. Lower layer of the test minutely and densely punctate. Muscular scars of the dorsal valve elongated and narrow, those of the ventral valve unknown. Loop and hinge dentition also unknown. Dimensions of the largest specimen collected: greatest length about fifty-six millimetres ; maximum breadth, forty-nine mm.; greatest thick- ness through the closed valves, twenty-eight mm. East end of Maud Island, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: a slightly distorted cast of the interior of both valves, with portions of the test preserved and showing the muscular impressions on the dorsal valve. North side of Maud Island, C. F. Newcombe, 1897: a cast of the intérior of a ventral valve with a small piece of the test preserved. These and the two (not three) ‘broken and badly preserved specimens” described on page 84 of the first part of this volume, which are probably also from Maud Island, are all that the writer has seen. RHYNCHONELLA OBESULA. (N. Sp.) Plate 39, figs. 3, 3a, and 4. (2) Terebratella obesa (Gabb), Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, part 3, p. 245. Shell transversely subelliptical, much broader than long and rather strongly convex when adult, but ovately subtriangular, fully as high as broad and flatter when young,—with no distinct fold or sinus. Umbo and beak of the ventral valve moderately prominent, its hinge area un- known: umbo of the dorsal valve much Jess prominent, its beak strongly incurved. Surface of each valve marked with from twelve to sixteen comparatively large and sharply angular, radiating ribs, with two or three smaller and much less distinct ones on each side. Hinge dentition and muscular im- pressions unknown. South side of Alliford Bay,—and north side of Maud Island, Dr. G. M. Dawson, 1878: the specimens doubtfully referred to Terebratella obesa, 303 Gabb, on pages 245 and 246 of the third part of this volume. South side of Allitord Bay, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: a crushed specimen, about twenty-six millimetres in breadth, and showing the characters of the thin, sharp ribs better than any of those that had previously been collested. It is doubtful whether these specimens should be regarded as representing a small, local and stratigraphical variety of the “ Terebratella obesa” of Gabb, from the Chico Group of California, (which is probably a Rhynchonella) or as a distinct and previously undescribed species. _Pro- fessor John C. Merriam, who has kindly compared them with the types of that species in the Museum of the University of California, at Ber- keley, writes as follows, in regard to this point, in a letter dated October 17th, 1898. “I would not like to form a definite opinion without seeing some more perfect material, but may say that I doubt whether your specimens are 7’, obesa. T. obesa is somewhat different in form and seems uniformly to possess more ribs than your specimens. I think our specimen of 7. obesa has about ten more ribs than the largest specimen among those which you sent. “7. obesa seems to me to be a Rhynchonella. The type has on some parts numerous pits, but they are very large and irregular. I think they are formed by some borer, perhaps an unknown sponge. The pits are at any rate quite different from those of the terebratuloids. “Mr. F. M. Anderson, who is working in Cretaceous paleontology here, has just examined these Rhynchonelle from Skidegate Inlet, and agrees with me that it is safer not to call them obesa. He thinks the form is different and suggests that your specimens represent a smaller species than obesa, which even in young forms seems to have more ribs than your species. He suggests also that your specimens are from the Horsetown, while obesa is from the Chico.” Under all the circumstances it seems most prudent to distinguish these rather coarsely ribbed Rhynchonelle from the Lower Shales of the Queen Charlotte Islands, at least provisionally, by a different and new specific name. RHYNCHONELLA ORTHIDIOIDES. (N. Sp.) Plate 39, fig. 5. Shell small, compressed, transversely subelliptical and a little broader than long; front margin slightly curved in the middle but apparently devoid of a distinct fold or sinus. Ventral valve flattened somewhat obliquely, with a faint shallow depression at the midbreadth in front, its umbo rather narrow and moderately prominent : dorsal valve uniformly compressed convex, rather more convex than the ventral, beak of the dorsal incurved. 304 Surface marked by numerous, very small and close set, radiating ribs. Counting the smallest on each side, that can scarcely be seen without the aid of a lens, there are about forty of these ribs on each valve. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown. Dimensions of the only specimen that the writer has seen: length, inclusive of the beak, about nine millimetres; maximum breadth, not quite twelve mm.; greatest thickness, four mm. East end of Maud Island, C. F. Newcombe, 1895: a well preserved cast of the interior of both valves, with portions of the inner layer of the test adherent thereto, but with a small piece of one side of the umbo and beak of the ventral valve broken off. In general appearance this little shell is not unlike a small and finely ribbed Orthzs, but it may not be quite full grown. It has almost the same marginal outline as the Tere- bratella Californica of Stanton,* from the Knoxville beds of California, but that species appears to be a true terebratuloid, with a minutely punctate structure and the beak of the ventral “truncated by the large round foramen.” CQ@ALENTERATA. ASTROCENIA IRREGULARIS, Whiteaves. Astrocenia irregularis, Whiteaves. 1884. This volume, part 3, p. 246, pl. 33, fig. 1. In 1897 Dr. Newcombe found a reef of this species about a quarter of a mile from Gold Harbour Village, on the north shore of Maud Island, and has since presented a small piece broken from it to the Museum of the Survey. TANS eA RN ails eee a ee * Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey, No. 133, p. 33, pl. 1, figs. 12 and 13. List OF FOSSILS FROM THE CRETACEOUS ROCKS OF THE QUEEN CHARLOTTE IsLanps.* 1. From the ‘ Upper Shales and Sandstones,” or Subdivision A of Dr. G. M. Dawson’s Report. Tnoceramus labiatus, Schlotheim. (=I problematicus, Schloth., et auct.) 2. From the ‘Coarse Conglomerates,” or Subdivision B of Dr. Daw- son’s Report. Fragment of guard of Belemnite, species indeterminable. 3. From the “ Lower Shales and Sandstones,” or Subdivision C of Dr. Dawson’s Report. FISHES. Scales of a small teleost. CRUSTACEA. DECAPODA. Homolopsis Richardsoni, H. Woodward. MOLLUSCA. CEPHALOPODA. Phylloteuthis incertus. Oleostephanus cepoides. Belemnites assimilis. Fs oblatum. ee Skidegatensis. 3 (Astieria) Deansii Nautilus (Cymatoceras) Carlottensis. Perisphinctes Carlottensis. Phylloceras Knoxvillense, Stanton. Var. Skidegatensis. Lytoceras Batesii (Trask). Holcodiscus Laperousianus. Lytoceras (Gaudryceras) Sacya (Forbes). eS Cumshewaensis. Lytoceras (Tetragonites) Timotheanum Hoplites Haidaquensis. (Mayor). ef Yakounensis. Turrilites Carlottensis. Fe Newcombii. Turrilites (species indeterminable). Hamites (Ptychoceras) glaber. Hamites (species indeterminable. ) Diptychoceras (species indeterminable). Schloenbachia inflata (Sowerby). Acanthoceras spiniferum. Olcostephanus Richardsoni. a Loganianus. Desmoceras latidorsatum (Michelin). Desmoceras (Puzozia) planulatum (Sowerby). Perezianum. Dawsoni. Brewerii (Gabb.) Maudense. Ancyloceras Remondi, Gabb. oe e *All the species for which no author’s name is given, have either been or are here described by the writer. 306 GASTEROPODA. Pleurotomaria Skidegatensis. Pseudomelania (species indeterminable). Calliostoma constrictum. Nerinza Maudensis. Scalaria Clementina, (Michelin) d’Orbigny. | Cerithium Skidegatense. Vanikoro pulchella. Trochactzon cylindraceus ? Stoliczka. Amauropsis tenuistriata. Cinulia pusilla. PELECYPODA. Teredo Suciensis. Arca (Nemodon) simillima. Martesia carinifera. Arca (Nemodon) Cumshewaensis. Corbula concinna. Trigonoarca tumida. ' Thracia semiplanata. Cucullea ponderosa. Anatina (Cercomya) semiradiata. Lithodomus Maudensis. Pleuromya papyracea, var. Carlottensis. Modiola persistens. Pleuromya levigata. Mytilvs lanceolatus? J. Sowerby. Goniomya (species indeterminable). Melina Skidegatensis. Pholadomya ovuloides. Inoceramus Moresbyanus. ee concentricus, Parkinson. (Actinoceramus) sulcatus, Tellina Skidegatensis. Cytherea (Caryatis) subtrigona. oe Thetis affinis. Parkinson. Cyprina occidentalis. Aucella crassicollis (Keyserling) Stanton. Protocardia subsimile. Gervillia Newcoinbii. Astarte Carlottensis. Meleagrina amygdaloidea. Unio Hubbardi, Gabb. Avicula (Oxytoma) Whiteavesi, Stanton. Trigonia Tryoniana ? Gabb. Pecten Meekanus. G diversicostata. Pecten (Entolium) lenticularis. eS Dawsoni. (=Amusium lenticulare, W.) oy Maudensis. Camptonectes curvatus ? Geinitz. Meekia sella, Gabb. Gryphea persimilis. Yoldia arata. Ostrea Skidegatensis. Nucula solitaria? Gabb. Anomia Linensis. Nucula (Acila) truncata, Gabb. MOLLUSCOIDEA. BRACHIOPODA. Terebratula Skidegatensis. Rhynchonella orthidioides. Rhynchonella obesula. CHLENTERATA. ANTHOZOA. Astrocenia irregularis. 307 4. From the ‘“ Agglomerates,” or Subdivision D of Dr. Dawson’s Report. Three undeterminable fragments, apparently of the shells of pelecypoda, one of which looks like a piece of the exfoliated valve of an Ostrea. 5. From the ‘‘ Lower Sandstones,” or Subdivision E of Dr. Dawson’s Report. CEPHALOPODA. Schloenbachia propinqua. | Sphenodiscus Requienianus? D’Orbigny. GASTEROPODA. Pleurotomaria Skidegatensis. | Cinulia (species indeterminable). PELECYPODA. Pleuromya levigata ? | Avicula (Oxytoma) McConnelli ? Cardium tumidulum. | Lima (species indeterminable). Protocardia (species indeterminable). Pecten Carlottensis. Avicula (Oxytoma) Whiteavesi, Stanton. BRACHIOPODA, Rhynchonella Maudensis. | Discina (?) semipolita. Orrawa, March, 1899. 4__, F. te Neila ‘at ia a why feelin vey f if wos ptall fetal kA + PsA (ita fat Ht vi mirioa Mina ULF i Fis . Pin ung \ , (aris ane, ay aligles Aceh laatey aieaPocr’, sukoweyind aiivyk Mints Aibiban Ky, Pee ay ih ey Sin at! vital i BNE . Cerin atts Aa ANY ae 5 Ay ; pat MT EEY fk fa ; BAe pre > ny Lo ” io. Le ; ah aes eats ane ay ro ; re ese one re eave vl FAN Um mar Wa re ee a tl a eon hae aa] PLATE XXXIII. (With the exception of the coral (fig. 1), all the fossils represented on this Plate, are from the Lower Sandstones of the south side of Maud Island). Figure 1. bo bo bo & oes Figure 4. iT9 4 a. ASTROCENIA IRREGULARIS (page 246). Calicular surface of a portion of a colony, drawn from a gutta percha squeeze of a specimen from the Lower Shales at Maud Island. SCHLOENBACHIA PROPINQUA (page 247). Side view of the largest entire specimen collected. Outline of aperture of the same. Side view of a smaller but better preserved specimen. Similar view of a large fragment. PLEUROMYA L&EVIGATA (pages 249 and 289). Side view of the most perfect specimen yet collected from the Lower Sandstones. CARDIUM TUMIDULUM (page 249). Side view of a specimen, slightly enlarged. Similar view of another specimen. PROTOCARDIUM ; species undeterminable (page 250). (ooo one °) g 6: . Side view of the specimen referred to on page 250, shewing the left valve. AvicuLA (Oxytoma) WHITEAVESI (page 298). (The Oxytoma mucronata of page 251.) Side view of an imperfect left valve. Similar view of a perfect right valve. AvicuLa (Oxyroma) McConne ti (page 300). An imperfect left valve, that is doubtfully referred to this species. PrecTEN CARLOTTENSIS (page 251). One of the most perfect specimens collected (which, how- ever, wants both ears) with a small piece of the test about twice the natural size, to show the surface ornamentation. RHYNCHONELLA MAupeEnsIs (page 252). Dorsal view of a perfect specimen. Front view of the same. Ventral view of the same. DIscCINA SEMIPOLITA (page 252). Upper valve of a specimen with the test preserved, slightly enlarged. Imperfect cast of the interior of another upper valve, shewing part of the muscular impression, and slightly enlarged. ‘ i) S Ss SERow 4) S$ ee CAN WS. EOI = 1G PLATE XXXIV. TURRILITES CARLOTTENSIS (page 271). The fine specimen from Bear Skin Bay referred to in the text, three- fourths of the natural size, and in outline only. L.M.liuambe -£GS.d EG.S. delt i 1 f : x enters mash re= ecetne nish eininiee I) M= eae ene ache ae tite eee ET Die Leer ine me aet at at ae tes = = ts a ym 4 a 2 SA _ me ra -. -_ wo - an. a: =: C " % i S pi . 1 = 2 oi) iu a ‘ e ae t i ? . + a ~ wl f 6 * i 7 . : . \ Ta ¢ F 1 . = i i i :. : \ 4 - * ’ ; ——— a * = ; a7 ‘ vy ’ ivi ‘ . 7 - . : fi ‘ \ i if _ mtg \ F ; i ‘ io \ f Ge Cr ¥ “ i ' i i { fi 1 BAL iy . = * = DF { Cay (ae r —_ nl ¥ ~ - — b\ = WO A rere mings eet me Phe wl ree te ee ten ast Cement ein I cee me Cmte werent es pT mia nares, er ee ——— = =i . - hae = ws PLATE XXXV. PHYLLOTEUTHIS INCERTUS (page 268). Figure 1. The only specimen collected. ACANTHOCERAS SPINIFERUM (page 273). Figure 2. Side view of the largest specimen yet collected, two-thirds the natural size. Sey Side view of a small but very perfect specimen, of the natural size. “ 3a. Ventral view of the same. Yi MI PLATE XXXVI. HOoPLirtES YAKOUNENSIS (page 280). Figure 1. Side view of the specimen fron the east end of Maud Island, referred to in the text. “6 l a. Ventral view of the same. « 1 6. Outline of aperture of the same. DesMocERAS (PuzozIA) PLANULATUM ! var. (page 282). Figure 2. Side view of the more perfect of the two specimens from Maple Island, described in the text, four-fifths the natural size, : 7 5 ’ ‘am ‘- es Ohana : Coal meh no. - : ’ Votre ‘ = ; 7 . - \i~ sft ae route ay wt Py, Ade Batam i Atolnn Ete Poti a yee : y . i - * 2 Tay i - a 7 | : + : : ‘ou : ort) i - i Pi i ; : + ; af 7 , 7 7 has iy tf q : “a mn — nie ae Piatt ne yee Pe - a 4 : . Aan a eee ‘al Paral Dirge exrilbe bal pari: 7 ih Al I ri diosiNy mynd bialye Ws sits fol wvieete : Bi ai reatt Mies ies HitiG ear, me 5 Vint ihe . - a a : 7 a aT a - ’ a Fee a - eT: Ree ey ee runs Pics] 273 sada 7 i) 7 a 7 ~ hh a | 7 ee We ey a Mats ver Hi new hee wi : wae yang ae 7 3 ay . ne T ‘ @ ak , nen 9 gpa Hs - een: [ae Pi at Jel tail Hier ie. Figure 1. as PLATE XXXVII. Hopiites Newcomsii (page 281). Side view of the type of this species. Ventral aspect of the same. DEsMOcERAS (PUZOZIA) PLANULATUM ? var. (page 282). Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. 6.0: Apertural view, in outline, of the specimen figured on Plate xxxvi, fig. 2, four-fifths of the natural size. DeEsmoceras (Puzozia) Dawsoni (page 286). Apertural view, in outline, of a specimen from the north shore of Cumshewa Inlet, collected by Dr. Dawson in 1878. ANATINA (CERCOMYA) SEMIRADIATA (page 288). Side view of a specimen from Maud Island, shewing the right valve. MOoDIOLA PERSISTENS (page 296). Side view of a specimen from the east end of Maud Island, slightly restored, and shewing the right valve. TEREBRATULA SKIDEGATENSIS (page 301). Dorsal view of a specimen from Maud Island, collected by Dr. Newcombe. Profile view of the same. ra ye EMG taka! PLATE. XXXVI. CUCULLHA PONDEROSA (page 294). Figure 1. Side view, in outline, of the large and testiferous specimen from the east end of Maud Island, collected by Dr. Newcombe, and referred to in the text. et la. The same, also in outline, as seen from above, to show the breadth of the specimen, and the proportionate size of the large cardinal area. VY LS \ . . | » . on = 4 an) > 7 - . > = s@ — ee ore oes a a ol a 7» . 4 Figure |. i 2 Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 5. PLATE XXXIX. GERVILLEA NEWCOMBII (page 297). Side view of the type of this species, showing the left valve. AnomiA LINENSIS (page 301). Upper valve, drawn from a gutta percha squeeze ofa natural mould of that valve, from Lina Island. RHYNCHONELLA OBESULA (page 302). Ventral view of a nearly perfect but crushed specimen, from the south side of Alliford Bay, collected by Dr. Newcombe. Dorsal view of the same. Outline of an undistorted but imperfect specimen, which shows the relative convexity of the two valves as seen from above. In this specimen both of the beaks have been worn away by exposure. RHYNCHONELLA ORTHIDIOIDES (page 303). Dorsal view of the only specimen known to the writer, twice the natural size. : gt 2, EAS Ds 40% 2 i GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. MESOZOIC FOSSILS. 5 ym ot Comp, 10,0349 BY J. F, WHITEAVES. Ag Zoology ap SEP 24 1940 VOLUME I =IDEAES V.—On some additional fossils from the Vancowver Cretaceous, with a revised list of the species therefrom. PREFATORY REMARKS. The second part of this volume, which was published in 1879, consists of a descriptive and illustrated Report on the fossils of the Cretaceous rocks of Vancouver and the adjacent islands, collected by the late Mr. James Richardson, in the years 1871-1875, both included. The present publication is a similar Report on the many collections of fossils from these rocks that have been received and studied since 1879, but more particularly during the last thirteen years. These collections may be briefly indicated as follows :— Vancouver Island.—Fossils collected on the Puntledge River, near Comox, by the Rev. G. W. Taylor in 1889, by Mr. Walter Harvey in 1891 and 1892, by Dr. C. F. Newcombe in 1892, and by Mr. J. B. Bennett in 1895 and 1896 ; at North West Bay by Mr. Harvey in 1897 ; on the Nanaimo River, and at several localities near Nanaimo, by Mr. Harvey in 1901; and at Brennan Creek, near Wellington, by the Rev. G. W. Taylor in 1901. Brennan Creek, it may be mentioned, is two miles from Wellington. It runs, Mr. Taylor states, from the northern spur of Mount Benson, into Brennan Lake. Denman Island.—Fossils collected by Mr. Harvey in 1892, 1893, 1895 and 1896. Hornby Island.—Fossils collected by Mr. Harvey in 1892-95, by Dr. Newcombe in 1892, by Dr. Beadnell in 1895, by Mr. Robbins in 1893, 1895 and 1896, and by Mr. Bennett in 1896 and 1898. 1—m. F. 310 Texada Isiand.—One species of fossil brachiopoda and sixteen species of fossil mollusca from a small outlier of Cretaceous rocks discovered by Mr. Harvey in 1901, at the south-eastern end of the island, about half a mile from the beach, on the two south branches of a small creek emptying into Bull Passage, the channel between Teéexada and Lasqueti islands, oppo- site the most northerly point of \the most northerly island forming the protection to Tucker Bay, on Lasqueti, and about five miles, or perhaps more, from the south end of Texada. The only Cretaceous fossils that had previously been obtained from this island are a few fossil plants from Gillies Bay, cgllected by Mr. Richardson in 1873. Lasqueti Island.—Small collections of fossils made by Mr. Harvey in 1896 and 1901. Sucia Islands.—Numerous fossils collected at these islands by Dr. Newcombe in 1894 and 1896. For the opportunity of examining and studying these specimens, many of which have been presented to the Museum of the Survey, the writer is much obliged to the senders, especiaily to Mr. Harvey, to Dr. New- combe, and the Rev. G. W. Taylor, for the many interesting fossils that they have so kindly forwarded. Captain Palliser’s Vancouver Island Fossils.—In 1896, the Geologizal Society of London, through its president, Dr. Henry Woodward, kindly lent to the writer all the Cretaceous fossils obtained at Vancouver Island in 1860 by Sir J. W. Hector, during Captain Palliser’s explorations, that were then at Burlington House. Fossi!s from the Provincial Museum at Victoria.—All the local Cre- taceous fossils from this Museum, including many fine specimens collected at Hornby and Denman islands by Mr. Harvey in 1892, have also been kindly lent to the writer by its curator, Mr. John Fannin. Since 1879, the following papers have been published on the Vancouver Cretaceous and its fossils. 1889. Cretaceous Fossils from Vancouver Island Region. By Dr. C. A. WHITE. ° Bulletin of the U. 8. Geological Survey, No. 51, Part 3, pp. 33-48, pls. vi and VII. This paper is based upon fossils from Sucia, Waldron and Sheep Jack* islands, received from Dr. Newberry, many of which are stated to have been collected by Mr. E. W. McClure. Three new species, viz., Perna excavata, Vanikoropsis Suciensis, and Ammonites Maclurei, are described and figured. *Dr. Newcombe says that this last name should be written Skip Jack. 311 1880 Notes on the Cretaceous of the British Columbia Region. The Nanaimo Group. By Dr. G. M. Dawson. American Journal of Science for March, 1900, Third Series, vol. XxXIx, pp. 180-183. The ‘‘ Nanaimo group”’ is here proposed asa “‘ local name for the equivalent of the Chico group in the Vancouver Island region.” It is defined as including the lower subdivisions A and B of Mr. Richardson’s Nanaimo section, and A, B, C and D of his Comox section, as quoted on page 94 of the second part of this volume. The suggestion is also made that some at least of the higher subdivisions of these sections may represent the Tejon group of California, or the Puget group of the Puget Sound region. 1898. Presidential Address : the Cretaceous System in Canada. By J. F. WuHIrEavEs. _ Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1893, Series 1, vol. X1, sec- tion IV, pp. 3-19. Separate copies distributed November, 1893. Includes some general remarks and conclusions in regard to the Vancouver Cretaceous. 1895. Notes on some fossils from the Cretaceous rocks of British Columbia, with de- scriptions of two species that appear to be new. By J. F. WHITEAVES. Canadian Record of Science for April, 1895, vol. v1, pp. 313-317, pl. 11. The supposed new species are Heteroceras Hornbyense and H. perversum. 1896. Note on some of the Cretaceous fossils collected during Captain Palliser’s explo- rations in British America in 1857-60. By J. F. WHITEAVES. Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sec- tion Iv, pp. 101-117, pl. 1. 1896. On some Fossils from the Nanaimo group of the Vancouver Cretaceous. By J. ¥. WHITEAVES. Idem, pp. 119-136, pls. 11 and 11. 1896. On some Podophthalmatous Crustacea from the Cretaceous Formation of Van- couver and Queen Charlotte Islands. By Henry Woopwarb, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London for May, 1896, vol. LmI, pp. 221-228, with six woodcuts in the text. 14—4. F. 312 1900. Further notes on Podophthalmatous Crustaceans from the Upper Cretaceous Formation of British Columbia, ete. By Henry Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.8., F.G.S. Two papers, published in the Geological Magazine for September and October, 1900, Decade tv, vol. v1, pp. 392-401, and 433-435, pls. xv, XVI and Xvi. 1901. Description of a new species of Unio from the Cretaceous Rocks of the Nanaimo. Coal-Field, V.I. By J. F. WHITEAVES. Ottawa Naturalist, January, 1901, vol. xrv, No. 10, pp. 177-179, figs. Land 1a. The Unio is U. Nanaimoensis. It was in 1869, in the second volume of the Paleontology of Cali- fornia, that Professor J. D. Whitney and Mr. W. Gabb first correlated the coal-bearing formation of Vancouver, which Dr. Dawson has called the Nanaimo group, with the Chico group of California. All the fossils enumerated or described in Part II., and in the present part of this volume, are from the Nanaimo group, which, as now understood, would appear to be not only the equivalent of the Chico group, but also of the Pierre-Fox Hills or Montana formation of Manitoba, the North-west Territories and the Upper Missouri County ; also, in a general way, of the Upper Chalk of England and the-Senonian of France. Dr. Kossmat correlates it with the Upper Senonian. The fossil fauna of of the Nanaimo group, also, is strikingly similar to that of the higher beds of the Upper Cretaceous in the Island of Saghalien (Sachalin) in the Sea of Okhotsk, of Japan and Southern India. As a whole, its fauna is quite different to that of the somewhat older Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, though a few species appear to be common to both. These latter are,—an Ammonite that can scarcely be distinguished from Tetragonites Timotheanus ; Vanikoro pulchella ; Nucula (Acila) truncata ; and perhaps J'rigonia Tryoniana. Phylloceras ramosum and Cucullea truncata of the Nanaimo group, also, are very nearly allied to P. Knoxvillense and C. ponderosa of the Queen Charlotte island Cretaceous. Some thin shaly beds of the Vancouver Cretaceous contain the remains of land plants, which have been described elsewhere by the late Sir J. W. Dawson and others, but the fauna of the Nanaimo group would seem to be almost exclusively marine. The only indications of land or fresh- water shells in these rocks that the writer has seen, are the type of Unio Nanaimoensis, from the Wellington mine, near Nanaimo, and six very imperfect specimens of a gasteropod, that is possibly not marine, from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines. The following are some of 313 the most striking features of this fauna, as indicated by the collections received since 1879 :— 1. Fishes. Indications of a true teleost, and of at least one species of Selachii. 2. Crustacea. The comparatively large number of species of Deca- poda, nine of which have recently been described by Dr. Henry Woodward. 3. Ammonitide. An unusually large development of the genus Pachy- discus, both in specimens and in species. Not less ‘than eight species of this genus are either enumerated or described in these pages. Curiously enough, no species of Pachydiscus has yet been discovered in the Cretace- ous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, though it is difficult to see what generic distinction there is between the Pachydiscus Newberryanus of the Vancouver, and the Desmoceras p'anulatum of the Queen Char- lotte Island Cretaceous. Specimens of a species of Baculites are common in the Nanaimo group, but no Baculites have as yet been found in the Qneen Charlotte Island Cretaceous. 4. Gasteropoda. The occurrence of a small smooth species of Cyprea ; of three large species that are probably referable to Deshayes’ genus Mesostoma ; of a Solariella that is scarcely distinct from the S. radiatula (Forbes) of the Cretaceous rocks of Saghalien and Southern India; and of a large limpet-like shell that is probably only a variety of the Helcion giganteus of the Saghalien Cretaceous. 5. Pelecypoda. The discovery of a Unio that is apparently distinct from the U. Hubbardi, Gabb, of the Queen Chariotte Island Cretaceous, and a considerable reductiom in the number of species of Lnoceramues, both the supposed 7. wndulatoplicatus of Roemer and J. mytilopsis of Conrad being now regarded as forms of J. digitatus (Sowerby) Schmidt, from the Cretaceous of Texas, Saghalien and Nebraska. In 1896, ten specimens and six photographs of various species of Am- monites, mostly critical species of Pachy discus, from the Nanaimo group, were sent to Dr. Franz Kossmat, of Vienna, for direct comparison with certain species from Southern India, and Europe. Some interesting notes upon each of these specimens have been kindly communicated by Dr. Kossmat, and, with his permission, most of these notes are here quoted in full, in their proper place in these pages. The writer, also, is greatly indebted to Dr. T. W. Stanton, of the U.S. Geological Survey, for comparing several critical fossils from the Nanaimo group, with Californian specimens in the U. 8. National Museum ; and to Mr. F. M. Anderson, for comparing fossils from the Vancouver Cre- taceous, with some of Mr. Gabb’s types and other specimens in the Geological Museum of the University of California at Berkeley. 314 DETERMINATIONS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. FISHES. TELEOSTEI. Very few remains of fishes appear to have been collected from the Vancouver Cretaceous. The only indications of teleosts in these rocks that the writer has seen, are portions of some small, deeply biconcave vertebre, with long transverse processes, in two fragments of a concre- tionary nodule from Hornby Island, collected by Mr. Harvey in 1894. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, who has kindly examined these specimens, writes as follows in regard to them, in a letter dated April 28, 1896 :— “The group of small vertebra, with very large transverse processes, and completely pierced by the notochord, probably belongs to a member of the Hoplopleuride (Dercetide). I do not know of any other Cretaceous vertebree of the same kind.” SeLAcHIt (ELASMOBRANCHI1). ASTEROSPONDYLIC VERTEBRA, (Genus and species unknown). Plate 44, fig. 1. A small concretionary nodule from the Puntledge or Comox River, V. I., collected by Mr. Harvey in 1892, proves to be formed around the calcified centrum of one of the vertebre of a Selachian. This centrum, which is shal- lowly biconcave, is a little over an inch in diameter, and marked by numer- ous close-set, annular strive. It had such a distinctly X-shaped cleavage, that, when the nodule containing it was broken, the centrum separated into four flattened four-sided pyramids, which fit closely together, with their apices inward. Natural casts of either of the concave surfaces of this centrum are singularly like the upper valve of a Dzscina, and prove to be precisely the same as the fossil from Ganges Harbour, on Salt Spring or Admiralty Island, to which the name Discina Vancouverensis was given in the second part of this volume. This name, therefore, will have to be abandoned. In regardto the Comox River specimen, Dr. Woodward writes as follows : ‘The larger vertebra seems to belong to one of the Carchariide. We have some, generically undetermined, ex- hibiting the same kind of fracture.” 315 LAMNA APPENDICULATA, AGASSIZ. Otodus appendiculatus, L. Agassiz. 1843. Poiss. Foss., vol. 11, p. 270, pl. xxxui, figs. 1—25. Lamna appendiculata, A. S. Woodward. 1889. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Part 1, p. 893; which see for a full list of synonyms and references for this species. A rather small, wel! preserved and practically perfect shark’s tooth, from Brennan Creek, near Wellington, V. [., collected by the Rev. G. W. Taylor in 1901, and presented by him to the Museum of the Survey, appears to be referable to this species. The tooth is strongly compressed, rather thin and a little broader than high. Its maximum height is 12.2 mm., and its greatest breadth 13.5, The crown is obliquely pointed and prominent, with a small denticle on each side. Its cutting edge is extremely thin and sharp, and its base very shallowly but angularly emarginate. At its mid-breadth and just above the base there is a faint shallow depression, partially filled by a very obscure and short longitudinal plication, with a still more obscure and shorter one on one side. The whole surface of the crown is smooth and polished. The root of the tooth consists of a flat strip of tissue without enamel, from 3.5 to 4 mm. high, running practically parallel to the root of the crown. An imperfect but otherwise very similar tooth was collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in 1885, from the Cretaceous rocks on the Battle River, Saskatchewan. Although Agassiz once thought that this species is peculiar to the Chalk, Dr. Woodward now says that it ranges in time from the Gault to the Upper Chalk, and, in its geographical distribution, from the south of England and Northern Europe to New Jersey and North Queensland. CRUSTACEA. DECAPODA. BRACHYURA. PLAGIOLOPHUS VANCOUVERENSIS, Woodward. Plagiolophus vancouverensis, H. Woodward. 1896. Quart. Journ.Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. LII, pp. 226-228. The original description of this species is*as follows, but the number prefixed to the name is omitted, and the numbers of the two figures are altered to suit this volume. 316 “Genus PLAGIOLoPHUS, Bell. In this genus the carapace is transversely ovate, the regions of the cephalothorax are distinctly marked, front somewhat prominent, the eyes subdistant, superior border of the orbits with two fissures, etc.” Plagiolophus vancouverensis, sp. nov. (Figs 15 and 16 on this page; figs. 5 and 6 of the original description. ) ‘This crab is represented by four specimens, three of which I received from Mr. Whiteaves, and the remaining one is preserved in the Museum of the Geological Society. “The carapaces vary in size from :— Millimetres. oro ————— long broad 1. Geological Society’s specimen... ............ -- 22 23 2. From Comox River, Vancouver Island (Be. 15). 20) 25 Sh Ne Wi sides Hornbyilsland as. ceo cor eG 20 4, N. W. side, Hornby Island, (fig. 16). ........... 10 13 “No. 1 and No. 2 are + broader than long, No. 3 is broader than long, and No. 4 is 4 = “The frontal border is straight; the rostrum is bifid, with two small rounded elevations divided by a groove ; the orbital region is smooth and but little indented ; the lateral borders are very gently rounded, the posterior border is nearly straight. The cardiac and metabranchial lobes, the metagastric and epibranchial lobes, and the two mesogastric lobes form three almost parallel lines across the carapace, giving it a very unique linear arrangement; there are also two much smaller lobes, one behind each of the orbits, flanked laterally by a small tubercle on each epibranchial lobe ; the lateral border was bluntly dentated. re. 5: Fic. 16. ¢ — «When not waterworn (as in specimen No. 4), the surface of the cara- pace is in parts very finely granulated. 317 “These specimens are very distinct, but without more materials I should not feel justified in separating them generically. I prefer rather to place them in Bell’s genus Plagiolophus, which was proposed to receive P. Wetherelli, from the London Clay of Sheppey. “The same species—described under the name of Glyphithyreus affinis (Reuss)—was figured and described by Reuss nearly at the same date. Reuss also adds another species, Glyphithyreus formosus, Reuss, from the Upper Cretaceous of Mecklenburg. “T feel satisfied to leave these Vancouver Island crabs in this genus, and to designate them by the trivia] name of vancowverensis. “Two specimens were collected on the north-western side of Hornby Island, and one on Comox River, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. The locality of the Geological Society’s specimen is not marked, but it is from Vancouver Island. “Nos. 3 and 4, from Hornby Island, belong to the Provincial Museum of Vietoria, Vancouver Island. ‘“‘ No. 2 specimen shows traces of limbs, and the flattened propodos of a chelate fore-arm 13 millim. long x 8 millim. broad.” The three specimens forwarded by the writer were collected by Mr. Walter Harvey, who says that he got one specimen of this species on the Puntledge or Comox River, at Comox, V.I., in 1891, several at Hornby Island in 1892, 1893 and 1896, and afew at Denman Island in 1892 and 1893. One of the specimens collected by Mr. Harvey at Hornby Island in 1896, and now in the Museum of the Survey, has almost the whole of the ten walking legs preserved. Patsocorystes Harvey, Woodward. Paleocorystes Harveyi, H. Woodward. 1896. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. Lm, pp. 225 and 226. The following is the original description of this species, but the num- ber of the figure is altered to suit this publication. “Genus PatxocorystEs, Bell. “In this genus the carapace is longer than broad, flattish, becoming nar- rower gradually towards the posterior border, rostrum short, latero-ante- rior border dentated. Orbits moderately broad, with two fissures. ‘The carapace in all the species of this genus at present known is simi- lar to that of the masked crab, Corystes, now living on our English coasts. “ Paleocorystes Harveyi, sp. nov. (Fig. 17.) 318 “The genus Palwocorystes, to which I have referred two of the speci, mens sent to me by Mr. Whiteaves, is well represented in the Gault Greensand, Chalk and Eocene. “Thus we have :— Paleocorystes Broderiptii, Mantell, sp. ; Gault, Folkestone. —— Stokesii, Mantell, sp.; Gault and Greensand, Cambridge and Folkestone. — WNormanni, Bell ; Chalk Marl, Isle of Wight. — Mulleri, Bink ; Upper Chalk, Maestricht. — Callianassarum, Fritsch; Chalk, Bohemia. —— isericus, Fritsch ; Chalk, Bohemia. — glabra, H. W.; Lower Mocene, Portsmouth. Eucorystes Carteri, M’Coy ; Greensand, Cambridge. ‘‘ Both the specimens from Canada are imperfect. One of them (No. 2, fig. 17) shows the anterior upper surface of the carapace, the other (No. 3) the posterior upper surface. From these we are able to make the following diagnosis :— “ Specific characters. Length of carapace 35 millim., from the rostrum or . to the broken posterior border (to this we must probably add 15 millim. more, making the total length from the rostrum to the posterior border of the carapace 50 millim.) ; greatest breadth across the hepatic region 37 millim. ““(No. 2 was collected by Mr. W. Harvey, Comox River, Vancouver Island, 1892; No. 3 by Dr. C. F. Newcombe.) “Carapace smooth and gently convex in front, | and very finely and minutely granulated. La- \ tero-anterior border armed with four serrations on each side, frontal border marked by cne pro- roinent and one smaller tooth on either side of the small bifid rostrum, while two fissures mark IES ALY the margin of each orbit. Under surface of carapace not exposed. “The regions of the carapace are very indistinct ; two slightly divergent raised lines about 5 millim. in length mark the frontal region just behind the rostrum, and there is a faint ridge down the centre of the carapace. A small tubercle on either side, behind the frontal region, marks the epigastric lobe. A faint curved and bifurcating line separates the gastric from the cardiac regions, while two slightly rugose and incised lines curve outward and forward from the central cardiac region, marking the limits of the branchial region on either side. ‘Of the several species of Palwocorystes known, the present form, which I have ventured to call P. Harvey: after its discoverer, approaches most nearly to P. Broderipic from the Gault of Folkestone, but is probably 319 one-third larger. The latero-anterior border of the former (P. Harvey?) has four spines on each side, whilst ?. Broderipii has only two. The orbital regions differ in form, as well as the markings on the regions of the carapace. ‘““We must await more complete materials before attempting a fuller and more careful description ; meantime it is interesting to meet with a spe- cies from so distant a locality which approaches so nearly to our own Gault species ?. Broderipii. “ Formation.—Cretaceous. Localities—Hornby Island (No. 2); and Comox River, Vancouver Island (No. 3).” No. 2 is labelled “‘N. W. side of Hornby Island, W. Harvey, 1892” ; and No. 3, ‘‘Comox River, at Comox, V. I., C.F. Newcombe, 1892” ; but Mr. Harvey says that both were collected on the Puntledge or Comox River, and that the species has not yet been found at Hornby Island. A third specimen of the carapace of P. Harveyi, collected on the Comox River by Mr. J. M. Bennett, in 1896, has been presented by him to the Museum of the Survey. It is very similar to the original of figure 17, but has more of the test preserved. MAcRuRA. CALLIANASSA WHITEAVESII, Woodward. Callianassa Whiteavesti, H. Woodward. 1896. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 11, p. 223, figs. 1 and 2; and (1900) Geol. Mag., Dec. tv, vol. vu, p. 435, pl. 17, figs. 2, @ b. Original description.—‘ General integument of body extremely thin, or semimembranous, except the first pair of feet, which are protected by a hard covering. Anterior feet (chelipeds) very unequal ; length of larger limb 39 millim.; breadth 9 millim.; the dactylus is straight, and is 9 millim. long, but the fixed thumb of the propodos is rudimentary and stout, being only half as long as the movable finger. Length of smaller hand about 20 millim. Surface of hands faintly wrinkled. “There are indications of the seg- ments of the abdomen and of the Fic. 18. thin integument with which they were covered, also of the small thoracic legs, but they are too much broken up for detailed description. “In this species from Vancouver Island the fixed thumb of the propo- dos is shorter than in any of the 320 species hitherto recorded, and the Fic. 19. movable finger (dactylus) is straighter. “The species is smaller than that from the Chalk of Dulmen, West- phalia, or from Maestricht, or Bel- fast. I have designated it Callia- nassa Whiteavesii, in honour of my ela friend Mr. J. F. Whiteaves, who has Si Sere eid done so much for the elucidation of eee the Cretaceous formation in Canada. “Original specimens” (figs. 18 and 19) “preserved in concretionary nodules of Cretaceous age from Comox River, Vancouver Island. Col- lected by Dr. C. F. Newcombe (1892). Museum of the Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa. ‘“‘ A nodule from Vancouver Island, in the Geological Society’s Museum, contains the remains of the large hands of Callianassa Whiteavesii. A second nodule from the same collection contains the carapace of Plagio- lophus vancowverensis” (Woodward). Remains of one or possibly two individuals, that Dr. Woodward has since identified with this species, had previously been collected on the Puntledge or Comox River, near Comox, by the Rev. G. W. Taylor in 1889, and are now in the Museum of the Survey. Specimens collected at Hornby and Denman islands by Mr. Harvey in 1892 or 1893, that are probably referable to this species, have been loaned to the writer by the authorities of the Provincial Museum at Victoria, B.C. Dr. Wood- ward also identifies with C. Whiteavesii, several “ well-preserved, flattened chelate hands” collected at Sounding Creek (in the north-west corner of the District of Assiniboia), by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, in 1886, but these are from the Pierre-Fox Hills or Montana formation, of the country east of the mountains. HopriopariA BENNETTIL, Woodward. Hoploparia Bennettii, H. Woodward. 1900. Geol. Mag., Dec. Iv, vol. vu, p. 433. Original description.—‘‘This species is based on a very imperfectly preserved specimen, No. 5 in list, contained in a dark nodule (measuring 5” x 2") split in halves very irregularly, and exposing the dorsal aspect of five posterior abdominal somites and the telson with two swimmerets on the left side still attached. The abdominal segments are smooth, and the epimera broadly faleate and pointed as in Homarus. Length of five. abdominal segments, 40 mm.; length of telson, 13 mm.; breadth of abdomen ~ 25 mm. ; 321 “The sternites are still attached to the abdomen, but the carapace has been removed, exposing the inner and upper surface of the cephalothorax, with the bases of five pairs of ambulatory appendages still attached. Length of cephalothoracic portion, 30 mm. Some of the small ambula- tory legs on the left side are preserved nearly to their extremities, and the bases of the large (chelate) fore-legs can also be seen, one joint of which shows a tuberculated surface. Length of base of area of sternites, 25 mm. ; greatest breadth, 15 mm. There is no trace whatever of the presence of large palinurid antenne. This and the general character of the thoracic appendages and the form of the abdomen, resembling the modern Homarus rather than Palinurus, lead me to refer this fossil to the genus Hoploparia. I have added the specific name of Bennettia after its discoverer. “Formation : Upper Cretaceous. “Locality: Comox River; collected by Mr. J. Bennett in 1895.”— (Woodward). No other specimen is known to the writer. ENOPLOCLYTIA MINOR, Woodward. Enoploclytia minor, H. Woodward. 1900. Geol. Mag., Dec. Iv, vol. vit, p. 434. “The evidence for this species consists of a nodule (4” x 3”, No. 9 in Dr. Whiteaves’ list, marked also 59 in white paint) split into two parts, but affording little comfort to the investigator. One can make out an imperfectly preserved carapace (cephalothorax), with a tuberculated sur- face from which two pairs of imperfectly preserved antenne take their origin and the flagella of which can be indistinctly traced. These are followed by a pair of long and slender chelate appendages, with finely tuberculated surfaces, the fingers of the forceps being long and slender as in Hnoploclytia Leachii. Two pairs of slender ambulatory legs fol- low ; these also have forcipated or chelate extremities. The abdominal segments are slender and only imperfectly preserved. ethe specimen is from the Upper Cretaceous of Hornby Island, and was obtained by Mr. W. Harvey in 1893.” (Woodward.) Eryma Dawsont, Woodward. Plate 41, fig. 2*. Eryma Dawsoni, H. Woodward. 1900. Geol. Mag., Dee. Iv, vol. vu, p. 400, pl. XvI, fig. 2. “ Among the specimens which form a second collection sent by Dr. J. F. Whiteaves (24th September, 1898) from the Geological Survey of *Plates 40 and 41 of this volume are printed from the same stone as Plates xv and xvI of the Geological Magazine for September and October, 1900, but the lettering of the upper part of each of the former has been altered to suit this publication. 322 Canada, is the half of a nodule containing an Astacidean from the Upper Cretaceous of the north-east side of Hornby Island, British Columbia, collected by J. B. Bennett in 1898 (No. 55D). “The Crustacean is seen in profile on the split surface of a nodule, and exhibits the cephalothorax, with its stout pair of chelate limbs (or forceps) attached, and the remains of the four pairs of succeeding ambulatory legs, the six abdominal somites, and the telson, but the lateral lobe of the tail- fin was probably preserved in the other half of the nodule not sent. The branchiostegite (covering the branchie) is broad and tumid, and the branchiocardiac groove is strongly marked. Starting from the median dorsal line as a \/-shaped furrow, about 12 millimetres from the posterior border, it bends rapidly forward, becoming deeper on each side, and reaches the lateral border 24 mm. in advance; here it unites, close to the hepatic lobe, with the equally deep but more transverse cervical furrow, which crosses the carapace 10 mm. i earer to the front. In advance of the cervical groove the postorbital ridge and spine can be seen, also the base of one of the antennules, with part of one of its flagella, beneath the somewhat short rostrum, and lower down the base of one of the outer and larger antennx. The surface of the branchiostegite is marked by numerous small tubercles scattered irregularly over the surface. The branchial, cardiac, and hepatic regions are also similarly tuberculated, and very tumid. Length of carapace 48 mm,, depth of side 25 mm. The ambu- latory limbs are fairly long and slender ; the chelate limbs measure about 60 mm. in length ; length of penultimate joint 35 mm., breadth 15 mm., length of ultimate joint 20 mm. The fingers are long and slender, the inner edge of the forceps being dentieulated ; wrist 6 mm. long by 10 mm. broad. The epimeral border of each abdominal segment is falcate in contour. “The general form and details of this Crustacean, so far as preserved, clearly mark its place among the Astacidea, or under the Astacomorpha (as defined by Huxley, 1881), and I would suggest that Oppel’s name of Eryma is appropriate for it, seeing that it agrees very closely in the divisions of its carapace and its tuberculated surface, in the antennae, the form of the first pair of forcipated chele, and the proportion of its abdo- men, with 72. Perroni and other Jurassic species. “‘ Oppel observes that no examples of the genus Hryma have been found in rocks younger than the Jurassic, and that the Astacide of the Chalk are placed in McCoy’s genera Hoploparia and Enoploclytia, but in this instance the form in question agrees much more closely with Oppel’s genus ELryma than with other forms. I therefore propose to relegate it to ‘that genus, and to designate it by the specific name of Dawsoni, in honour of Dr. G. M. Dawson, C.M.G., F.R.S., the eminent Director of the Geological 323 Survey of Canada, who has done such splendid work in the field in mapping the geology of British Columbia.”—( Woodward). MeyeriA ¢ Harveyrt, Woodward. Meyeria? Harveyi, H. Woodward. 1900. Geol. Mag., Dec. Iv, vol. vil, p. 484. “The evidence of this species rests on a single specimen exposed on the half of a fractured nodule (34 inches x 24 inches), marked No. 8 in list. It is also marked 3 in ink. It was obtained by Mr. W. Harvey, in 1895, at Hornby Island, and shows the remains of the abdominal somites and the long slender rugose fore-limbs of the cephalothorax (2} inches in length by } inch in thickness). They do not appear to have possessed forceps at their extremities, but were monodactylous. The form of the epimera of the abdomen agrees with Meyeria vectensis in shape. “From the Upper Cretaceous. Named after its discoverer, Mr. W, Harvey” (Woodward). GLYPHHA. Sp. nov. Several specimens of a small and apparently undescribed species of Glyphea were collected by Mr. Harvey in September, 1901, from shale forming the roof of the coal at No. 1 shaft, Nanaimo, V.I. Most of these specimens, however, are crushed, distorted or badly preserved, and none of them are sufficiently perfect to furnish the material for a detailed or sufficiently accurate description of the species. About all that can be said of its characters is that the rostrum is apparently short and pointed, and that the carapace, in front of the nuchal furrow, and the large pinch- ing claws, are marked with narrow longitudinal ridges, and minute rounded tubercles that may be spine bases. Linuparus VANCOUVERENSIS, Whiteaves. Plate 40, figs. 1, 2 and 3. Podocrates Vancouverensis, Whiteaves. 1896. ‘Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1885, Second Series, vol. 1, p. 132. Linuparus Vaneouverensis, H. Woodward. 1900. Geol. Mag., Dec. tv, vol. vil, p. 394, plate xv, figs. 1, 2 and 3. Original description.— Carapace flattened, rectangular, longer than broad, marked by three low angular tuberculous or spinose longitudinal ridges, one in the median line and one near each of the lateral margins, and divided at about one-third of the distance from the front by an obtusely sub- angular cervical groove, whichis rather broad but not very deep. Onthe anterior portion or cephalic arch the lateral longitudinal ridges are well 324 developed, and armed with larger and more spinose tubercles than those on the corresponding ridges of the posterior portion, one a little behind the mid-length on each ridge being larger than any of the others, but the central ridge is obsolete. In its place, just in advance of the cervical groove, there is an ovate lanceolate or narrowly spear-shaped area, which is ele- vated at the pointed end anteriorly, shallowly depressed posteriorly, and margined with a single row of small tubercles. Immediately in front of this area is a pointed or spinose tubercle, almost in a line with the largest tubercle on each of the lateral ridges, and still farther forward there are two similar tubercles at a short distance from the anterior margin and about seven millimetres apart. On the posterior portion or scapular arch, the three longitudinal ridges are minutely tuberculated, and extend from the posterior margin to the cervical groove, where they each termi- nate in a pointed tubercle larger than any of the rest, but the central ridge is shorter than either of the two lateral ridges. Anterolateral angles of the carapace, each armed with a nearly straight but slightly divergent spine. Rostrum, central portion of the anterior ‘margin, and position of the eyes unknown. External antenne broad and flattened at their bases, inner antenne cylindrical at theirs. Walking feet slender, as is usual in the genus. In addition to the spines and tubercles on the lateral ridges and elsewhere, as already described, the whole of the upper surface of the carapace is minutely granulose and apparently setose, num- bers of minute objects which seem to be detached set, being plainly visible under an ordinary lens. “Two miles up the Puntledge River, Vancouver Island, Rev. G. W. Taylor, 1889: a good specimen of the carapace, with the rostrum and a small piece of the anterior extremity broken off, but with considerable portions of the ambulatory feet and the bases of the inner and outer antenne preserved. This interesting fossil is now in the Museum of the Geological Survey of Canada. [See Pl. 40, Fig. 1. ] “Hornby Island, W. Harvey, 1893: a less perfectly preserved speci- men, showing most of the carapace (but not the rostrum), portions of the ambulatory feet, and the dorsal aspect of four segments of the abdomen, though it is uncertain whether their margins were denticulated or not.” In regard to this Hornby Island specimen, Dr. Woodward says that it ‘shows the cephalothorax and a portion of the base of the left antenna. The three characteristic longitudinal ridges, the small central pear-shaped area in front of the neck-furrow on the carapace, and five of the abdomi- nal segments can also be seen. Their margins are denticulated.” (Geol. Mag., Sept., 1900, pp. 393 and 396.) Three other specimens of this species have since been obtained, which are thus described by Dr. Woodward (op. cit., p. 393.) 329 “No. 4. A long, dark, and rather cylindrical nodule (6}” x 24”), split in halves and also broken across transversely, exposing the interior of the cephalothorax and five segments of the abdomen of Linuparus (P.) Vancouverensis,W.” (Pl. 40, Fig. 2). “ The upper surface of the carapace is not preserved, but the bases of the mandibles (m.) are exposed, the monodactylous walking legs, and the bases of the antennules. The epi. meral portions of the abdominal segments are serrated behind, and bear small tubercles on the surface. Formation: Upper Cretaceous. Locality : Comox River, Vancouver Island ; coll. by J. B. Bennett, 1895. “No. 6. Half of a nodule only (7” x 4#’), containing an obscurely pre- served Crustacean, Linuparus (P.) Vancouverensis, showing characteristic traces of the carapace and limbs and the nearly entire abdomen, inclu- ding remains of the caudal appendages. The posterior borders of the epimera are spinous. The right antenna is preserved for a length of 24 inches. Formation: Upper Cretaceous. Locality: Hornby Island ; coll. by W. Harvey, 1895. (Specimen also marked No. 1 in ink.) “No. 55 aand b. Two sides of a dark egg-shaped nodule split open (43” x 52”), exposing the dorsal aspect of a specimen of Linuparus (P.) Vancouverensis. W.” (Pi. 40, Fig. 3), “showing the carapace and the five abdominal segments, also the remains of the caudal appendages and the thoracic limbs. The three characteristic ridges are well seen, also the cervical furrow, with its pear-shaped tuberculated area just in front. Formation: Upper Cretaceous. Locality: Hornby Island; coll. by Mr. Robbins in 1896, Provincial Museum, Victoria, British Columbia.” Linuparus CAaNnapEnsis, Whiteaves. Plate 41, fig. 1. Hoploparia (2) Canadensis, Whiteaves. 1884. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1884, vol. 11, sect. IV, p. 237; and (1885) Contr. to Canad. Pale- ont., vol. I, p. 87, pl. XI. Podocrates Canadensis, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, Second Series, vol. I, sect. Iv, p. 133. Linuparus atavus, Ortmann. 1897. Amer. Jour. Se., Fourth Series, vol. Iv, p. 290, and figs. 1, 2 and 3, facing page 296. Linuparus Canadensis, Whiteaves. 1898. Contr. to Canad. Paleont., vol. 1, p. 419; and H. Woodward (1960) Geol. Mag., Dec. Iv, vol. vil, pp. 396-399, pLiexvinphes is The type of this species is a single specimen from the Cretaceous shales of the Highwood River, Alberta, collected by Mr. R. G. McConnell in 1882. The Highwood is a tributary of the Bow River, and the shales at that locality are supposed to be the Canadian equivalents of the Fort Benton group of the Upper Missouri section. 2—-m. F. R—4 326 Dr. Woodward (op. cit., pp. 398 & 399) identifies two specimens from Hornby Island with L. Canadensis, although no other species that the writer is aware of, is yet known to be common to the Nanaimo group of the Vancouver Cretaceous and the Fort Benton formation of the country to the east of the mountains. Dr. Woodward’s notes on these Hornby Island specimens as are follows: No. 55 c. One half of a dark nodule (6}” x 4"), exposing the und: r side of a large Crustacean, showing the five sternites and the bases of the thoracic limbs.” (Pl. 41, fig. 1.) ‘I have referred this specimen to Dr. Whiteaves’ species L. Canadensis, with which it agrees in size, being one of the largest specimens of the fossil Palinurids from this locality. “Tt exhibits the under surface of the cephalothorax, with the sterna and the basal joints and portions of the five pairs of ambulatory appen- dages, one or more being nearly complete. The sternum forms a rather broad and somewhat triangular area, in front of which the mandibles and the labrum are seen, with the spinous stout basal joints of the long stiff antenne. There are also traces of the antennules visible. ‘“‘ Hach sternite, carrying the thoracic limbs, is ornamented with a pair of rounded, sub-central tubercles, except the first, which has only a single central one. ‘Upper Cretaceous: Hornby Island ; collected by Mr. Robbins, pre- served in the Provincial Museum at Victoria, B.C. “ Here I would also place a secord specimen, preserved in a half nodule No. 7 (marked 2 in ink), which I refer to L. Canadensis. The half _ nodule measures 6” x 4”, and displays one of the large antenne and five of the walking legs very well preserved. The surface of the appendages is rugose. Three of the body-segments can be seen. Locality: Hornby Island ; W. Harvey, 1895.” MOLLUSCA. CEPHALOPODA. (DIBRANCHIATA. ) BELEMNITES. (Species indeterminable. ) Beach at Hornby Island, W. Harvey, 1892: a slender phragmocone, forty millimetres long and seven broad at the largerend. The chambers, as seen when part of the surface is rubbed down, are very numerous, and the siphuncle is marginal. 327 (TETRABRANCHIATA. ) NAUTILOIDEA. Navutitus CAMPBELLI, Meek. Nautilus Campbelli, Meek. 1861, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Philad., vol. x1, p. 318. " " " 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Sury. Terr., vol. 1, no. 4» p.378, pl. 6, figs. 2 & 2 a. " " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, Wl Amor ey yolk Tals hnved:y, 2, 2a-b. : North-west side of Hornby Island, W. Harvey, 1895: one specimen. The type of V. Campbell was collected at Comox, V.I., apparently by Mr. George Gibbs in 1858. Mr. Richardson obtained one specimen of this species at Hornby Island in 1872, and another at the Sucia Islands in 1875. Itis most likely also that the specimen from the Nanaimo River referred to on page 100 of this volume, which, according to Dr, Shumard, “‘appears to be identical with Nautilus DeKayi, Morton,” is referable to V. Campbelli. -Nautitus Sucrensis, Whiteaves. Nautilus Suciensis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, p. 97, pl. 11, figs. 1 & la; but not the specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands described on pp. 197 and 198, one of which is figured on pl. 21. Sucia Islands, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1894: one imperfect specimen’ This is the only locality at which the species, as now restricted, has been collected. AMMONOIDEA. PHYLLOCERAS RAMOSUM, Meek. Ammonites (Scapkites ?) ramosus, Meek. 1857. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 1v, p. 45. Phylloceras ramosus, Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., vol. 1, No. 4, p, S(l5y blebs hess I qrandil) bs Ammonites Vellede, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 103; but apparently not of European authors, as now understood. North-west side of Hornby Island: W. Harvey, 1892, two fine specimens ; F. W. Robbins, 1893, two specimens ; and W. Harvey, 1895, one specimen. Last side of Denman Island, W. Harvey, 1895: a crushed and imperfect but large specimen about four inches and a half in its maximum diameter. Brennan Creek, near Wellington, V.I., Rev. G, W. Taylor, 1901: a small but well preserved specimen. The species had previously been collected at Nanaimo, Comox, and the Sucia Islands 21—™M. F. 328 Dr. C. F. Newcombe informs the writer that in the Provincial Museum at Victoria, V.I., there is a specimen collected at the north end of. the western limb of the main Sucia Island by H. K. Kalloch in 1894, that is apparently referable to P. ramoswm, and that is eighteen inches in its maximum diameter. Two excellent photographs of this specimen, kindly forwarded by Dr. Newcombe, certainly seem to corroborate the correct- ness of this identification. They give the impression of a shell with essentially the same surface markings and much the same general shape as the small specimen of ?. ramosum figured by Meek (which is less than two inches in its maximuin diameter), but with a proportionately rather wider umbilicus. In this large specimen the umbilicus seems to occupy nearly one-sixth of the entire diameter, and it clearly exposes a small portion of some of the inner volutions. The sutural lines are for the most part covered by the test, but in the few places where portions of them are exposed, they appear to be very like those of the typical P. ramosum., One of the Ammonites sent to Dr. Kossmat in 1896, is the specimen of P. ramosum from Hornby Island collected by Mr. Harvey in 1895. Its test is well preserved and its maximum diameter is about two inches. Judging by this specimen, Dr. Kossmat thinks that both P. ramosum and P. Nera (the Ammonites Nera of Forbes) are distinct from the true P. Vellede (the Ammonites Vellede of European authors and of the Paleon- tologia Indica), but that P. ramoswm is the same as P. Nera, and should therefore be called by the latter name. In the]/Hornby Island specimen of P. ramosum, Dr. Kossmat writes that he sees “short radiating impressions round the umbilicus,” like those of P. Vera, but these appear to the writer to be merely very indistinct, shallow, distant, radiating depres- sions. It is quite possible that P. ramoswm may be synonymous with P. Nera, but for the present the writer prefers to retain the former name for the specimens from the Vancouver Cretaceous. PuyLLocerRas ForpesiaNum, d’Orbigny. (Sp.) Ammonites Rouyanus (d’Orbigny) Forbes. 1845. Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., Ser. 2, vol. vu, pl. 8, fig. 6. Ammonites Forbesianus, d’Orbigny. 1850. Predr. de Paléont., vol. 11, p. 213. Ammonites Rowyanus, Stoliczka. 1865. Cret. Cephal. S. India, vol. 1, p. 117, pl. 59, figs. 5—7. Phylloceras Forbesianuwm, Kossmat. 1894. Beitr. zur. Paleeont. Oesterreich-Ungarns, vol. IX, p. 109 (13); and pl. 15 (1), figs. 1, a—d. A specimen from the north-west side of Hornby Island, collected by Mr. Harvey in 1895, and now in the Museum of the Survey, has been identified with this species by Dr. Kossmat. It is a cast of the interior 329 of the shell, about two inches and three-quarters in its maximum dia- meter. A little of the shell is preserved on the cast, and the sutural line is excellently well shown, GAUDRYCERAS DENMANENSE, Whiteaves. Ammonites Jukesii ? Sharpe. Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 1, p. 111, pl. 13, figs. 3, 3.4, 6; but perhaps not the true A. Jukesii, Sharpe. Lytoceras Jukesvi, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 129, pl. 2, figs. 1 and 2. Lytoceras (Gaudryceras) Denmanense, Whiteaves. 1901. Ottawa Naturalist, vol. xv, p. 32. Seven fine examples of this beautiful species, three of which are now in the Museum of the Survey, were collected at Denman Island, near Hornby Island, in the Strait of Georgia, by Mr. Harvey, four in 1892 and three in 1895. Yas Vga ene Plate 46, is a well pre- \ served specimen collec- \ ted at Hornby Island, Sea by Mr. F. W. Robbins, in 1895, and presented Fic. 20.—Pachydiscus Otacodensis. Outline of transverse by him to the Museum section of the outer volution, near the aperture, of the of the Survey. It mea- specimen from Hornby Island represented on Plate 46. cures about five inches and a half in its grea- test diameter, and its aperture is higher than wide, elliptic subovate, but deeply emarginate by the encroachment of the preceding volution. 341 Its umbilicus, which is rather deep and step-shaped, has a rounded margin, and occupies about one-fourth of the whole diameter. On the outer volution the surface markings consist of distant, narrow, low and rather flexuous, transverse ribs, which become fainter with age and are almost obsolete near the aperture. On the periphery or siphonal region, at a short distance from the aperture, six of the ribs are from nine and a quarter to twelve and a quarter millimetres apart. The spaces between these ribs are comparatively broad and nearly flat, and where the test is preserved, the interspaces are marked with a few obscure minute transverse riblets, or small, faint, rounded and very slightly raised ridges, that are parallel to the ribs. In the Museum of the Survey there are four other specimens, which, in the writer’s judgment, possess essentially similar characters, and therefore are probably also referable to P. Otacodensis. Three of these are from the Comox River, near Comox, V.1., collected by Mr. Harvey in 1893 ; and one from Hornby Island, collected by Mr. Harvey in 1895. The figured specimen presented by Mr. Robbins, has been examined by Dr. Kossmat, who has forwarded the following notes in regard to it. ‘No. 14 agrees in all essential characters with the types of P. Otacodensis found near Otacod in the collection of Mr. Worth. Some- times the umbilical wall of the Indian specimens is somewhat higher than in No, 14, but this character is variable, and I have before me, also, shells which agree in this feature with your specimen. The ribs of No. 14 fade off near to the umbilical wall, whilst in most of the Indian speci- mens they reach down only to the middle parts of the sides ; but I have seen in the Hector collection, a Canadian specimen, (mentioned in my paper inthe Jahrbuch K. K. Geol. Reichsanstalt) showing the same style of sculpture as the Indian specimens, and there are, on the other hand, individuals of otherwise typical P. Otacodensis, with relatively long ribse which also disappear near the umbilical wall, so that there is no specific difference between the specimen from Vancouver and P. Otacodensis. “The only difference, which seems to be constant, is the following : on P. Otacodensis the ribs of the external region are relatively closely arranged in young and old stages, whilst in a middle stage, (when about G or 7 cm. in diameter) the distance of the ribs apart is about 1 to 1 cm. (sometimes even more) while in the Canadian specimen the distance is never so great. But I cannot think that this can be considered as of specific value, though perhaps it might be desirable to regard the Vancouver form asa local variety. The septa agree perfectly in the arrangement of saddles and lobes, and in every detail. Plate LviI in Stoliczka’s work represents a specimen with relatively coarse ribs, but, as J— MB: 342 a rule, the ribs on the outer volution are not more developed than on the Canadian specimen No. 14.” Pacuypiscus Nerves. (N. Sp.) Plate 47, fig. 1. Shell compressed convex and rather narrowly umbilicated, volutions somewhat closely convolute, a little more than half of the inner ones being toss fata VOD es. at we Z re fi 4 A eae = a —___— Fia. 21.—Pachydiseus Neevesii. Outline of transverse section of the outer volution, near the aperture, of the specimen from James Island represented on Plate 47. covered by those that succeed them ; umbilicus occupying one-fourth of the entire diameter, its margin rounded and its inner wall rather steep. Aperture higher than wide, broadly subelliptical, but rather deeply emarginate by the encroachment of the preceding volution. Surface of the outer volution marked with numerous, very slightly elevated, gently flexuous, transverse ribs, which are everywhere much narrower than the very shallowly concave or nearly flat spaces between them. n the periphery and near the aperture of the specimen figured the ribs average from two to three millimetres in breadth, and from 343 seven to ten (but exceptionally sixteen) mm. apart at their summits. Most of these ribs are simple and continuous, from the umbilical margin on one side to that on the other, but they occasionally almost bifurcate or trifurcate at or near the umbilical margin, and a few shorter ribs are here and there intercalated between the longer ones, where one or more faint and obscure minute riblets can also be detected. On each side of this volution and especially near the aperture, some of the longer ribs are strongly flattened downward at their summits, and widened, sometimes for quite a long distance, longitudinally. On the inner wall of the umbilicus all the ribs are obsolete, and its surface consequently is quite smooth. Sutural line not well seen, but apparently very similar to that of P. Otacodensis. The largest and best specimen known to the writer, the one figured, is septate throughout, though most of the sutures are either covered by the test, or so badly worn by exposure, that their finer details are completely obliterated. Its dimensions are: maximum diameter, 191 millimetres (or 74 inches) ; greatest breadth, 75 mm. (or 3 inches) ; width of um- bilicus, about 474 mm. James Island, north of Victoria, V.I., Mr. Fred. Neeves, January, 1888: the fine specimen figured, which has most of the test preserved and upon which the preceding description was based. It was kindly lent to the writer by the Natural History Society of British Columbia. A crushed and distorted but testiferous specimen, some three inches and a half in its greatest diameter, collected by Mr. A. Raper in 1893 from the Vancouver Coal Company’s No. 1 shaft, at Nanaimo, and presented by him to the Provincial Museum at Victoria, is probably referable to this species. Its outer volution is marked by about thirty narrow, transverse but slightly flexuous, simple ribs, with broad flat spaces between them. Some of these ribs extend to the umbilical margin, but others not quite so far. Hornby Island, W. Harvey (1893, 1894 or 1895): a well preserved specimen, a little more than six inches in its greatest diameter, of a variety of this species in which the ribs are nearly obsolete anteriorly, the outer half of the last volution being almost or quite smooth. This specimen is the property of the Provincial Museum at Victoria. Sucia Islands, J. Richardson, 1874: a large and well preserved frag- ment, consisting of about half of one volution, which is not quite four inches and a half in length, by about two and a half in breadth. P. Neevesii, apparently, has much more numerous and more closely disposed ribs than P. Otacodensis, and the outer volution of the former is 34—mM. F. 344 more compressed laterally. The fragment of a whorl from the Cretaceous rocks of Saghalien (Sachalin) that Friedrich Schmidt: figures under the name Ammonites planulatus, * has a very similar kind of ribbing to that of P. Neevesii, but the Saghalien specimen is marked also with distinct and distant, periodic constrictions. Dr. Kossmat, who has examined the Sucia Island fragment of P. Veevesii, and a good photograph of the James Island specimen, writes that he knows no species with which they could be united. Pacuypiscus Suciensis, Meek. (Sp.). Ammonites complexus, var. Suciaensis, Meek. 1861. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., vol. ML, Neyo ie Ammonites Brewerianus, Gabb (pars). 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, pl. XXvIt, figs. 199 and 199 6, c; and pl. xxvitt, fig. 199 a. Anvmonites coinplerus? var. Suciaensis, Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Sury. Terr., vol. 11, p. 369, pl. v, figs. 2 and 2 a, b, c. Ammonites complexus, var. Suciensis, Whiteaves (pars). 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 106 ; but only the specimen referred to on p. 107, as No. 1, and per- haps that referred to as No. 2. The original types of A. complexus, var. Suciaensis are from the Sucia Islands, and Comox, V.I., where they appear to have been collected by Mr. George Gibbs in 1858. In the second part of this volume, on pages 107 and 108, six of the specimens collected by Mr. Richardson were identified with this species. Of these, No. 1 is clearly a typical specimen of P. Suciensis. It is a well preserved cast of the interior of the shell, nearly four inches in its greatest diameter, from the Sucia Islands. No. 2 is a cast of the interior of the outer volution of a large specimen of a species of Pachydiscus, from North West Bay, Vancouver Island. Its shape and sculpture are very similar to those of P. Suciensis, but its ribs are much more prominent proportionately, though perhaps not more so than would be consistent with its being a well marked variety of that species. Nos. 3, 4, 5 and 6, from the Trent River, V.I., are probably distinct from P. Sucrensis. Dr. Kossmat, who has seen one of the best of these four specimens, thinks that it may possibly be referable to P?. Vewberryanus, but in each of the four the outer volution is subglobose and much more convex. Outside of the emargination caused by the encroachment of the previous volution, the aperture of these Trent River specimens is wider than high, whereas that of P. Newberryanus is wuch higher than wide. At one time the writer thought that Nos. 3, 4, 5 and 6 were conspecific with the Ammon- ites Arrialoorensis of Stoliczka (erroneously called A. Deccanensis on Plate * On Plate 1, figs. 5 to 7, of volume xx, of the Mémoires de Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, Seventh Series, 1873. 345 LxIV, fig. 1, of the Cretaceous Cephalopoda of Southern India), but it would now seem that the former are marked with a few distant periodic constrictions as well as ribs, and that the latter is not, The large specimen figured by Mr. Gabb, as Ammonites Newberryanus, on Plates 27 and 28 of the first volume of the Paleontology of California, which he said he obtained on Vancouver Island in the fall of 1863, is now in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and has been kindly lent to the writer, for study, by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. An actual examination of this specimen has corroborated the view expressed in the second part of this volume that it should be referred, not to P. Newberryanus, but to P. Suciensis. In this and other specimens of P. Suciensis the low, distant ribs are often curiously flat- tened downward at their summits, for some length on the periphery or siphonal region, but not on the sides. Several typical and characteristic examples of P. Swciensis were collected at Hornby Island, by Mr. Harvey, in 1895 and 1896, and four of these are now in the Museum of the Survey. An unusually fine specimen of the same species, about six inches in its maximum diameter, collected at the Sucia Islands, by Dr. Newcombe, in 1896, and now the property of ‘the Provincial Museum at Victoria, has also been lent to the writer for examination. It shews all the details of the siphonal and first and second lateral lobes and saddles excellently, and has a small portion of the test preserved. Pacuypiscus Harapal, Jimbo. Puchudiscus Haradai, Jimbo. 1894. Beitr. zur Kenntniss der Fauna der Kreideform, von Hokkaido, in Dames and Kayser’s Paleontologische Abhandl., Neue Folge Band 11, Heft 3, p. 29, Taf. 1, (xvii) figs. 2, 2a, b. " " Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, p. 132, pl. 111, fig. 6. “ Nanaimo River, ten miles from its mouth, A. Raper, May, 1893: a fine specimen about six inches in its maximum diameter, which agrees remark- ably well with Jimbo’s description and figures of P. Harada:.” “Its volutions are compressed at the sides, the periphery is regularly rounded, and the umbilicus occupies rather less than one-third of the entire dia- meter. There are eleven large continuous and distant ribs on the outer volution, with from one to four rather smaller and shorter ribs between them, and the intervals between all of them are finely and transversely striated.” (Whiteaves, 1896, op. cit. supra.) The Japanese type of P. Haradai is described as measuring 160 mm. (or 62 inches) in its greatest diameter, and as being marked by about eleven long ribs, bearing a single elongated tubercle on the ‘umbilical 346 margin on both sides, and with one to three shorter ribs between each pair of the longer ones. In the figure of this specimen, however, the tubercles are represented as obscure and ill defined on some of the ribs and as quite obsolete on the others. Pacuypiscus (HARADAI! var.) PERPLICATUS. Plate 48, fig. 1. Shell apparently very similar to that of P. Haradavin general form, but with its surface marked by much larger and more prominent transverse ribs, or coarse rib-like folds, with more deeply concave grooves between them. The only specimen that the writer has seen is a well preserved cast of the inte- rior of the shell of a speci- | men, with a little more than the whole of one side worn away, except at A, Dans where part of the siphonal A region is preserved. The / portion that remains is | about six inches and a half in its greatest diameter, SS Fic. 22.—Pachydiscus (Haradai? var.) perplicatus. and the specimen, when Outline of transverse section of the outer volution, at A, the only place where any part of the siphonal region is preserved, and between the ribs, of the specimen from the Comox River represen- diameter. Its outer volu- ted on Plate 48. tion is marked by fourteen long and slightly fiexuous, simple ribs, or rib-like folds, with usually one, but occasionally two, shorter ribs intercalated between each pair of the longer ones. These latter are narrowest, most prominent and abruptly truncated at the umbilical margin, but broader and not so prominent on the periphery. The six nearest to the aperture average from a little less than an inch to an inch and a quarter apart, measuring from the middle of their summits and near to the periphery. Septation unknown. entire, was probably rather more than seven inches in Comox River, near Comox, V.I., J. R. Bennett, 1896: one specimen, which he has kindly presented to the Museum of the Survey. Some of the long ribs seem to bear a lew, conical, and transversely elongated tubercle on the umbilical margin, but this appearance is partly 347 due to the abrupt truncation of the ribs there. It is doubtful whether this specimen should be regarded as a well marked variety of P. Haradai, or as the type of a distinct and previously undescribed species. PacHyDiscus BINoDATUS. (N. Sp.) Plate 49, figs. 1, & la. Shell strongly ribbed and moderately inflated, but depressed in the middle on both sides, the umbilicus occupying alittle more than one third of the entire diameter, though its er ge margin is rounded and indistinctly 4 \ defined. Volutions rather closely \ involute, more than one half of the \_ inner ones being covered by those which succeed them, increasing rapidly in size, the outer one round- Beet ed between the ribs and near the ve ox / aperture, but subpentagonal upon ‘ \ W the ribs, where the siphonal region = ee is broadly flattened, and the sides , et slightly and somewhat obliquely Fic. 23.—Pachydiseus binodatus.—Outline compressed. Between the ribs, and of transverse section of the outer volu- tion, between the ribs and not far from the aperture, of the specimen from the Comox River, represented on Plate 49. volution is not far from circular, but wider than high, and concavely and rather deeply emarginate by the encroachment of the preceding volution ; but if taken at the ribs the section is more nearly pentagonal. near the aperture, the outline of a transverse section of the outer Surface of the outer volution marked by rather distant, usually simple, but sometimes bifurcating longer ribs which are prominent and concavely curved on the sides, but feebly ceveloped, almost obsolete and nearly straight in the flattened siphonal region, at least near to the aper- ture. All of these longer ribs extend to, or commence at, the umbilical margin, and alternate with one or two shorter ones. On the outer portion of the last volution each rib bears two large obtusely conical nodes, one on each side of the periphery or venter, at the ventrolateral angle. Sutural line apparently like that of a typical Pachydiscus, as figured by Zittel in the second volume of his Handbuch der Palzontologie. Comox River, near Comox, V.I., W. Harvey, 1893: a well preserved cast of the interior of the shell, about four inches in its maximum diameter, the property of the Provincial Museum at Victoria. 348 The pair of large nodes on the ventrolateral angles of each rib is the most conspicuous feature of this shell, and one which will readily distin- guish it from all the described American species of Pachydiscus. Dr. Kossmat, who has seen the type specimen from Comox, thinks that it is quite distinct from any Indian or European species known to him, and that it is cne of the most peculiar types of Pachydiscus in the Vancouver Cretaceous. B.— Aberrant species, in which the cast of the vnterior of the shell is usually marked with transverse periodic constrictions. PacHypiscus NEWBERRYANUS, Meek. (Sp.) Anmonites Newberryanus, Meek. 1857. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. tv, p. 47 (not A. Vew- berryanus, Gabb, 1864, Geol. Surv. Calif., Palzont., vol. 1, Ds Ole pla): " " Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geog. Sury. Terr., vol. 11, p. 367, pl. 41, figs. 3, 3a, 6. tt " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 109, pl. 15, figs. 1 & la. Desmoceras Newberryanum, Whiteaves. 1893. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1892, vol. x., sect. Iv, p. 114. Pachydiscus Newberryanus, Stanton. 1896. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 183, p. 16. The original type of Ammonites Newberryanus is from Nanaimo, V.1., where it appears to have been collected by Mr. J. M. Turner in 1856. The specimen described and figured under that name by Meek in the Bulletin of the Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories is from Comox, V.I., and was probably collected there by Mr. George Gibbs in 1858. It is said to be ‘2°28 inches in its greatest diameter ” and its surface markings are thus described: ‘Surface ornamented by distinct rounded costs, which occasionally bifurcate near the umbilicus, and about half-way across toward the periphery, in crossing which they curve slightly forward ; depressions between the cost generally about equaling the latter in size, but at intervals of about five or six times to each turn, a deep sulcus or constriction is seen on internal casts, produced by the occasional thickening of the lip, at regular intervals of about every fifth of each turn. A single row of small transversely elongated nodes sur- rounds the umbilicus.” 1,—Typical form, in which the periodic constrictions are well defined. On Vancouver Island, specimens that are apparently referable to the typical form of this species were collected by Mr. Richardson, at Brown’s River (a tributary of the Puntledge or Comox River), and the lower part of the Trent River, in 1871, and at North West Bay in 1873; also by Mr. Harvey, on the Nanaimo River, in 1901. Similar specimens have 349 been collected at the Sucia Islands by Mr. Richardson, Dr. Newberry and Dr. Newcombe. The largest specimen in the Museum of the Survey is eighteen inches across, as already stated, on page 110 of this volume. Dr. Kossmit writes that the septa of A. Vewberryanus are “ certainly not the septa of a Desmoceras.” and adds that the specimens from Cum- shewa Inlet, in the Queen Charlotte Islands, originally referred to Ammonites Beudanti on page 205 of this volume, and subsequently called Desmoceras (Puzozi1) Dawsoni on page 286 of the same volume, are typical examples of the genus. But, in the second volume of his “Handbuch der Palzontologie ” all that Zittel says of the sutural line of Pachydiscus is, that it is only a little less finely incised than that of Haploceras or Desmoceras. And, it would be difficult to find an Ammonite that has a more finely or more frequently incised sutural line, than Pachydiscus Suciensis. As already stated, on pages 344 and 345, it is probable that the four Ammonites from the Trent River, collected by Mr. Richardson, and referred to on page 208 of this volume as Ammonites compleaus, var. Suciensis, specimens Nos. 3, 4, 5 and 6, may rather indicate an unusually globose or subglobose form of P. Newberryanus. 2,—Abnormal form, in which there are no periodic constrictions on the cast of the interior of the shell. Shopland, near Maple Bay, Cowitchan district, about thirty miles south of Nanaimo, V.I., a well preserved and nearly perfect cast of the interior of the shell, about ninety-eight millimetres or nearly four inches in its greatest diameter. On the outer volution of this specimen thirteen of the ribs are rather larger, more prominent, and longer than the rest, and between each pair of the larger ribs there are from one to four smaller ones. Two similar but not quite so well preserved specimens in the Museum of the Survey were collected on the Nanaimo River by Mr. Harvey in 1901, but one of these shows two periodic constrictions at a short distance from the aperture. PACHYDISCUS MULTISULCATUS. (N. Sp.) Plate 50; the only figure. Shell inflated, but very slightly compressed at the sides ; umbilicus oc- cupying about one-third of the entire diameter, its margin rounded and its inner wal! rather steep. Volutions increasing rather rapidly in size, somewhat closely embracing, about one-half of each of the inner ones being covered ; aperture nearly as wide as high, widely subovate, but concavely emarginate by the encroachment of the preceding volution. 350 Surface marked with comparatively distant, large and prominent, but rather narrow, subangular, more or less acute and slightly flexuous transverse ribs, of unequal length also by a few transverse constrictions, representing periodic arrests of growth. The longer ribs, which extend on both sides to the umbilical margin, often bifurcate at about the middle of each side, but some of them are simple. On the outer volution of the best specimen known to the writer, there are twenty-six of these longer / Fic. 24.—Pachydiscus multisulcatus. Outline of transverse section of the outer volution, between the ribs and near the aperture, of the specimen from North West Bay, V.I., represented on Plate 50. ribs, and six or seven periodic constrictions. A single shorter rib is usually intercalated between each pair of the longer ribs, but in one place there are three of the shorter ribs between two of the longer ones. All the ribs are separated by widely concave grooves, and on the periphery of the specimen figured, between the last pair of constrictions, the ribs average from eleven to fourteen millimetres apart, at their summits. The periodic constrictions are not very conspicuous, but are usually a little deeper than the ordinary grooves between the ribs. Sutural line unknown, only a small part of the septation being visible in either of the specimens known to the writer. 351 Among the specimens that were referred to Ammonites Newberryanus in the second part of this volume, two of the ten from North West Bay, V.I., that were collected by Mr. Richardson in 1873, are said (on page 110) to “differ from the rest in some rather important particulars.” One of these specimens, the original of the figure on Plate 50, measures about seven inches and a half in its maximum diameter. It is almost perfect and fairly well preserved on one side, but badly water worn on the other. The other specimen is a large water worn fragment with the finer details of most of its surface ornamentation completely obliterated. The more perfect of these two specimens, at any rate, seems to differ from P. Vew- berryanus, not only in its more inflated volutions, but more particularly in its higher ribs, with much broader grooves between them. Dr. Kossmat, who has seen a good photograph of this specimen, thinks that it belongs to a species allied to P. Newberryanus, from which it differs in “its smaller degree of involution (only one half) and the less numerous and more prominent ribs.” Judging from the photograph, he adds, ‘it seems to me that the constrictions are more strongly bent forward than the ribs behind them, so that they have the tendency to cut off one of the ribs. This character is not observed in P. Vewberryanus.” Quite recently, in October, 1901, an imperfect but characteristic specimen of this species, about five inches in its greatest diameter, was collected two miles and a half up the Nanaimo River, V.I., by Mr. Harvey. DESMOCERAS SELWYNIANUM, Whiteaves. Ammonites Seluynianus, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 104, pl. 13, figs. 1, and ja. Desmoceras Selwynianum, Kossmat. 1897. Beitr. zur Paleont. Oesterreich- Ungarns und des Orients, vol. x1, p. 148. Sucia Islands, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1894: two specimens. West side of Denman Island, half a mile south of Village Point, W. Harvey, 1896: two small specimens, the largest not quite forty-nine millimetres, or nearly two inches in it greatest diameter. One of the original types of Ammonites Selwynianus, from the Sucia Islands, has been kindly compared by Dr. Kossmat with Indian speci- mens of A. diphylloides, Forbes, of which it was thought possible that it might be a variety. In regard to this specimen, Dr. Kossmat wrote as follows :—“A. Selwynianus is a near ally of the 8. Indian A. diphylloides, which is clearly a Desmoceras, as shown by its septa. Allied species of Desmoceras occur in Europe also, for example D. pyrenaicum, Grossouvre (Ammonites de la Craie Superieure, Paris, 1893, pl. xxxvu, fig. 9), in the Senonien of France. The septa can only partially be seen on the speci- men sent by you, but they are certainly very similar to those of D. di- phylloides. An important difference between the two species is the very 352 narrow tongue-like process of each constriction, on the external side of A. Selwynianus. In A. diphylloides these processes are much more rounded.” These conclusions, it will be seen, are essentially similar to those previously arrived at by the writer in 1879, and expressed on page 105 of this volume. PrLevropacuypiscus Horrmannit (Gabb). Var. Ammonites Hoffmannii, Gabb. Var. 1869. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 131, pl. 20, figs. 8 and 8 a. Desmoceras Hoffmannit, Stanton. 1897. Journ. Geol. Chicago, vol. v, pp. 597 and 598. Pleuropachydiscus Hoffmanni, Hyatt. 1900. In Eastman’s transl. of Zittel’s Text Book of Paleontology. A well preserved and testiferous fragment of an Ammonite collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe in 1896, seems to be identical with the variety of A. Hoffmannii, from Cottonwood Creek, that Gabb describes on pages 131 and 132 of the second volume of the Paleontology of California, and figures on Plate 20 of that volume, though it is not very much like the typical form of that species. In the Sucia Island fragment the volution is not quite so wide as high, and the surface ornamentation consists of very small, flexuous, transverse ribs, with a comparatively large rib interposed at distant intervals. Between two of these larger ribs there are about twenty-five of the smaller. HAUERICERAS GARDENI (Baily). Ammonites Gardeni, Baily. 1855. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 1, p. 456, pl. 11, fig. 3. " " Stoliczka. 1865. Cret. Cephal. S. India, p. 61, pl. 33, fig. 4. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p 102. Desmoceras Gardeni, Zittel. 1884. Handbuch der Paleont., Band 1, p. 466. " " Yokoyama. 1890. Versteiner. aus der Japanische Kreide, Paleeonto- graphica, vol. xxxvI, p. 184, pl. xx, figs. 10, a, 6, ec. Desmoceras ( Hauericeras ) Gardeni, Kossmat. 1897. Beitr. zur Paleont. Oesterreich- Ungarns und des Orients, vol. x1, p. 123, pl. xv1, figs. 7, 8 and 10. Puntledge or Comox River, at Comox, V.I., Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1892, two specimens, one of them a well preserved cast of the interior of the chamber of habitation ; andJ. B. Bennett, 1894 or 1895, four specimens. Trent River, V.f., W. Harvey, 1896, one specimen and a fragment ; Nanaimo River, W. Harvey, 1901, two specimens ; all determined by the writer. Of two of these specimens from Comox, Dr. Kossmat wrote as follows : ‘“The Vancouver specimens of D. (H.) Gardena agree perfectly with the 353 S. African types and the 8. Indian specimens compared by me. Section, sculpture, involution, constriction, sutural line, are quite the same in all. The body-chamber which you have sent is distinguished by its very deep constriction (quite similar, deep constrictions are visible in S. African specimens although they are not figured) and by its narrow mouth.” H. Gardeni is now known to occur in the Upper Cretaceous rocks of Japan. It had previously been collected from rocks of the same age in Natal, Southern India, and Vancouver Island. GASTEROPODA. CyLicHna cosTata, Gabb. Cylichna costata, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 148, pl. 21, fig. 107. In 1901, a few specimens that are probably referable to this species were collected at Brennan Creek, near Wellington, by the Rev. G. W. Taylor, and from the roof of the coal at the New Vancouver Coal Co’s. mine, Nanaimo, by Mr. Harvey. These specimeus may be described as follows: Shell small, subcylindrical, narrowly elongated and nearly twice as long as broad, when full grown: spire sunk, its position indicated by a deep, narrow pit ; aperture rather narrow posteriorly, wider anteriorly ; posterior end of the outer lip projecting slightly beyond that of the pre- vious volution and very narrowly rounded at its junction with the columellar lip. Test thin, surface smooth and polished, but encircled with numerous revolving incised lines or minute linear spiral grooves, which are usually much narrower than the spaces between them. Under a rather powerful simple lens, each of these incised lines is seen to consist of a single, regular row of minute punctures, like those represented by figure 86, on Plate 16, of the second part of this volume, and the whole of the rst of the surface to be still more minutely and longitudinally striated. Approximate dimensions of the largest specimen that the writer has seen: maximum length, not quite nine millimetres ; greatest width, five mint ee These specimens have the same kind of sculpture as those referred to on page 132 of the second part of this volume, with a query, as possibly a variety of Bulla Hornii, Gabb, under the name Haminea Hornii, but the former are much more narrowly elongated. D4 It is possible, also, that the specimens collected by Mr. Richardson, at Blunden Point, V.I.,and at Hornby Island, that were doubtfully referred to Bulla Hornii, may rather be referable to Cylichna costata. Those from Admiralty and the Sucia Islands, collected also by Mr. Richardson, are, however, shorter and wider in proportion to their length, and these are very similar to Bulla Hornit, as figured by Gabb, much more so than figure 8, on Plate 16, of the second part of this volume would leave one to infer. It is not at all likely that Gabb’s typical B. Horn is a true Bulla, as that genus is now restricted. The specimens from the Admi- ralty and Sucia Islands that have been identified therewith may be refe- rable to Cylichna rather than to Haminea, and may indeed prove to be only a short and wide form of C. costata. CINULIA OBLIQUA, Gabb. Cinulia obliqua, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 111, pl. 19, figs. 64, and 64a, b, c. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 131. " " White. 1889. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 45. Specimens which are obviously referable to this common species were collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe in 1894 and 1896; at Brennan Creek, V.I., by the Rev. G. W. Taylor in 1901; and on the Nanaimo River, two and a quarter to ten or twelve miles from its mouth, by Mr. Harvey in 1901. TROCHACTEHON SEMIcostTatus. (N. Sp.) Plate 44, fig. 5. Shell very small, narrowly subovate or ovately subcylindrical, fully twice as long as wide, with a short, angularly step-shaped spire, and narrowly rounded base. Spire composed of four volutions ; outer volution shouldered above, widest at and for a short distance below the shonlder and narrowing gradually into the narrowly rounded or somewhat pointed base, or termination anteriorly. Surface marked with numerous minute and close-set ribs, that cross the volutions transversely but become obsolete at the base of the outer volution. These ribs can only be seen with the aid of a lens, and are merely indicated in the figure. Roof of coal, New Vancouver Coal Co.’s mine, Nanaimo, V.I., W. Harvey, 1901: six fairly well preserved but imperfect or distorted specimens, the largest of which is not quite six millimetres long. 355 This is a much smaller species than the 7’. cylindraceus ? (or T. Skide- gatensis) of the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, with a distinctly step-shaped spire, and very minute ribs that evanesce on the outer volution anteriorly. Zittel, in his ‘Handbuch der Paleontologie,’ regards Z'rochactewon, Meek, as a synonym of Acteonella, d’Orbigny, and Dr. Paul Fischer, in his Manuel de Conchyliologie, says that it indicates a mere section of that genus. SuRcuLA (RARICOSTATA ? var.) HORNBYENSIS. Surcula raricostata, Gabb, var. Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 116, pl. 15, figs. 2 and 2 a. The five specimens from Hornby Island that are referred to in the second part of this volume as a variety of S. raricostata, are probably distinct therefrom, and it seems desirable to distinguish the Canadian from the Californian specimens by a local and at least varietal, if not specific name. BELA CRETACEA. (N. Sp.) Plate 44, fig. 6. Shell small, angularly subfusiform, and about twice as long as wide, spire shorter than the outer volution ; whorls five, the third and fourth obliquely compressed above, laterally compressed below, and subangovlar at about their mid-height; the outer one moderately convex, obliquely compressed next to the suture, subangular and most prominent consider- ably above its mid-height, thence tapering abruptly and rapidly into the narrow, nearly straight and channeled base. Surface marked with flexuous nodose ribs and raised lines of growth, that cross the volutions transversely and run parallel with the outer lip, also by numerous, close-set, minute and rounded spiral ridges. The ribs are most prominent and distinctly nodose on the spiral angulation or shoulder of the later volutions, and the nodes, when examined with a lens, are seen to be obtusely conical and laterally compressed. Hornby Island, W. Harvey, 1895: two specimens, both of which are now in the Museum of the Survey. The figured specimen, which is the more perfect of the two, is about ten millimetres in length. 356 RostELLires Gassi, White. (Sp.) Volutilithes Navarroensis, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 102, pl. 19, fig. 56; but, according to Dr. C. A. White, not 7. Navarroensis, Shumard, 1861. Rostellites Navarroensis, Conrad. 1865. Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. I, pe 363. Fulguraria Navarroensis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 117, pl. 15, figs. 3 and 3a. Fulguraria Gabbi, White. 1889. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 23, pl. m1, fig. 1. Rostellites. Gabbi (White) Dall. 1890. Trans. Wagner Free Instit. Se. Philad., vol. 111, pail Sucia Islands, Dr. Newcombe, 1894, one specimen; Brennan Creek, V.1., Rev. G. W. Taylor, three specimens; and New Vancouver Coal Co’s. Mine, Nanaimo, V.I., W. Harvey, 1901, one specimen. Fusus’ Kine, Gabb. Fusus Kingii, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 85, pl. 28, fig. 204. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 119, pl. 15, fig. 4. " " White. 1889. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 46. Sucia Islands, Dr. Newcombe, 1894 or 1896: one specimen. PERISSOLAX BREVIROSTRIS, Gabb. Plate 43, fig. 3. Perissolax brevirostris, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 91, pl. 18, fig. 43. Vt " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 121. n " White. 1889. Bull. U.S, Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 46. Hornby Island, W. Harvey, 1895: a young specimen. Sucia Islands, Dr. Newcombe, 1894 or 1896: the nearly adult and well preserved specimen figured, in which, however, no part of the outer lip is shewn,— and two smaller ones. Quarry on Protection Island, W. Harvey, 1901 : three imperfect but fairly characteristic specimens. Brennan Creek, V.1., Rev. G. W. Taylor, 1901 : three specimens. In the first volume of the American Journal of Conchology, published in 1865, and on page 363, Conrad says that the genus Perissolax is “peculiar to the Eocene formation” and that P. brevirostris is “not a member of the genus, to which it is somewhat doubtfully referred by Mr. Gabb.” Dr. Paul Fischer, in his Manuel de Conchyliologie, makes Perissolax a subgenus of T'udicla. 357 HINpDsIA NODULOSA, Whiteaves. Plate 43, fig. 2. Fasciolaria nodulosa, Whiteaves. 1874. Geol. Surv. Canada, Rep. Progr. for 1873-74 p. 268, pl. of fossils, figs. 7 and 7a, but not 7b. ; Hindsia nodulosa, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 125, pl. 15, figs. 6 and 7. Sucia Islands, Dr. Newcombe, 1896: the specimen figured, which shews the characters of the aperture unusually well. The inner lip shews a thick and comparatively broad deposit of callus or enamel, and two small transverse plice. The inner surface of the thickened outer lip has two comparatively large, median denticles, and a small posterior denticle. Brennan Creek, V. I., Rev. G. W. Taylor, 1901: two specimens that are apparently referable to this species. SYCODES GLABER, Shumard. (Sp.) Pyrula glabra, Shumard. 1858 (?) Trans. Ac. St. Louis for 1857, vol. 1, p. 125. Ficus cypreoides, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 115, pl. 19, fig. 58, Sycodes cyprewoides, Gabb. 1869. Idem, vol. 11, pp. 160 and 221. Sycodes glaber, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 125. Sucia Islands, Dr. Newcombe, 1894 or 1896: two specimens. It is, however, just possible that the specimens from Vancouver and the Sucia Islands that have been referred to this species, may prove to be immature examples of the next. Cypr@®A Suciensis, Whiteaves. Cuprea Suciensis, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol, 1, sect. Iv, p. 127, pl. 11, fig. 5. Original description.— ‘Shell small, moderately inflated, narrowly subovate and a little more than half as broad as long, emarginate at both ends, but much more deeply so posteriorly than anteriorly. Spire entirely covered when the outer coating of enamel is perfect, but in the only specimen collected the enamel is partially exfoliated in such a way as to show that underneath it the spire is very small, conical, and composed of at least four volutions, also that it extends just as far backward as the produced posterior end of the outer lip. This partial exfoliation of the outer layer of enamel is, however, barely perceptible to the naked eye, and is not shown in the figure. Outer volution very large in propor- tion to the rest, broadest and most inflated a little behind the mid-length, abruptly attenuate behind, but narrowing much more gradually in front, its anterior margin being narrowly rounded ; outer lip thickened exte- 4——M. F, 358 riorly and considerably produced behind ; inner or columellar lip also produced behind and separated from the outer lip by a narrow channel or canal ; characters of the interior of the aperture unknown, though it clearly extended the whole length, and is narrow and linear behind. “Surface smooth. ‘‘ Dimensions of the specimen described (which has been kindly pre- sented by its discoverer to the Museum of the Geological Survey) : length, twenty millimetres ; greatest breath, twelve millimetres. “Sucia Islands, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1894. “ Most of the aperture of this interesting little fossil is filled with the tough and tenacious matrix, so that it is impossible to ascertain whether there are or are not any crenulations on the inner surface of the outer lip, or any denticulations or plications on the columellar side. The external characters of the specimen, however, would seen to show that it is a small smooth Cyprea, very closely allied to the C. Cumnliffei of Forbes, * from the Arrialoor group of the Trinchinopoly district of Southern India, and it may prove to be only a variety of that species. The Cyprea Bayerquei and C. Mathewsoni, described in the first and second volumes of the Paleontology of California, as from the Tejon group of that state, are now generally regarded as Eocene fossils.” TESSAROLAX DISTORTA, Gabb. Tessarolax distorta, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 126, pl. 20, figs. " " $2 and 82, a-b. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 123. , " " Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 127. Several much finer specimens of this singular species than the one obtained by Mr. Richardson in 1871, were collected at Hornby Island by Mr. Harvey, in 1894, 1895 and 1897, and most of these are now in the Museum of the Survey. ANCHURA CALLOSA. (N. Sp.) Anchura stenoptera, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 123, pl. 15, figs. 11 and 11 a; but probably not Rostellaria stenoptera, Goldfuss (1844. ) Shell fusiform, spire elongated, turreted, slender, outer volution ex- panded and alate, though the exact shape of the alation is not shown in the only specimen that the writer has seen. Volutions eight or nine, “Transactions of the Geological Society of London, vol. vit (1846), p. 184, pl. 12, fig, 22; and Stoliezka (1868) Cretaceous Cephalopoda of 8. India, vol. 11, p. 55, pl. 4, fig. 4. 359 those of the spire rounded, but slightly compressed laterally, the outer one somewhat inflated, but obliquely flattened next to the suture, sub- angular and lightly shouldered a little behind its midheight or midlength, and narrowing rapidly to the base anteriorly ; outer lip expanded and alate, its posterior margin, the only part of the wing that is clearly shewn, being broadly and shallowly concave ; columella incrusted by a large callus, which forms quite a thick rounded projection anteriorly. Surface marked by rather distant, obtuse and not very prominent plications or rib-like folds, which cross all the volutions transversely and are themselves crossed by numerous’ small acute, spiral ridges, the shoulder of the outer volution being distinctly nodose. The foregoing is a description of the imperfect specimen from the Trent River, figured, of the natural size, on Plate 15 of the second part of this volume. This specimen was referred by the writer to the Aostel- laria stenoptera of Goldfuss, but this reference seems to be no longer tenable. {n the Canadian specimen the whorls can scarcely be des- cribed as minutely and spirally striated, the ribs on the last volution are not all strongly granulated, and it is by no means certain that its wing, when entire, was narrow and sword shaped. Moreover it does not seem probable that a fossil from the Nanaimo group of the Vancouver Cretaceous is identical with a species from the Upper Greensand of Westphalia. For these reasons it is now thought desirable to distinguish the specimen from the Nanaimo River by a new specific name. Among the fossils of the California Cretaceous, Anchwra transversa of Gabb * would seem to come nearest to A. callosa, but the former is re- presented as being wider than long, and of comparatively diminutive size 7. e., only ten millimetres in length, by thirteen mm. in width. Mesostoma Suciense. (N. Sp.) Plate 44, fig. 7. Cerithium Lallierianum, var. Suciense, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 122, pl. 15, figs. 10 and 10a ; but apparently not a true Cerithium, nor a var. of the .C. Lallierianum of d’Orbigny and other European authors. Shell imperforate, elongated and about twice as long as wide; volutions six in the most perfect specimen collected and probably seven when perfect, those of the spire rounded and ventricose ; suture well defined ; outer volution strongly convex at or about its midheight, narrowing abruptly into the rounded base below ; aperture broadly and *Geological Survey of California, Paleontology, volume , p. 165, pl. 27, fig. 45. 41_m. F. 360 obliquely suboval or subovate, longer or higher than wide, and narrowest behind, entire, not channelled anteriorly as in Cerihiwm ; outer lip sim- ple, inner lip thickened and somewhat reflected or expanded at the base. Surface marked by narrow, but prominent and rather distant, varix- like ribs, that cross the volutions transversely, and that are themselves crossed by smaller and closer spiral ridges, the points of intersection being minutely tuberculate. Protection Island, J. Richardson, 1873: ‘‘a single and not very perfect individual”. Sucia Islands, J. Richardson, 1874: ‘‘six well preserved examples.” The largest of these specimens is a little more than sixteen millimetres in length. Similar specimens were collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe in 1894 and 1896, and at the Nanaimo River, by Mr. Harvey, in August, 1901. In the figure on Plate 15 of the second part of this volume the number of volutions is represented as eight, but the apical ones are slightly restored. The characters of the aperture are well shewn in the specimen represented by figure 7 on Plate 44. The reference of the specimens collected by Mr. Richardson to the genus Mesostoma (Deshayes, 1861) was first suggested by Dr. Stanton, in 1893, in his memoir on ‘The Colorado formation and its Invertebrate Fauna,” published as Bulletin No. 106 of the U. 8. Geological Survey. MesosToma (1) INTERMEDIUM. (N. Sp.) Plate 43, fig. 4. Shell imperforate, elongate, slender ; volutions nine, those of the spire obliquely flattened and very slightly convex ; the last volution moder- ately inflated at about its midheight and narrowly rounded below ; aperture higher than wide, subovate and abruptly pointed posteriorly ; outer and inner parts of the lip unknown. Surface marked by numerous, narrow, rib-like folds, that cross the volu- tions transversely, and by smaller and still more numerous spiral ridges. Sucia Islands, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1894: four fairly good specimens and one fragment. One of these is twenty-nine millimetres long and has seven volutions preserved. Another was probably about forty millimetres in length, when entire. Brennan Creek, V.I., Rev. G. W. Taylor, 1901: “one good specimen and two fragments. The former is only seventeen mil- limetres long, but has eight volutions well preserved, and there was pro- bably one more at the apex. This species seems to differ from JZ. Suciense in its uniformly larger size, less ventricose volutions, and perhaps also in its somewhat finer and 361 less prominent rib-like folds. As its mouth characters are almost entirely unknown, it is by no means certain that it belongs to the genus Jesos- toma. Mesostoma (?) Newcomsu. (N. Sp.) Plate 43, fig. 5. Shell elongated, slender, more than twice as long as wide; volutions nine or ten, slightly and rather obliquely compressed above or poste- riorly, most prominent and rounded below their midheight anterior- ly ; outer volution short, apparently rounded at its base; characters of the aperture unknown, though the outline of a transverse section of the interior of the last volution near the aperture is obliquely oval. Surface marked with rather large, low, distant, rounded rib-like folds, that cross the lower part of each volution transversely and are obsolete above, also by numerous, very small and close set spiral ridges. Approximate dimensions of the only specimen known to the writer, which is slightly imperfect at both ends: length, sixty-six millimetres ; greatest breadth, twenty-five mm. Sucia Islands, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1896: one specimen. Apparently a much larger species than the preceding, with volu- tions of a different shape, and with different surface markings. It is, however, quite doubtful to what genus this shell should be referred, and It is only provisionally regarded as a Mesostoma. CERITHIUM VANCOUVERENSE. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, fig. 6. Shell small, elongated, slender, apex apparently acute, volutions pro- bably about eight or nine, though only six are actually preserved in the best specimen that the writer has seen, and compressed laterally ; spire rather more than twice as Jong as the outer volution, which is also com- pressed at the sides, and narrowly rounded at the base or anteriorly ; characters of the aperture unknown. Surface marked by strongly defined, straight ribs, that cross the volu- tions of the spire and upper half of the outer volution transversely, and by spiral rows of small, spirally elongated tubercles. As viewed dorsally, there are four rows of these tubercles on the later volutions of the spire, and on the outer volution there are three or four rows of tubercles above the midheight, and six or seven small spiral ridges without tubercles below. 362 Extension mine, near Nanaimo, V. I., W. Harvey, 1901: the speci- men figured, which is twelve millimetres long and imperfect at both ends, and a fragment of another. These specimens seem to differ from C. Skidegatense in their larger size, more slender spire, and spirally elon- gated tubercles, but they may represent only a large stratigraphical and geographical variety of that species. In the original description of C. Skidegatense, in the third part of this volume, no mention is made of any ribs. Yet of the five specimens from Maud Island upon which the species is based, two shew that all the volutions of the spire are crossed by transverse and straight ribs, that become obsolete and disappear on the lower half of the outer volution. — CreritHium Harveyi. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, fig. 7. Shell elongated, more than twice as long as wide; volutions about seven, those of the spire obliquely compressed laterally, and pentagonal in transverse section; outer volution moderately convex, widest at or a little above its midheight, as viewed dorsally, and abruptly nar- rowing into the channeled base anteriorly ; characters of the aperture unknown. Surface marked by distant variciform ribs, that cross the volutions transversely, with broad nearly flat or shallowly concave spaces between them, and by small beaded or minutely tuberculated spiral ridges. On the last volution but one there are four of these beaded spiral ridges, and on the last there are six spiral ridges and five variciform ribs. These latter are nearly or quite opposite on three or four of the volutions, and are continuous longitudinally for the greater part of the length of the specimen. Roof of coal, New Vancouver Coal Co.’s mine, Nanaimo, W. Harvey, 1901: two specimens, one, which is somewhat crushed, not very well preserved and slightly imperfect at both ends, being twenty-four milli- metres in length by ten millimetres in breadth ; while the other, which is figured, is more perfect and better preserved, being about thirteen milli- metres long. The writer has much pleasure in associating with this species the name of its discoverer, Mr. Harvey, whose long continued exertions have added so many noyel forms to the fauna of the Vancouver Cretaceous. 363 PoTAMIDES TENUIS, Gabb. Potamides tenuis, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 130, pl. 20, fig. 86. i" Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 121, pl. 15, figs. 8 a, 8 a, 5. The references to this species on page 121 of the second part of this volume are somewhat unfortunate. For, in the first place, the two speci- ”» mens from the ‘“ Middle Shales,” one of which is figured, are from the north-west side of Hornby, not of Denman Island. And in the next place, the two (not three) very small and imperfect specimens from the ‘Lower Shales” of Denman and the Sucia Islands, prove to be quite distinct from P. tenuis. In Canada, so far as the writer is aware, the typical form of the species, as distinct from the var. Vanaimoensis, has been collected only at Hornby Island, by Mr. Richardson, in 1872 ; at the Sucia Islands, by Dr. Newcombe, in 1894; and from the roof of the coal, Nanaimo mines, V. I., by Mr. Harvey, in 1901. In specimens of 2. tenuis from the Chico group of Pences Ranch, California, the typical locality, kindly lent to the writer for comparison by Dr. Stanton, there are eight volutions. The later ones of the spire are each marked with a spiral row of distant obtusely conical nodes, on the angle near the base, but upon the outer volution these nodes are almost or completely absent. The nodes, also, are much smaller in some specimens than they are in others. In those with very small nodes, the whole of the spire and the upper half of the last volution is ribbed longi- tudinally, that is, in a direction parallel to the main axis, but transversely to each volution. The nodes on the basal angle of the spire of the speci- men from Hornby Island, figured on Plate 15 (figure 8) of the second part of this volume, are unusually large, and they are fully developed on the outer velution. NERINEA DISPAR ? Gabb. Var. Nerinea dispar? Gabb. Var. Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 127, pl. 3, fig. 4. “Shell essentially similar in shape and surface markings to WV. dispar, but smaller and devoid of the rounded spiral fold at the base of each volution said to be characteristic of that species, also with the longitu- dinal ribs apparently obsolete on the lower volutions. “Hornby Island, W. Harvey, 1894, three specimens. The most per- fect of these has seven volutions preserved, with the minute details of the sculpture of each quite clearly shewn. The three upper volutions are marked with small longitudinal ribs that cross the volutions trans- 364 versely, but on the three lower volutions these ribs appear to be absent, though their absence may be due to the exfoliation of the outer layer of — the shell”. (Op. cit. supra.) CaAPULUS corRUGATUS. (Nom. prov.) Plate 45, figs. 2 and 2 a. Shell varying in external contour from conical and considerably ele- vated, with a subcentral, prominent, pointed and slightly incurved apex, to depressed patelliform, with an obtuse apex ; aperture large, irregular in outline, varying from nearly circular to widely subovate, but always a little longer than wide. Surface marked by narrow, concentric, annular wrinkles, and by fine strie of growth. Muscular impressions unknown. Puntledge or Comox River, near Comox, V.I.: three specimens, two collected by Mr. Harvey in 1895, and the other by Mr. Bennett in 1896, all of which are now in the Museum of the Survey. In the absence of any knowledge of their muscular scars, these speci- mens are only provisionally referred to the genus Capulus, on account of their resemblance, in external form and surface markings, to the C. cassi- darius and C. annulatus of Yokoyama, as ‘described and figured in his memoir on the fossils of the Cretaceous rocks of Japan.* The original of figures 2 and 2a on Plate 45 of the present publication, which is the most elevated of the chree Comox fossils, is not at all unlike the speci- men of C. cassidarius figured on Plate xvi, figure 10, of the thirty-sixth volume of the Paleontographica, but in the latter the apex is not so much incurved, and the surface is marked only with five annular strie of growth. Another of the Comox specimens has much the same kind of surface markings as C. annulatus, but in the latter the apex is erect, and the annular wrinkles appear to be proportionately more numerous. On the other hand, these Comox specimens may prove to be the young of a very large species of Helcion, recently discovered at Nanaimo, by Mr. Harvey, which will be found described a little farther on in these pages under the name H. giganteus, Schmidt, var. Vancouverensis. The apex of a very young specimen of the var. centralis of H. giganteus, figured by Schmidt on Plate 11, figure 9, of his memoir on the fossils of the Chalk formation of Saghalien (Sachalin)t is very like that of the Comox speci- *Versteinerungen aus der Japanische Kreide, Paleeontographica, Bd. xxxv1, p. 177, pl. 18, figs. 10, a, b, 11, a, b; and p. 200, pl. 25, figs. 17, a, b. +In the ‘‘Mémoires de L’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St.-Pétersbourg,”’ vue Serie, Tome xix, No. 3, pp. 1—37. 365 men figured in this publication, but the former shews clearly the com- mencement of the radiating rib-like folds which characterize the adult shell, and the latter does not. VANIKORO PULCHELLA. Var. Cfr. Vanikoro pulehella, Whiteaves. 1884.. This volume, pt. 3, p. 215, pl. 27, figs. 4 and 4a. Shell essentially similar to the type and hitherto only known specimen of V. pulchella, and apparently differing therefrom only in its somewhat larger size and coarser transverse plications. Departure Bay, V.I., W. Harvey, 1901: a large but worn and imper- fect specimen, that measures about seventeen millimetres in height by cwenty mm. in width. Texada Island, W. Harvey, 1901: a well-preserved but fragmentary specimen, consisting of the spire and upper portion of the outer volution. It is in this specimen that the transverse plications are seen to be larger and more prominent proportionately, than those of the type of the species are. Both of these specimens, when examined with a lens, are seen to be marked with numerous and irregularly disposed, small circular pits, that may indicate the burrows of a Cliona. LunatiaA SHUMARDIANA, Gabb. Lanatia Shumardiana, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. I, p. 106, pl. 19, fig. 6le " " White. 1889. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 45. ‘A single example from Sucia Island apparently belongs to this species.” (White.) A specimen from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines, collected by Mr. Harvey, in 1901, and now in the Museum of the Survey, may also be referable to ZL. Shumardiana, though its aperture is filled with the matrix, which completely covers the columellar lip. GyropDEs (ConRADIANA ? Gabb, var.) CANADENSIS. Gurodes excavata, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 124, pl. 16. figs. 2and 2a; but probably not Natica excavate of Michelin or d’Orbigny. Gyrodes Conradiana, White. 1889. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 45. Shell always much smaller than WVatica excavata and the typical G. Con- radiana and differing from the latter also in having the upper edge or margin of the outer volution narrowly truncated and flattened downward 366 next to the suture above. The largest of the specimens collected by Mr. Richardson is about fourteen millimetres high, and of late years a few additional and similar specimens have been collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe, and at Brennan Creek, V.I., by the Rev. G. W. Taylor. AMAUROPSIS SUCIENSIS, Whiteaves. Amauropsis Suciensis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 125, pl. 16, fig. 1. Sucia Islands, Dr. Newcombe, 1894 or 1896: four or five specimens. Texada Island, W. Harvey, 1901 : one specimen. Opostomia (?) inorNaTA. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, fig. 8. Shell very small, imperforate, elongate, narrowly conical and rather more than twice as long as wide; spire acute. Volutions about five, those of the spire obliquely flattened ; the outer one moderately convex, not quite as wide as high and a little shorter than the spire, as viewed dorsally, and narrowly rounded at the base or anterior end ; suture very lightly impressed ; aperture apparently subovate, rounded anteriorly and pointed posteriorly, outer lip simple. Surface smooth. Approximate dimensions of the specimen figured : maximum length, rather more than three millimetres and a half ; greatest width, nearly one mm. and a half. Nanaimo River, V.I., ten to twelve miles up, W. Harvey, 1901: one specimen with the test weli preserved. This specimen is in the Museum of the Survey. OpostomiA (7) CRETACEA. (N. Sp.) Plate 43, fig. 9. Shell very small, imperforate, elongate pupiform, slender, more than twice as long as wide. Volutions five, compressed laterally but slightly convex ; spire much longer than the outer volution, its apex obtuse ; suture lightly impressed ; aperture obliquely subovate, longer than wide, narrowly rounded at the base in front and pointed behind ; outer lip apparently simple. Surface markings unknown. Approximate dimensions of the specimen figured: length, two milli- metres and a half ; width, three quarters of a millimetre. 367 Brennan Creek, V.I., Rev. G. W. Taylor, 1901: six specimens, which he has kindly presented to the Museum of the Survey. In each of them the shell substance is decomposed and more or less exfoliated. Lysis Sucrensts, Whiteaves. Plate 45, figs. 3 and 4. Stomatia Suciensis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 128, pl. 16, figs. 4 and 5. Typical form.—Sucia Islands, C. F. Newcombe, 1894 : two specimens. One of these, the original of figure 3 on Plate 45, is about forty-three millimetres in height, has the outer surface much worn, and shews little more on the outside than a few distant lines of growth The other, which is about fourteen mm. high, is marked by numerous and close- set minute spiral ridges, as well as by lines of growth. On the inside both shew the “concave expansion of the incrusting layer of the inner lip,” which forms such a striking character in the genus Lysis, and con- firm the suggestion made by Dr. White, in 1889, that the specimens described and figured by the writer under the name Stomatia Suciensis “belong to Gabb’s genus Lysis.”* Var. carinifera.—Brennan Creek, V. I. : two specimens, each with two spiral keels on the outer volution. One of these is a somewhat crushed specimen, some eighteen millimetres high and twenty and a-half wide, the original of figure 4 on plate 45. Its two spiral keels are placed near to each other, just below the mid-height, but on the outer lip each keel, or ridge, is produced into a short, conical, slender spine. The other is a very small specimen, about five mm. high, with the two spiral keels also placed near to each Zother, a little below the mid-height on the dorsal surface of the last volution. Texada Island, W. Harvey, 1901: three specimens, each with two spiral keels on the last volution. EUNEMA CRETACEUM, Whiteaves. Eunema cretaceum, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. I, sect. Iv, p. 126, pl. 3, fig. 3. Original description and remarks.—“ Shell small, imperforate, appa- rently elongate turbinate, with the spire about equal in height to the outer volution, as viewed dorsally, though the few specimens collected so far are so crushed that their exact original shape is uncertain. Volutions five or six, those of the spire step-shaped or shouldered, but flattened somewhat obliquely next to the shoulder above, the outer volution rounded and moderately ventricose below the shoulder ; suture distinct and angular. *Bulletin of the U. S. Geological Survey, No. 51, p. 17. 368 “ Surface marked with narrow but comparatively distant spiral ridges, which are crossed by very numerous, close-set and regularly arranged, acute, longitudinal, thread-like raised lines. On the dorsal portion of the last volution of the spire there are three of these spiral ridges, and upon that of the outer volution about seven. Test thin, its inner layer dis- tinctly nacreous. “The exact dimensions cannot be given, but an average specimen is estimated to have been eleven millimetres and a-half in length, and nine in maximum breadth, when perfect. ‘North-west side of Hornby Island, W. Harvey, 1894: four or five crushed specimens. ‘“‘ This interesting little shell is referred to the genus Hunema, mainly on the authority of Zittel,* who states that Amberleya, Morris and Lycett, and Hucyclus, Deslongchamps, are synonymous with it, and that it ranges in time from the ‘ Lower Silurian’ into the Cretaceous.” Three additional examples of this species were obtained at Hornby Island, by Mr. Harvey, in 1895, but these throw no additional light on its characters. MARGARITA ORNATISSIMA, Gabb. (Sp.) Angaria ornatissima, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 121, pl. 20 fig. 78. Margarita ornatissima, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 128. " " White. 1889. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 45. ‘ A few additional specimens of this shell were collected at the Sucia Islands, by Dr. Newcombe, in 1894 or 1896 ; and at Yorke’s Farm, two miles and a quarter to two miles and a half up the Nanaimo River, by Mr. Harvey in 1901. SOLARIELLA (RADIATULA ? var.) OCCIDENTALIS. Plate 45, figs. 5, and 5a. Solariella radiatula (Forbes) Schmidt. 1873. Uber die Petref. der Kreide-form. von Sachalin, in Mem. l’Acad. Imper. des Sciences de St. Péters- bourg, Series vil, vol. xrx, p. 18, pl. 4, figs, 3, 4 and 5. Shell essentially similar to S. radiatula, as described and figured by Dr. Schmidt in the memoir cited, but with the upper part of the later volutions, especially that of the outer one, much more distinctly flattened downward next to the suture; or, in other words, more step-shaped above. *Handbuch der Paleontologie, vol. 11, 1884, p. 189. 369 The Vancouver specimens may be thus described. Shell small, turbi- nate, about as high as broad, with a moderately elevated spire and a rather narrow but deep umbilicus. Volutions about six, those of the spire convex, the later ones slightly flattened downward next to the suture, above ; the outer one ventricose, but distinctly flattened or even shallowly concave above, rather higher than the spire, as viewed dorsally, um- bilicus occupying about one third of the diameter of the base, with a minutely angulated and crenulated margin ; aperture apparently nearly circular, lip thin and simple. Surface marked by numerous, close-set, flattened and obliquely trans- verse cost, that are crossed by equally or still more minute, and close-set spiral ridges. An average specimen is six millimetres broad, and about as high as broad. A few specimens of this shell were collected quite recently (in 1901) by the Rev. G. W. Taylor, at Brennan Creek, V.I., and by Mr. Harvey, on the Nanaimo River. These agree much better with Schmidt’s than with Stoliczka’s figures of S. radiatula. In the latter the volutions are repre- sented as regularly rounded, and not at all flattened next to the suture. Stoliczka, also, says that S. radiatula is “ composed of about seven or eight convex volutions,” but in the Vancouver Island specimens there are apparently not more than six. The specimen figured, though the most perfect one that has yet been obtained, is abnormally depressed. All the other specimens are more elevated, and show the flattening at the suture more distinctly. Puaneta (?) DEcoraTA. (N. Sp.) Plate 45, figs. 6, 6a, and 7. « shell rather small, spiral, wider than high, gently convex and some- what dome-shaped above, angular and carinate at the periphery, and some- what flattened at the base below. Volutions two and a half or three, rapidly expanding and strongly embracing; spire short, low, obtuse, partially overlapped by the upper part of the outer volution, and not raised above its highest level ; suture indistinct. Outer volution encircled by a narrow, entire and simple spiral keel or keel-like fold ; aperture very large, occupying the greater part of the base, nearly circular, but with the continuity of the peristome apparently slightly interrupted by the encroachment of the preceding volution, though this feature is not well seen in either of the few specimens collected ; outer lip simple. 370 On and above the peripheral keel of the outer volution the whole sur- face is finely cancellated by minutely tuberculated ridges, which are so arranged as to form regular, equidistant and parallel, obliquely transverse rows, as well as distinct spiral ones. Near the aperture, there are seventeen of these spiral rows of tubercles. Below the peripheral keel there is one spiral ridge and numerous, rather coarse, obliquely transverse growth lines but there are, apparently, no tubercles upon the base. In the largest specimen collected (figure 7) the outer volution, next to the suture above, is partially encircled with a narrow, erect, spiral fold or plication, crossed by oblique non-tuberculated ridges and striz, as well as by the peripheral alation. Roof of coal, Nanaimo mines, W. Harvey, 1901: three specimens, which are only provisionally and rather doubtfully referred to H. Adams’ genus Phaneta. In many respects they agree very well with the generic and specific description, and with the figures, of P. Hveretti, H. Adams, in the twelfth volume of Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, but in Phaneta the suture is said to be distinct, the aperture is represented as channeled at the peripheral keel, and the upper surface is not minutely tuberculated. Moreover P. Hveretti, the type and hitherto only known species of the genus, is known to bea fresh water shell, whereas the Nanaimo specimens are presumably marine, as they are found associated with such purely marine genera as Crassatella, Pectunculus, Nucula proper, Acila, Leda, Cinulia, Trochacteon, &c. The sculpture of their upper surface is very like that of some species of Calliostoma and Turcicula, but their lower surface, including the mouth, is more like that of such a typical Stomatella as S. imbricata. They may indicate a new generic type of Trochide or Stomatellide, for which the name Luphaneta might be appropriate. HELCION GIGANTEUS ? var. VANCOUVERENSIS. Plate 51, fig. 1. Cfr. Helcion gigantews, Schmidt. 1873. Ueb. die Petref. der Kreide-form. von Sachalih, p. 19, pl. 2, figs. 17, 18 ; pl. 3, figs. 1-10; and pl. 8, figs. 2-5. Shell very large, patelliform, depressed conical, apex eccentric, placed very near to the anterior margin, but not quite marginal, aperture a little longer than wide, rounded subovate, or nearly circular but somewhat pointed behind. Surface marked with concentric lines of growth, and low rounded radiating ribs or plications, that are faint and almost obsolete centrally, but fairly well defined around the outer margin. The specimen described is about four inches in length, and very little less in breadth. 371 Nanaimo River, V.I., below the coal, W. Harvey, 1901 : one fine speci- men which, however, has a considerable portion of its surface worn and partially eroded. It seems to differ from the typical H. giganteus only in the much more feeble development of its radial ribs. As already stated, it is quite likely that the three fossils from the Comox River described provisionally on pages 364 and 365 as Capulus corrugatus, may prove to be very young specimens of this variety of Helcion giganteus. HE.Lcion TENUICosTaTus. (N. Sp.) Plate 45, figs. 8 and 8a. Shell small, depressed conical, not more than one-half as high as wide, apex apparently erect, obtuse, placed in advance of the midlength, and a little to one side, aperture broadly oval. Surface widely but rather faintly undulated concentrically, and marked by very numerous, narrow, prominent, acute and slightly flexuous, radiating ribs. Approximate dimensions of the specimen figured: length sixteen millimetres ; width or breadth, twelve mm. ; maximum height, six mm. Extension mine, near Nanaimo, V.I., nine specimens; and Texada Island, two or three specimens ; all collected by Mr. Harvey in 1901. This finely ribbed little limpet seems to differ from the Helcion granu- latus of Stanton,* from the Knoxville beds of California, in its proportio- nately greater height, and in the apparent absence of the “ rather closely arranged, impressed concentric lines” said to be characteristic of that species. GENUS AND SPECIES UNCERTAIN. Plate 45, fig. 9. Six well preserved but somewhat crushed and very imperfect speci- mens of the shell of a small gasteropod, that the writer has not been able to refer satisfactorily to any known genus, were collected from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines by Mr. Harvey, in 1901, and are now in the Museum of the Survey One of these has only a single volution preserved ; four, including the one figured, the outer volution and one or two of the preceding ones; and one, part of four volutions of the spire. Their sculpture consists of very numerous and close-set, fine strie of growth, and a few irregulary disposed, and more or less minute spiral ridges. * Bulletin of the U. 8S. Geological Survey, No. 133, p. 63, pl. x11, fig. 4. 372 In their shape and surface markings these specimens are apparently very similar to the subcarinate variety of Campeloma productum, White* (which seems to be congeneric with Goniobasis Nebrascensis), but they evidently have a much thinner test, and a much more lustrous and highly polished surface. They are also somewhat similar, both in shape and sculpture to the Z'ylostoma bulimoides of Stoliczka,+ but in the Nanaimo specimens there are no indications of any inner fold-like varices. SCAPHOPODA. DENTALIUM NANAIMOENSE, Meek. Dentalium Nanainoensis, Meek. 1857. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. Iv, p. 44. Dentalium Koomooksense, Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., vol. i, p. 364, pl. 3, fig. 6. Dentalium Nanaimoense, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, pl. 133, pl. 16, figs. 9, 9a, b The specimens of this species that were described and figured by Meek are from Nanaimo and Comox, as is clearly indicated by the two names cited in the foregoing synonymy. Similar specimens were obtained by Mr. Richardson, two miles and a half up the Nanaimo River, and at Denman Island, in 1872; at the Sucia Islands in 1874, and at Admiralty Island in 1875. Quite recently, in 1901, one specimen of D. Nanaimo- ense was collected at Brennan Creek, V. I., by the Rev. G. W. Taylor ; and another two miles and a quarter to two miles and a half up the Nanaimo River, by Mr. Harvey. EntTALis Cooperi, Gabb. Dentalium Cooperi, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. I, p. 139, pl. 21, fig. 100. Entalis Cooperi, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 134, pl. 16, figs. 10 and 10 a. Additional specimens of £. Cooperi were collected at Hornby Island by Mr. Harvey in 1594. PELECYPODA. Marresia (?) PARVULA. (N. Sp.) Plate 45, fig. 10. Shell very small for the genus, moderately elongated, narrowly subo- vate and not quite twice as long as high. Anterior side short, abruptly * As figured on Plate 26, figs. 24, 25 and 26, of his ‘‘ Non Marine Mollusca of North America,” published in 1888, by the U. 8. Geological Survey. } Cretaceous Gasteropoda of Southern India, pp. 42 and 448, pl. v, fig. 5. 373 rounded, but faintly subangular at the midheight in marginal outline, the foot opening of moderate size, and closed with a callous plate, or thin calcareous deposit ; posterior side somewhat attenuate, longer than the anterior and more narrowly rounded at its termination exteriorly ; ventral margin nearly straight at and behind the midlength; superior border sloping abruptly downward in front of the beaks, and much more gradu- ally so behind them; beaks placed in advance of the midlength but not quite terminal: accessory valves, if any, unknown. Surface marked with an obliquely transverse, narrow umbono-ventral groove that is bounded on each side by a row of minute punctures, and by concentric striations or sulci, that are coarser behind this groove than. in front of it. Interior of the valves unkn wn. Dimensions of the specimen figured: length, ten millimetres and 4 quarter ; maximum height, five mm. and three-quarters. Extension mine, near Nanaimo, V.I., W. Harvey, 1901: the right valve figured, which is now in the Museum of the Survey. This little shell is not nearly so attenuate behind nor so ventricose anteriorly as the Vancouver Island specimens of Martesia clausa, Gabb, that are described and figured in the second part of this volume.* It is by no means certain that the former is a true Martesia. CyMBOPHORA ASHBURNERI, Gabb. 1. Large ribbed variety. Mactra Ashburneri, Gabb (pars). 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 153. Cymbophora Ashburneri, Gabb (pars). 1869. Idem, vol. 1, p. 181. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 141, pl. 17, fig. 8. Shell comparatively large; whole surface concentrically ribbed, the ribs separated by deep grooves, and both ribs and furrows minutely and concentrically striated. Specimens of this form of C. Ashburneri were collected by Mr. James Richardson at Blunden Point, Vancouver Island, in 1871; at Hornby and Protection islands in 1873; and at the Sucia islands in 1874. Similar specimens have since been collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. C. F. Newcombe, in 1894; at Brennan Creek, V.J., and at Protection Island by the Rev. G. W. Taylor, in 1901 ; also at Protection and Texada islands by Mr. Harvey, in ! 901. *On page 187, and Plate 17, figs. 2, 2 a and 2 b. 5—M. F. 374 2. Small, nearly smooth variety. Mactra (Cymbophora?) Warrenana, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 142, pl. 17, fig. 9, and pl. 19, figs.3 and 3a; but perhaps not Cymbo- phora Warrenana of Meek and Hayden. Shell comparatively small, concentric ribs nearly or altogether obsolete, the surface markings for the most part consisting of close-set concentric striz, and from one to three distant groove-like constrictions, or periodic arrests of growth. Specimens which the writer once thought to be possibly identical with the Cymbophora Warrenana of Meek and Hayden, but which can scarcely be satisfactorily distinguished from C. Ashburneri, were collected by Mr. Richardson at the Sucia Islands in 1874, and two miles and a half up the Nanaimo River, V.I., in 1875. Similar specimens have since ,been collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe (in 1894), and at Bren- nan Creek, V.I., by the Rev. G. W. Taylor (in 1901). ANATINA SULCATINA ? Shumard. Anatina sulcatina? Shumard. 1861. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vim, p. 204. Anatina suleatina, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 139, pl. 17, figs 5 and 5 a. Anatina suleatina? Shumard.: White. 1889. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 43, pl. vi, fig. 1. Doctors C. A. White and T. W. Stanton are inclined to think that the Sucia Island specimens that have been referred to A. swlcatina are pro- bably distinct therefrom, and it is of course quite possible that this may be the case, as Shumard never figured his species. An additional speci- men of an Anatina that would seem to be at least very similar to A. sulcatina, but that it might be convenient to distinguish provisionally by the name A. affinis, was collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe in 1894; and a similar one at Brennan Creek, V. I., by the Rev. G. W. Taylor in 1901. ANATINA SUBCYLINDRACEA. (N. Sp.) Plate 45, fig. 11. Shell rather small, moderately convex, slightly compressed, very inequilateral, straight, elongated, a little more than twice as long as high, and subtruncate at both ends. Anterior side much shorter than the pos- terior ; anterior end truncated almost vertically but somewhat obliquely above and rounded below ; posterior end abruptly truncated and widely gaping ; cardinal border long, horizontal and nearly straight, behind the beaks ; ventral margin also straight for the greater part of its length and 375 parallel with the posterior part of the cardinal border ; beaks small, incurved and placed in advance of the midlength. Surface concentrically striated. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown. Dimensions of the specimen figured: maximum length, 24:6 mm.; greatest height, 11. Brennan Creek, V.I., Rev. G. W. Taylor: one specimen and a frag- ment of another, both of which have been kindly presented to the Museum of the Survey. THRACIA SUBTRUNCATA, Meek. Thracia(2) subtruncata, Meek. 1857. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. Iv, p. 44. tt " Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., vol. 1, no 4, p. 363, pl. 2, figs. 4 and 4a. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 140, pl. 17, fig. 7. Two specimens of this shell were collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe in 1894. PHOLADOMYA SUBELONGATA, Meek. Pholadomya subelongata, Meek. 1857. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. Iv, p. 41. " " Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Surv: Terr., vol. 1, no. 4, p. 362, pl. 2, figs. 1 andl a. Pholadomya Royana, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 140. But probably not P. Royana, d’Orbigny, 1844, which Pictet makes a synonym of P. nodulifera, Munster, in Goldfuss. Additional examples of this species have been collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe in 1894, and from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines by Mr. Harvey in 1901. PANOPHA CONCENTRICA, Gabb. Var. Cfr. Panopea concentrica, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 148, pl. 22, fig. 119. Homomya concentrica, Gabb. 1869. Idem, vol. 11, pp. 179 and 236. Texada Island, W. Harvey, October, 1901: two imperfect casts of the interior of both valves, with portions of the test preserved. The larger of these is fully four inches in length and the smaller nearly three and a half. These specimens seem to differ from the Californian types of Panopwa (or Homomya) concentrica in their lon- gitudinally elliptic-subovate rather than subquadrate outline, in their broader, more obtuse and more nearly median umbones, and in their 1 54—_M. F. 376 shallowly concave superior border behind. Their test is comparatively thick and neither minutely granulated nor punctate. CusPIpARIA Suciensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 46, fig. 2. Shell rather small, moderately convex, somewhat compressed, nearly twice as long as high and very inequilateral. Anterior side rounded, longer and much broader than the posterior side, which is abruptly and somewhat concavely contracted both above and below; ventral margin strongly convex, most prominent at the midlength ; superior border, straight and horizontal behind the beak, which is incurved, slightly recurved, and placed behind the midlength; posterior umbonal slope faintly angulated. Surface concentrically striated ; test very thin. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown. Sucia Island, Dr. CU. F. Newcombe, 1894: the specimen figured, which is a perfect cast of the interior of a right valve, with small portions of the test preserved. Dimensions of the specimen: maximum length, not quite fourteen millimetres ; greatest height, nine mm. and a half. This little shell is provisionally referred to the genus Cuspidaria, on account of its cuspidate posterior extremity and extremely thin test. TELLINA OCCIDENTALIS, Whiteaves. Tellina (Peronea) occidentalis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 144, pl. 17, figs. 11 and 11 @; but nov Zellina occidentalis, Morton, 1842, which is a Lueina; nor Thracia (?) occidentalis. Meek, 1857. Tellina occidentalis, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 126. ‘The specimens from Gabriola Island and the Nanaimo River, which the writer formerly supposed to be referable to Thracia occidentalis, Meek, prove to be distinct from that shell, which Mr. Stanton states has a pearly lustre and other characters of the Anatinide.” (Op. cit., 1896.) TeLtuinA NaNnatmoensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 46, fig. 3. Tellina (Peronceoderma) Mathewsoni, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 1438; but probably not Zellina Mathewsoni, Gabb. Shell strongly compressed, thin, the thickness through the closed valves being not much more than a third of their height, broadly sub- 377 elliptical, about one fourth longer than high and almost equilateral. Anterior and posterior sides about equal in length, their extremities. narrowly rounded ; ventral margin very slightly convex, almost straight in the middle ; superior border sloping rather rapidly downward on both sides of the beaks, which are small, median, incurved and slightly recurved. Surface marked with very numerous and closely arranged, minute and concentric raised lines of growth. Hinge dentition and anterior muscular impression unknown ; posterior muscular impression narrowly elongate, lanceolate subovate, widest below and acutely pointed above. The specimen figured is not sufficiently perfect to admit of very accurate measurements being given, but the figure is of the natural size. Nanaimo River, V.I., J. Richardson, 1875: an imperfect but well pre- served cast of the interior of both valves, with part of the test preserved upon each. Judging by the figure on Plate 23 of the first volume of the Palzon- tology of California, the true 7. Mathewsoni is more elongate, more pointed at both ends, and consequently more nearly triangular in outline. ASAPHIS MULTICOSTATA, Gabb. Asaphis multicostata, Gabb. 1869. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, pp. 181 and 236, pl. 29, fig. 70. Linearia Suciensis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 146, pl. 17, fig. 12. Sucia Islands, J. Richardson, 1875: the type of ZL. Suciensis. Na- naimo mines, V.I., W. Harvey, 1901: a small left valve. In a report upon the Cretaceous fossils from Spanish Gulch, Oregon, published in 1901,in Professor J. C. Merriam’s “Contribution to the Geology of the John Day Basin,” Dr. Stanton writes that L. Suciensis is ‘similar in form and sculpture” to Asaphis multicostata, “‘and may be based upon the same species.” And, still more recently, a direct compar- ison of L. Suciensis with vwo authentic Oregon specimens of A. multicos- tata, kindly forwarded by Dr. Stanton, has induced the writer to come to the same conclusion. MERETRIX NITIDA, Gabb. Cyiherea Leonensis, Etheridge. 1861. In Hector’s paper in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. xvi, p. 482; but not C. Leonensis, Conrad, 1859. Cytherea Conensis (err. typ. for Leonensis) Etheridge. 1863. No. 42 of the list of speci- mens on p. 243 of Capt. Palliser’s Official Report. 378 Venus (Merccnaria?) varians, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 161, pl. 28, figs. 140, 140 a, and 141. Meretrix nitida, Gabb. 1864. Idem, p. 165, pl. 23, fig. 147. Caryatis nitida, Gabb. 1869. Ibid., vol. 1, pp. 186 and 240. Chione varians, Gabb. 1869. Ibid., p. 239. Cytherea (Caryatis) plana, Whiteaves. 1879. 'This volume, pt. 2, p. 149, pl. 17, figs. 14, 14a, and 146; but probably not “‘Venus planus,” Sowerby, nor- Aphrodina Tippana, Conrad. Cytherca nitida, Whiteaves, 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, pp. 114 and 124. Meretrix varians, Stanton. 1901. Univ. Calif., Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 1, pp. 281 and 283. Departure Bay, Nanaimo (below the lignite) Dr. Hector, 1860, collect- ed by Mr. Mackay : ten rough casts of the interior of single valves of this species, each labelled No. 42, Cytherea Leonensis. Entrance to Departure Bay, V. I., one imperfect valve ; and Nanaimo: River, V. I., two miles and a quarter up, two specimens ; J. Richardson, 1872. Sucia Islands, J. Richardson, 1875: several specimens. Texada Island, W. Harvey, 1901: several fine specimens. The latest name that Dr. Stanton gives to this species is Meretrix vari- ans, but it would appear to be preoccupied. The names Meretrix and Cytherea were given by Lamarck at different times to the same genus, and Hanley, in 1844, described a recent marine shell, under the name Cyth- erea varians, in the proceedings of the Linnean Society, and figured it on Plate 15, figure 33, of his Illustrated and Descriptive Catalogue of Recent. Bivalve Shells, an appendix to Wood’s Index Testaceologicus. For these references the writer is indebted to Dr. Dall, who writes that ‘ the name Cytherea must give way to Meretria, if for no other reason than because Cytherea was used by Fabricius for Diptera a year before Lamarck used it fora mollusk. It is true Bolten used it before either of them, but Bol- ten’s Cytherea is a totally distinct thing from Lamarck’s.” MERETRIX ARATA, Gabb. Meretrix arata, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 166, pl. 30, fig. 250; and (1869) vol. 1, p. 240. Cutherea (Callista) laciniata, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 148, pl. 17, figs. 13 and 13 a, and plate 19, figs. 4 and 4a; but probably not Cytherea (Callista) laciniata, Stoliczka, 1871. Cytherea arata, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. IV, p. 125. “The specimens referred to Cytherea (Callista) laciniata; Stoliczka,” in the second part of this volume have “ been found to be exactly similar to a specimen from the Chico group of Tehama county, California, which. 379 Dr, Stanton has identified with Meretrix arata, Gabb, and kindly loaned to the writer. The original description of the sculpture of MZ. arata is rather misleading. According to Mr. Gabb, its surface is ‘ornamented by regular, concentric, acute impressed lines,’ whereas, in the writer’s judgment, it would be much more correct to say by small, concentric, rounded ribs, with very narrow furrows between them” (1896, op. cit. supra. ) A few additional specimens of this species were collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe ‘in 1894 and 1896. A small but perfect left valve, some sixteen millimetres long, collected at Texada Tsland, by Mr. Harvey, in 1901, seems to be intermediate in its character between M. xitida and M. arata. On and immediately around the umbo the surface of this specimen is minutely and regularly ribbed concentri- cally, but, below, fully two-thirds of the surface are only striated in the same direction. CYPRIMERIA LENS, Whiteaves. Crprimeria lens, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 152, pl. 17, figs. 15 and 15a; but not Meretrix lens, Gabb, 1864, which is probably not a Cuprimeria. ** White. 1889, Bull. U.S. Geological Sury., No. 51, p. 42.. sé ** Whiteaves, 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. I, sect. IV, p. 125. ‘Shell compressed convex, moderately inflated, ovately subcircular in marginal outline, and nearly as high as long ; posterior side a little longer, and in some specimens rather more narrowly rounded than the anterior; basal margin broadly convex; superior border descending rapidly and obliquely in front of the beaks, gently convex and slightly prominent immediately behind them, thence curving gradually downward to the posterior end, beaks placed a little in advance of the midlength, small, depressed, appressed and curved forward. No definite nor dis- tinctly margined lunule, and apparently no well defined escutcheon. “Test rather thick, its surface polished and marked with numerous very fine and closely disposed concentric striz, also with four or five distant and coarser linear concentric grooves or periodic arrests of growth. “* Hinge with two cardinal teeth and one lateral tooth in the left valve. The two cardinal teeth are transverse and divergent, the anterior one being thick and excavated in the middle, but not bifid. The lateral tooth, which is thin and feebly developed, is partially separated from the cardinal fulcrum by a narrow shallow groove. Anterior muscular impres- sion large and subovate ; posterior muscular scar, pallial line and hinge dentition of the right valve unknown. 380 “North-west side of Hornby Island, J. Richardson, 187%. one left valve. Sucia Islands, J. Richardson, 1874: three imperfect right valves and one left valve, the latter showing the hinge dentition of that valve ; and Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1894, one large and perfect left valve. “These are most probably not identical with the Meretria lens of Gabb, as the writer once supposed they were. The specimen from Hornby Island is a little more pointed posteriorly than those from the Sucia Islands, but this feature is rather exaggerated in the unsatisfactory figure of this specimen, on Plate 17” of the second part of this volume. ‘“‘The specimens from the Sucia Islands have more the general’ contour of a Dosinia than of a Meretrix (or Cytherea)” .... . . “and their hinge dentition is that of Cyprimeria. In the original description of Meretrix lens nothing is said, and nothing appears to be known, about the hinge dentition or other characters of the interior of the shell, but there are at present no valid reasons known to the writer for doubting the correctness of its reference to the genus Meretrix or Cytherea. “Mr. Stanton, who has kindly compared the Sucia Island specimens with Meek’s types of Cyprimeria ? tenuis, from Vancouver and Newcastle islands, thinks that the latter species (whose internal characters are still unknown) is much more compressed and has a different outline” (1896, op. cit. supra). Additional specimens of C. lens were collected by Dr. Newcombe, in 1896, at the Sucia Islands ; by Mr. Harvey, in 1901, ten to twelve miles” up the Nanaimo River, V.I., and on Texada Island; and by Mr. T. Bryant, in 1901, six or seven miles north-west of Wellington, V.I. DosInia INFLATA, Gabb. Dosinia inflata, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 168, pl. 23, fig. 149. Sucia Islands, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1896: one remarkably well pre- served but slightly imperfect specimen, that corresponds perfectly with Gabb’s description of D. inflata. In this genus it is almost impossible to identify species by descriptions and figures, but Mr. Frank M. Anderson has kindly compared this Sucia Island specimen with the type of D. inflata in the Geological Museum of the University of California, at Berkeley, and thinks that it agrees very well therewith. Cyprina Denmanensis. (N. Sp.) Shell large, compressed convex, apparently ovately subtriangular in marginal outline, and about one-sixth longer than high. Superior border 381 sloping somewhat concavely and obliquely downward in front of the beaks, and rather convexly as well as obliquely behind them; ventral margin very slightly convex, nearly straight in the middle ; umbo and beak nearly median ; posterior side not much longer than the anterior. Surface concentrically and rather coarsely striated. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown. S—= _ So SSS ————— Fic. 25.—Cyprina Denmanensis. Outline of the only specimen collected, about five sixths of the natural size. West side of Denman Island, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1896 : the large right valve figured, which, unfortunately, has the umbo and lateral margins con- siderably eroded. The specimen, however, seems to indicate a species of Cyprina that differs alike from C’. occidentalis of the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, from C. Dalli, White, of the Cretaceous rocks of Alaska, and from the C. ovata, var. alta, of the Pierre-Fox Hills or Montana formation of Assiniboia and Alberta, in its much larger size, more nearly median beaks, and much straighter ventral margin. 382 CypRINA (?) ANTHRACICOLA. (N. Sp.) Shell of medium size for the genus, presumably compressed convex normally, though all the specimens that the writer has seen are crushed flat. In this condition they are rounded subovate and very little longer than high. The anterior side is short and rounded; the posterior side a little longer, its extremity subtrun- cate abruptly and somewhat oblique- ly above, and obtusely subangular below. The ventral margin is broad- , ly rounded; the superior border Hi slopes abruptly downward in front of the beaks, and much more gradu- ally so behind them; the beaks are compressed, slightly depressed, and placed considerably in advance of the mid-length of the cardinal margin. Fic. 26.—Cyprina(?) anthracicola. Side Surface marked with very numer- view of the most perfect but not the OUS and closely disposed, fine concen- largest specimen collected, of the natu- tric ridges, or raised lines of growth, ral size and shewing the right valve. ; and a few much coarser and more It is crushed quite fiat. distant concentric sulcations. Test. thick. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown. The largest specimen that the writer has seen is sixty-five millimetres long and sixty millimetres high. Roof of coal, No. 1 shaft, Nanaimo: two nearly perfect, but crushed and flattened specimens, and four very imperfect ones, all collected in 1901, the specimen figured, by the Rev. G. W. Taylor, and the others by Mr. Harvey. It is just possible that these specimens may prove to be only immature examples of C. Denmanensis, but their beaks are by no means submedian and their marginal outline seems to be more rounded than triangular. PROTOCARDIA SCITULA, Meek. Cardium scitulum, Meek. 1857. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 1v, p. 40. Protocardia scitula, Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., vol. m1, no. 4, p- 360, pl. 3, figs. 4 and 4a. Protocardium scitulum, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 155. 383 Several specimens, that are clearly referable to this diminutive species, were collected at Yorke’s farm, two and a quarter to two and a half miles up the Nanaimo River, V.I., by Mr. Harvey in 1901. THYASIRA CRETACEA, Whiteaves. Conchocele cretacea, Whiteaves. 1874. Geol. Surv. Canada, Rep.’ Progr. for 1873-74, p. 266, pl. of fossils, figs. 2and 2 a; and (1879) this volume, pt. 2, p. 156. On page 784 of his ‘‘ Synopsis of the Lucinacez and of the American species,” published in 1901, in volume xxi of the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, Dr. Dall places Conchocele, Gabb, 1866; Cryptodon, Turton, 1822; and Awxinus, J. Sowerby, 1821 ; among the synonyms of Zhyasira, Leach, 1818. The proper name for this species, therefore, would seem to be Vhyasira cretacea, and the writer has seen no other specimens of it than those collected below Dodd Narrows. V.I., by Mr. Richardson in 1873. CLisocoLus DuBIus, Gabb. Loripes dubius, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 177, pl. 24, figs 170 and 171. : Clisocolus dubius, Gabb. 1869. Idem, vol. 11, p. 189, pl. 30, fig. 7. Lucina Richardsonii, Whiteaves. 1874. Rep. Progr. of this Survey for 1873-74, p. 266, pl. of fossils, fig. 1. Thetiopsis circularis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 153. Clisocolus dubius, White. 1889. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 41, pl. 6, figs. 5-7. + " Whiteaves. 1895. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, Second Series, vol. I, sect. Iv, p. 123. As stated in the publication last cited, “the specimens from Van- couver, Hornby and the Sucia Islands, which the writer first described as Lucina Richardsonii, and afterwards referred to the Thetis circularis of Meek and Hayden, the type of Meek’s suggested genus Z'hetiopsis, are obviously identical with the Clisocolus dubius as since figured by Dr. C. A. White, and with specimens from the Chico group of Shasta county, California, labelled C’. duwbiws, and kindly loaned by Mr. Stanton. “It still, however, appears to the writer that the specimens collected by Mr. Richardson are much more like the Thetis circularis, as figured by Meek and by Whitfield, than they are to Gabb’s illustrations of C. dubius.” Specimens of this species were collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe’ in 1894; and at Departure Bay, V.1., by Mr. Harvey in 1901. 384 CLISocoLUS CoRDATUS, Whiteaves. Clisocolus cordatus, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 157, pl. 18, figs. 3, 3, a-b ; but probably not Cyprina cordata of Meek and Hayden (1857) nor Clisocolus dubius, Gabb. " " White. 1889. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 41, pl. 6, figs. 8 and 9. " " Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 124. “The identification of the Sucia Islands specimens collected by Mr. Richardscn with the species from the Fox Hills group of Dakota, which was first described by Meek and Hayden as Cyprina cordata, and sub- sequently by Meek as Spheriola cordata, has not proved satisfactory, and they seem to be quite distinct from Gabb’s Clisoculus dubius” (1896. op. cit. supra.) A few specimens, which seem to be referable to C. cordatus, were col- lected in 1901 at Brennan Creek, V.I., by the Rev. G. W. Taylor ; and at Departure Bay, V.I., by Mr. Harvey. CRASSATELLA CoNRADIANA, Gabb. (Sp.) Astarte Conradiana, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv., Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 178, pl. 24, fig. 161. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 160, pl. 18, figs. 5 and 5a. Specimens of this species were collected at the Sucia [slands by Dr. Newcombe in 1894 or 1896, and at Texada Island by Mr. Harvey in 1'901. CRASSATELLA CONRADIANA, var. TUSCANA. Astarte Tuscana, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv., Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 179, vl. 30, fig. 257. Astarte cardinioides, Whiteaves. 1874. Rep. Progr. of this Survey for 1873-74, p. 267, pl. of fossils, fig. 3. Astarte Vancouverensis, Whiteaves. 1874. Idem., p. 267, pl. of fossils, fig. 4. Astarte Conradiana, var. Tuscana, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 160, pl. 18, fig. 6. Crassatella Tuscana, White. 1889. Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 51, p. 39. Mr. Harvey has collected numerous specimens, which, in the writer’s judgment, are referable to this elongated variety of C. Conradiana, at North West Bay, Vancouver Island, in 1897 ; from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines, V.I., and at Texada Island, in 1901. 385 Opis VANCOUVERENSIS, Whiteaves. Opis Vancouverensis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 158, pl. 18, figs. 4 and 4a. This species was based upon a slightly imperfect right valve, collected on the south-west side of Denman Island by Mr. Richardson in 1871. The only other specimen of it that the writer has seen is a still more im- perfect but characteristic right valve, collected at Brennan Creek, near Wellington, V.I., by the Rev. G. W. Taylor, in 1901. Unio NANAIMOENSIS, Whiteaves. Unio Nanaimoensis, Whiteaves. 1901. Ottawa Naturalist, vole xiv, pp. 177-79, figs. 1 and la. “Tn the second volume of the Paleontology of California, published in 1869, Mr. W. M. Gabb described and figured a Cretaceous species of Unio, which he called U. Hubbardi. This species was based upon a single specimen, which is said to be ‘“‘ from the Nanaimo Coal Mine, Van- couver Island,” and to have been “kindly loaned” to Mr. Gabb by Mr, Samuel Hubbard. It has long seemed to the writer that the evidence for this locality is very unsatisfactory, and that there are two strong reasons for supposing that some mistake has been made in regard to it. The first of these reasons is that no similar specimens have since been found in the Cretaceous rocks at Nanaimo, or any other locality in Van- couver, or any of the immediately adjacent islands, by members of the staff of the Geological Survey of Canada, or by local collectors. The second is that numerous very typical specimens of U. Hubbard: were col- lected at the Cowgitz coal mine, on Graham Island (one cf the Queen Charlotte Islands) by Mr. James Richardson in 1872, and by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1878. ‘No other land or fresh water shells have yet been recorded as occur- ring in the Cretaceous rocks of the Nanaimo, Comox, or Cowitchan coal fields. But in March, 1894, a nearly perfect but somewhat crushed and slightly distorted bivalve shell was found by Mr. W. Haggart, in shale at the top of No. 6 Pit, Wellington Colliery, Nanaimo. This specimen is now the property of the Provincial Museum, Victoria, B.C., and has been forwarded to the writer by Dr. C. F. Newcombe, of that city, for examination and comparison. “‘ Judging by its external form and surface markings, this fossil seems to be a specimen of a previously undescribed species of Unio, that is quite distinct from U. Hubbardi and from any of the Unionide of the Cretaceous or Laramie rocks of North America. 386 “The species may now be provisionally named and characterized as follows :— - Unio Nanarmoensis (Sp, nov.) ” “‘ Shell compressed-convex, ovately subelliptical, much longer than high, higher than broad, and very inequilateral. Anterior end short, rounded ; posterior end much longer than the an- terior, its extremity obliquely subtrun- cate above, produ- ced and somewhat narrowly rounded below ; beaks pla- ced in advance of the midlength ; pos- terior umbonal slo- pes not at all angu- lated. ‘Surface marked only with numerous concentric lines of growth. Hinge den- tition, muscular im- pressions, and _ pal- Fic. 27.—-Unio Nanaimoensis.—Side view of the only specimen lial line unknown. known, in outline. ce 7 Fic. 27a.— Dorsal view of the same, also in outline, to shew the } App roximate proportionate convexity of the closed valves. dimensions of the Both the figures are of the natural size. $? ecimen figured :— Maximum length, sixty-eight millimetres; greatest height, thirty-seven millimetres ; maxi- mum breadth or thickness, twenty-four millimetres. ‘The slight distortion and somewhat slickensided movement to which the specimen has been subjected has so displaced the normal position of the valves that the marginal outline is not as distinctly defined as might be desired, and the beaks are no longer quite opposite. “As compared with U. Nanaimoensis, U. Hubbardi is a much more con- vex shell, with distinctly angular or subangular posterior umbonal slopes, and it is much more attenuate posteriorly ” (op. cit. supra.). 387 Triconia Evansana, Meek. Trigonia Evansana, Meek. 1857. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. Iv, p. 42. Trigonia Emoryi, Etheridge. 1861. In Hector’s paper ‘‘On the Geology of the Coun- try between Lake Superior and the Pacific Ocean,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. xvii, p. 482; but not 7. ELmoryi, Conrad, 1857. " " Etheridge. 1863. No. 40 of the list of specimens on p. 243 of Capt: Palliser’s Official Report on his Explorations in British America in 1857-60. Trigonia Evansii, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Palaont., vol. 1, p. 189, pl. 25, fig. 17. Trigonia Evansi, Meek. 1876. Bull. U. 8. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr, vol. 11, No. 4, p. 359, pl. 2, figs. 7, 7a and 70. Frigonia Evansana, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 161; and (1896) Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, sect. Iv, p. 114. In 1876, in the second volume of the Bulletin of the United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, Mr. Meek pointed out that his 7rigonia Evansana is “almost certainly the same shell that was referred by Mr. Etheridge, among Mr. Hector’s collections from Nanaimo, to 7’. Emoryi Conrad (pl. im, figs. 2 a, b,c, United States and Mexico Boundary Survey Report.)” ‘It is, however,” he says, ‘‘certainly very distinct from that species, not only in form and in its decidedly less crenate cost, but more particularly in having a smooth, longitudinally sulcate, depressed ridge on each side of its escutcheon, not crossed by the cost. Its costz are likewise less numerous and more prominent.” In 1894, the Geological Society of London, through its president, Dr. Henry Woodward, kindly lent to the writer for study, all the Cretaceous fossils obtained during Captain Palliser’s explorations, that were deposited at Burlington House. These form the subject of a paper published in 1896, in the first volume of the second series of the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada. Among them were “ten specimens, mostly mere casts of the interior of single valves, each labelled ‘ No. 40, 7’rigonia Emoryi, Conrad; below the lignite, Departure Bay, Nanaimo, Dr. Hector, 18€0; collected by Mr. Mackay.” These, as was expected, are clearly referable to 7. Hvansana. Meek’s types of 7. Hvansana are both from Nanaimo, V.I., where they were probably collected by Mr. T. J. Turner, of the U.S. Navy, in 1856. On Vancouver Island, specimens of the same species were collected at North West Bay by Mr. Richardson in 1873, and by Mr. Harvey in 1897 ; at Departure Bay, by Mr. Harvey in 1901; and at Brennan Creek, near Wellington, by the Rev. G. W. Taylor in 1901. At the Sucia Islands similar specimens were collected by Mr, Richardson in 1874 and by Dr. Newcombe in 1894. 388 Nucuta Hornpyensis, Whiteaves. Plate 46, fig. 4. Nucula Hornbyensis, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 122, pl. 3, fig. 2. Original description and remarks.—“ Shell of medium size for the genus, compressed convex, subelliptical in marginal outline, rather oblique and very inequilateral. Anterior or longer side obliquely subtruncated at its extremity above and rather narrowly rounded below ; posterior or shorter side very regularly but narrowly rounded at the end; ventral margin broadly rounded, but rather more convex posteriorly than ante- riorly ; superior border nearly straight but slightly descending in front of the beaks, and sloping obliquely and much more rapidly downward behind them ; beaks small, incurved and recurved, projecting very little above the highest level of the superior border, placed behind the mid- length, and in one. specimen almost terminal. ‘Surface almost smooth, marked only by a few faint concentric striz of growth ; test thin. ‘Dimensions of the largest specimen known to the writer: length, eleven millimetres ; height, eight millimetres. The specimen figured is not quite six millimetres in length. “North-west side of Hornby Island, in the ‘ Middle Shales or Division D’ of Mr. Richardson’s Comox Section, W. Harvey, 1894: one right valve, one left valve, and a somewhat crushed specimen with both valves, each with the test preserved. “These specimens may represent a variety of Nucula solitaria, but if Mr. Gabb’s figure of that species is correct, it must have a very different marginal outline. His illustration represents a much more triangular shell than that of V. Hornbyensis, with a more prominent beak, and more pointed at both ends. “ Nucula Traskana, Meek, from the Cretaceous rocks of Vancouver Island, was described from a single worn cast of the interior of the shell, which has never been figured and has since been lost. Mr. Meek states that the specimen was ‘ probably provided with a distinct lunule,’ and that ‘the species will probably be recognized by its ventricose trigonal ovate form and nearly central beaks.’ This description is quite inappli- cable to the specimens from Hornby Island, in which the lunule and escutcheon are both obsolete.” Since this description was written, two other specimens of WV. Hornby- ensis, Which are now in the Museum of the Survey, were collected at Hornby Island by Mr. Harvey in 1895. The larger of these, which is 389 apparently an adult shell, is about twelve millimetres in length by ten and a half mm. in height. As will be seen by the figure on Plate 46, its marginal outline is rounded subtrigonal and very different to that of the very young and s»mewhat elongate specimen that was previously figured. As compared with Meek’s description of IV. 7’raskana, its valves are com- pressed rather than ventricose, and its beak is by no means central. A left valve of a NVucula, from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines, collected by Mr. Harvey in 1901 and now in the Museum of the Survey, has a somewhat similar outline to the adult V. Hornbyense. But the former, which is fifteen millimetres long and a little over twelve high, is marked with very numerous and densely crowded, but very regularly disposed concentric raised lines or minute costule. Dr. Stanton, who has kindly examined all these specimens, thiaks that they are quite distinct from his Vucula Gabbi, “from the upper part of the Knoxville beds about three miles south of Lowerys, Tehama County,” * California. Nucuta RIcHARDSONI. Nucula pectinata, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 161, pl. 18, fig. 8; but not Nucula pectinata, J. Sowerby, 1818. Nucula Richardsoni, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. I, sect. Iv, p. 122. “Shell similar to V. pectinata, but less inequilateral and much shorter in proportion to its height, the beaks being more nearly central, the pos- terior side longer and more obliquely truncated, the anterior shorter and more broadly rounded at its outer termination. “ The slightly distorted valve from the lower part of the Trent River, Vancouver Island, which was referred with doubt to the WV. pectinata of Sowerby by the present writer in 1879, appears to be sufficiently distinct from that species to warrant the new specific name now proposed for it, in memory of its discoverer ” (1896, op. cit. supra.). Nucura (Aciia) truncata, Gabb. Nucula truncata, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Sur. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 198, pl. 26, figs. 184 and 184 a, b. Nucula (Acila) truncata, Gabb. 1869. Idem, vol. 1, p. 197. " " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 162. On Vancouver Island, specimens of this species, as determined by the writer, were collected in 1901, from the roof of the coal at the New Van- *Bulletin of the U.S. Geographical Survey, No. 133, p. 52. 6—m. F. 390 couver Coal Co.’s mine, Nanaimo, and from ten to twelve miles up the Nanaimo River, by Mr. Harvey ; also at Brennan Creek, near Wellington, by the Rev. G. W. Taylor. Similar specimens had previously been collected at Hornby Island by Mr. Harvey in 1894, and at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe in 1894 or 1896. In the first volume of the American Journal of Conchology, published in 1865, Mr. Conrad says of JV. truncata that “ two species are evidently confounded under this name. Mr. Gabb should ” (he says) ‘“ have figured a specimen from each division, as he has done in Amawropsis alveata.” Much more recently, in 1898, Dr. Dall says that “an examination of undoubted Cretaceous specimens of V. truncata shows that the species differs from the Tertiary forms by its more impressed escutcheon, its finer and more delicate divaricate sculpture, and its more prominent close set regular and even concentric sculpture. Those I have seen are also smaller.”* In a letter received in March, 1902, Dr. Stanton writes that he “ doubts whether the Tejon specimens are different from the Chico ones,” but that in any event the name JV. truncata should be applied to the Chico form, because the type specimens are from Chico localities.” YoupiA piminutiva. (N. Sp.) Plate 47, fig. 2. Shell very small, inequilateral, moderately convex, slightly produced and narrowly rounded in front, abruptly pointed and a little longer behind ; length nearly twice the maximum height ; beaks small, placed a little in advance of the midlength. Surface apparently concentrically striated. Length, 4:7 mm. ; greatest height, 2:9 mm. Roof of coal, New Vancouver Coal Co’s mine, Nanaimo, W. Harvey, 1901: a cast of the interior of a left valve with a small portion of the test preserved. This little shell differs chiefly from the Leda translucida, of the Californian Tertiary, as described and figured by Gabb, in its very diminutive size, the figured specimen of L. translucida being represented as 12 mm. long. The genus Leda, however, is now restricted to shells with a “long tapered bicarinate rostrum,” and Y. diminutiva is obviously congeneric with the Yoldia microdonta and Y. ventricosa of Meek, from * Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, vol. 111, pt. iv, 9 p. 573. 391 the Upper Missouri Cretaceous,* though all three seem to the writer to be more probably referable to Yoldiella or Portlandia. PrecruncuLus Veatcuil, Gabb. (Sp.) Plate 47, figs 3 and 4. Axinea Veatchii, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif. Paleont., vol. 1, p. 197, pl. 25, figs. 183 and 183 a. of gs Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 162. Pectunculus Veatchii, Stanton. 1896. U. S. Geol. Survey, 17th Annual Rep., pt. 1, pp. 1029 and 1039. This is one of the commonest lamellibranchiate bivalves of the Vancou- ver Cretaceous. The writer has examined and studied specimens of it from the following localities, the collector’s name and date at which the collections were made being added in parentheses. Vancouver Island : at Blunden Point and the entrance to Departure Bay (J. Richardson, 1872); at North West Bay (J. Richardson, 1872, and W, Harvey, 1897); from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines, and ten to twelve miles up the Nanaimo River (W. Harvey, 1901) ; and at Brennan Creek, near Wellington (Rev. G. W. Taylor, 1901). Hornby Island (J. Richardson, 1871) ; Sucia Islands (J. Richardson, 1874, and Dr. Newcombe, 1894) ; and Texada Island (W. Harvey, 1901). All the specimens of this shell that were collected by Mr. Richardson were referred to Axinewa Veatchit, Gabb, by the writer, on page 162 of the second part of this volume. On the other hand, Dr. C. A. White, in 1889, identifies specimens from Sucia Island with Axinwa sagittata, Gabb, though with a query, as he (Dr. White) states that “none of them show the peculiar sagittate markings which suggested the name.” The outer surface of the specimens from Texada Island is remarkably well preserved, and the finest surface markings are well shewn. These latter, when viewed with a lens, to the writer’s surprise were seen to consist of a close, regular and very minute cancellation or network, con- sisting of densely crowded minute radiating raised lines, or low ridges with impressed lines between them, which are crossed by equally numerous, close set and minute, concentric raised lines, as represented by figure 4 on Plate 47. On a re-examination of the specimens collected long ago by Mr. Richardson, it was found that in all of those from Vancouver Island the surface is much worn and the finer markings obliterated, but that in the small specimens from the Sucia Islands the minute details of sculpture are well preserved. * See Report U. 8. Geological Survey of the Territories, vol. rx, pp. 109 and 112, and Plates 2 and 15. +Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey, No. 51, p. 39. 64—xm. F. 392 In April last (1902) the writer sent one of the Texada specimens to Dr. Stanton, with a letter asking if any of the California examples of P. Veatchii in the U. 8. National Museum showed the same kind of minute surface markings. In reply to this communication Dr. Stanton wrote, that “on examining our collection of Pectunculus Veatchii, for comparison with your specimen, I was surprised to find that almost all of our speci- mens have the surface sufficiently weathered to have removed the finer radiating sculpture, if they ever possessed it. A few were found, how- ever, such as the two I am sending in the same package with yours, which retain traces of strive that I think are comparable with those on the Texada Island shell.” Both of the specimens kindly forwarded for comparison by Dr. Stanton, one from Butte Co., and the other from Pences Ranche, California, shew traces of the minute cancellation seen on Texada Island specimens. It would appear, therefore, that the Pectunculus from the Vancouver Cretaceous is correctly referred to P. Veatchii, but that exceptionally well preserved specimens of that species are marked by a minute sculpture that has not previously been described. Dr. Dall recently * adopts the name G/ycimeris (DaCosta, 1778) for this genus, and regards Awinewa, Poli (1791 and 1795) and Pectunculus, Lamarck (1799) as mere synonyms thereof. Still, the latter name has been in use for so many years that it seems a pity to reject it, though the laws of priority may require the change. ARCA VANCOUVERENSIS, Meek. Arca Vancouverensis, Meek. 1857. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. Iv, p. 40. Grammatodon (?) Vancouverensis, Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., vol. II, no. 4, p. 356, pl. 3, figs. 5 and 5a. Nemodon Vancouverensis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 163. The type of Arca Vancowverensis was collected at Nanaimo, apparently by Mr. T. J. Turner, of the U.S, Navy, in 1856. Its dimensions are stated to be: length, ‘74 inch ; height, -44 inch; and breadth, -40 inch. ‘ This species,” Meek says, “ will be readily distinguished by its vertically trun- cated posterior extremity, and the distantly separated radiating coste, with smaller ones between, on the anterior end. I know of no species,” he adds, ‘with which it is liable to be confounded.” The specimens upon which the description of Grammatodon ? Vancou- verensis was based are said to be from Comox, where they would seem to have been collected by Mr. George Gibbs in 1858. The dimensions of * Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, vol. 111, p. 607. 393 the specimen figured are said to be: length, 0:75 inch; height, 0-47 ; and breadth or convexity, 0°40 inch. In the collections made by Sir James Hector during Captain Palliser’s explorations, there are two small specimens from ‘ Departure Bay, Na- naimo, V.I.,” obtained in 1860, that are probably referable to this species. Specimens of a small Arca, that may be referable to 4. Vancowverensis, were collected at Hornby and Denman islands by Mr. Richardson, in 1872, and at Extension mine, near Nanaimo, by Mr. Harvey, in 1901. The largest of these is not quite an inch and a half in its greatest length. But it is still uncertain whether the two large single valves from Blunden Point, V.I., that are figured on plate 19 (figs. 1 and la) of the second part of this volume, and two casts of the interior of large single valves, collected on the Saable River, V. I., by Mr. Richardson, in 1872, should be regarded as adult specimens of A. Vancouwverensis, or as a distinct species. These large shells have precisely the same kind of hinge denti- tion as the much smaller specimens, a character upon which Conrad based his genus Vemodon. A cast of the interior of the left valve of a small Arca from Departure Bay, V. I., collected by Mr. Harvey, in 1901, is very similar in shape to the Arca (Nemodon) Cumshewensis of the Lower Shales of the Queen Charlotte Islands, but in the former the beak is curved distinctly back- ward. CucuLLHA TRUNCATA? Gabb. (Var.) Cucullea truncata? Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 196, pl. 25, fig. 182. Cucullea (Idonearca) truncata, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 165, pl. 19, figs. 2 and 2a. Cucullea truncata? (Gabb) White. 1889. Bull. U.S. Geol. Sury. No. 51, p. 38. Cfr. Cucullea ponderosa, Whiteaves. 1900. This volume, pt. 4, p. 294, pl. 38, figs. 1 and la. In the second part of this volume the writer referred specimens of a rather large and thick shelled spscies of Cucullwa, from several localities in the Vancouver Cretaceous, to the C. truncata of Gabb. Similar speci- mens have since been collected, at the Sucia Islands, in 1894, by Dr. Newcombe ; on Vancouver Island, in 1901, at Brennan Creek by the Rey. G. W. Taylor, and six or seven miles north-west of Wellington by Mr. T. Bryant ; also at Yorke’s Farm, two miles and a quarter to two miles and a half up the Nanaimo River, by Mr. Harvey. But, as pointed out on pages 295 and 296 of the fourth part of this volume, ‘‘there are now some reasons for thinking that the specimens from the Nanaimo group of the Vancouver and Sucia Islands Cretaceous 394 may be specifically, or at any rate varietally distinct from the true C. truncata.” “Through the kindness of Prof. Pilsbry, the writer has recently been able to examine and study ten authentic examples of that species, from Cottonwood Creek, the property of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The largest of these specimens, however, is only forty-nine millimetres in length, by thirty-six mm. in height, inclusive of the umbones.” ‘“ They seem to differ from the Maud Island specimens,” (there described and figured by the writer under the name C. ponderosa) and from those from Vancouver and the Sucia Islands that have been referred to C. truncata, in their uniformly smaller size, and more parti- cularly in their proportionately narrower and more pointed umbones. The specimens from the Vancouver Cretaceous may not be distinct from the still larger and thicker fossils from the Queen Charlotte Islands, which the writer has called C. ponderosa, but it is quite possible that both may be only geographical and stratigraphical varieties of C. truncata. MytILus PAUPERCULUS, Gabb. Mytilus pauperculus, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 183, pl. 25, fig. 165. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 1, p. 167. A few detached valves of a small smooth Mytilus, that are probably referable to M. pauperculus, were collected on the Trent River, V.1., by Mr. Richardson in 1872; at the Sucia Islands, by Mr. Richardson in 1874 and Dr. Newcombe in 1894; and at Texada Island by Mr. Harvey in 1901. As compared with Mr. Gabb’s figure of If. pauperculus, the specimens from these localities are proportionately a little higher, more angular at the termination of the cardinal border above, and a little less elongated. Moproua SIskryouENsis, Gabb. Plate 48, fig. 2. Modiola Siskiyouensis, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Sur., Calif., Paleeont., vol. 1, p. 184, pl. 30, fig. 260. Brennnan Creek, V.I., Rev. G. W. Taylor, 1901: a small but perfect and well preserved left valve, which is probably referable to this species. It is, however, less than half the size of the type of that species, being only eighteen millimetres and a half long, by nine and a half high, and its posterior umbonal ridge is not very clearly defined. A very imperfect and badly preserved but much larger specimen, from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines, collected by Mr. Harvey, in 1901, is also probably referable to M. Siskiyouensis. 395 Mopiota (BRACHYDONTES). Species undeterminable. $i The two specimens, one from Hornby Island, and the other from the Sucia Islands, that were referred to WZ. ornaia, Gabb, on page 167 of the second part of this volume, are too small and fragmentary to be satisfac- torily determined. The larger of them is only nine millimetres in length. A similar specimen has recently been collected by Mr. Harvey, from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines. LirHopomus nitipus. (N. Sp.) Plate 48, fig. 3. Shell moderately elongated, about twice as long as high ; superior and ventral borders horizontal, straight and nearly parallel for the greater part of their length; anterior end rounded ; posterior end somewhat obliquely subtruncate above and narrowly rounded below ; umbones obliquely depressed, beaks anterior and nearly or quite terminal. Surface lustrous, shining, and marked with concentric raised lines of growth. Test very thin. Hinge dentition and muscular impressions unknown. Roof of coal, Nanaimo mines, W. Harvey, 1901: four well preserved but imperfect and crushed specimens, none of which shew the normal and proportionate convexity of the valves. INOCERAMUS DiciTatuUs (Sowerby) Schmidt. Inoceramus digitatus (Sowerby) Schmidt. 1873. Ueb. die Petref. der Kreide-form. von Sachalin, in Mem. Acad. Imper. des Sciences de St Pétersbourg, vol. xix, No. 3, p. 25, pl. 5, figs. 10 and 11, and the whole of plates 6 and 7. Tnoceramus undulatoplicatus (F. Roemer) Schluter. 1877. Kreide-Bivalven zur Gattung Inoceramus, p. 22, pl. 3, fig. 1. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 168, pl. 20, figs. 2 and 2a. Inoceramus mytilopsis, Whiteaves. 1879. Idem, p. 169, pl. 20, fig. 3; but probably not J. mytilopsis, Conrad, if that shell is the same as J. labiatus, Schlotheim. Tnoceramus digitatus (Sowerby) Jimbo. 1894. Beitr. zur Kenntniss der Fauna der Kreide-form. von Hokkaido, in Dames and Kayser’s Paleont. Abhandl. (Jena), Neue Folge, Band 11, heft 3, p. 43, pl. 8 (24), figs. 8-10. " " Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 121. The following remarks are from the publication last cited. 396 “The specimens of this species collected by Mr. Richardson on Van- couver Island in 1871 and 1872, and referred to in the second part of this volume are nearly all of small size, though one individual from Blunden Point, as there stated, is fully five inches and a half in height. Some of them are higher than long, with a short hinge-line, and others longer than high, with a long hinge-line. Their sculpture also is equally variable, and consist: either of continuous, concentric or radiating and divergent plications, or of corresponding rows of tubercules, in addition to the lines of growth.” “In a paper on ‘Cretaceous Fossils from the Vancouver Island region, * Dr. C. A. White doubts the correctness of the identification of the specimens collected by Mr. Richardson with J. wndulatoplicatus, but they agree very well with Roemer’s description, though perhaps not quite so well with his figure of that species. ‘«‘ Yowever this may be, several small Jnocerami, which are evidently conspecific with those collected by Mr. Richardson, were obtained by Dr. C. F. Newcombe, in 1892, on the Comox River, V.I., and kindly presented by him to the Museum of the Geological Survey. With one exception, these specimens from Comox are all longer than high and have a long hinge-line. Their sculpture consists of concentric plications, which are rarely quite parallel with the closely and regularly disposed impressed lines of growth, upon the umbonal and central regions of each valve, and of radiating and divergent folds anteriorly. «The only specimen collected by Dr. Newcombe on the Comox River that is higher than long, with a short hinge-line, has very peculiar sculp- ture. In addition to the ordinary growth-lines, a nearly central and con- tinuous longitudinal plication runs from the beak of the left valve (the only one preserved) to the base, a little in advance of the centre of the latter. On the anterior side, five simple plications radiate obliquely for- ward and outward from this subcentral fold, and on the posterior side four plications, three of which are simple and one bifurcating, radiate also obliquely forward and outward from it. “In a letter received in August (1894) the writer was informed by Mr. T. W. Stanton (of the U.S. Geological Survey) that he had been recently studying a number of specimens of Jnocerami with divergent radiating plications, from the Niobrara shales of Colorado, that he has no hesitation in referring to the J. digitatus of Sowerby, as re-defined and figured by Schmidt and Schluter, and that it seems to him quite likely that J. wndulatoplicatus, Roemer, is only the young of that species. Schluter, in his paper on the Cretaceous Jnoceramz1, is, indeed, inclined to keep these two forms separate, but Schmidt (op. czt.) regards both J. *Bulletin U.S. Geological Survey, No. 51, pt. 3, p. 37. 397 - undulatoplicatus, Roemer, and J. diversus, Stoliczka, as mere synonyms of I. digitatus. Mr. Stanton adds, in effect, that although none of Schmidt’s figures of J. digitatus exactly duplicate those of J. undulato- plicatus in the ‘Mesozoic Fossils,’ it still seems to him most likely that the Vancouver specimens are young individuals of J. digitatus, a con- clusion in which the present writer entirely concurs.” Similar specimens were collected in 1901, at Extension Tunnel, near Nanaimo, by Mr. Harvey; and at Brennan Creek, V.I., by the Rev. G. W. Taylor. One of these specimens from Extension, which is nearly four inches and a quarter high, and apparently about as long as high, is very similar to some of the Saghalien specimens of J. digitatus that are figured by Dr. Schmidt. A fragment of a valve that is probably referable to this species and that shows its characteristic surface markings, was collected at the west end of Lasqueti Island by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1885. The specimen from Blunden Point collected by Mr. Richardson in 1872, and the two specimens from Extension recently collected by Mr. Harvey, are the only large ones from Canada that the writer has seen, though small ones, that are not much more than two inches in their greatest diameter, and usually less, are not uncommon in the Vancouver Cretaceous. A few small specimens, with numerous fine concentric ridges but no indications of any divaricating plications, that were referred to J. myti- lopsis, Conrad, in the second part of this volume, were collected at the Trent River,and Bradley Creek, V.I., by Mr. Richardson, in 1872.* They are probably young specimens of J. digitatus in which the divari- cating plications are not yet developed, such as are figured by Schmidt on Tafel vil, figs. 8, 9 and 10, of his memoir on the Cretaceous rocks of Saghalien. Similar specimens were collected on the Puntledge River, near Comox, by Dr. Newcombe and Mr. Harvey, in 1892. The specimen from the Nanaimo River referred to by Mr. Etheridge as “No. 22, Inoceramus mytilopsis,” in one of the lists of fossils in Sir James Hector’s paper ‘‘On the Geology of the Country between Lake Superior and the Pacific Ocean,” and in Captain Palliser’s official report, as elsewhere stated, is a very small right valve of Inoceramus Van- couverensis. INOCERAMUS SUBUNDATUs, Meek. Inoceramus subundatus, Meek. 1861. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Philad., vol. xm, p. 315. Inoceramus Crippsii? var. subundatus, Meek. 1876. Bull. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., vol. 11, No. 4, p. 358, pl. 3, figs. 1 and 1 a, 3 and 3a. *Not 1871, as inadvertently stated on page 169 of the second part of this volume. tIn the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. IV, p. 112. 398 Inoceramus Crippsii, var. prowimus, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt 2, p. 172. " var. Suciensis, Whiteaves. 1879. Idem, p. 173. " var. Barabini, Whiteaves. 1879. Ibid. p. 173. Inoceramus subundatus (Meek) Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. I, sect. Iv, p. 112. The specimens of this species that were described and figured by Meek, are from Comox, V. I., and the Sucia Islands, where they would appear to have been collected by Mr. George Gibbs in 1858. Among the collections made by Sir James Hector, in 1860, during Captain Palliser’s explorations, there are four small slabs of argillaceous shale from the Nanaimo River which have upon one or both sides numerous small valves which correspond very well with Meek’s illustrations of L. subundatus. Mr. Richardson obtained specimens of it at Denman Island in 1891; two miles and a quarter up the Nanaimo River, in the lower part of the Trent River, and at Blunden Point, WVil.pin LS72sqeAG the Sucia Islands, specimens were collected by Mr. Richardson in 1874, and by Dr. Newcombe in 1894. INocERAMUS VANCOUVERENSIS, Shumard. Inoceramus Vancouverensis, Shumard. 1858. Trans. Acad. Se. St. Louis, vol. 1, p. 123. Inoceramus unduloplicatus, Etheridge. 1861. In Hector’s paper, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. London, vol. xvi, p. 484; but not J. undulatoplicatus, Roemer, 1852. Inoceramus mytiloides, Etheridge. 1861. Idem, p. 34; but not J. mytiloides, Mantell, 1852- Inoceramus Vaneouverensis, Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 170, pl. 20, figs. 4, 4aand 4b. Inoceramus Nebrascensis, var. Sagensis, Whiteaves. 1879. Idem, p. 172 (a typ. err. for I. Sagensis, var. Nebrascensis); but probably not J. Nebras- censis, Owen. Inoceramus Vancouverensis, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series , vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 111. The types of J. Vanco wverensis are said to have been collected at Nanaimo by Dr. John Evans, U. 8. Geologist, and they obviously could not have been obtained later than 1857. As stated in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1895, (op. cit. supra), in one of the collections made during Captain Palliser’s explorations there are three specimens which are apparently referable to I. Vancouverensis. One of these is a very imperfect left valve labelled “ No. 20, Inoceramus wndulato-plicatus, septarian clay (above the lignite), Nanaimo River, Dr. Hector, 1860.” The umbo of this valve is not so tumid as is usual in this species, and the surface markings consist of low, distant, concentric undulations, but there are no indications of any radia- 399 ting and divaricating folds. The other two are very small right valves from essentially the same locality, one labelled ‘No. 22, Jnoceramus mytilopsis,” and the other ‘“ /socardiwm.” Both have the prominent umbo characteristic of 7. Vancouverensis, and the latter evidently corres- ponds to the latter partoftheentry, “Also Vawtilus and Incardium ” (a typographical error for /socardium), after No. 29 in the list of specimens on page 243 of Captain Palliser’s report. The right valve from the Sucia Islands referred to J. Sagensis, var. Nebrascensis, on page 172 of the second part of this volume, is a broad variety of J. Vancouverensis. In 1871-75, specimens of this species were collected by Mr. Richardson two miles and a-half up the Nanaimo River, V. I., at Protection, Salt Spring (or Admiralty), Saturna, and the Sucia Islands; also in 1901, by Mr. Harvey, at Yorke’s Farm, two miles and a quarter to two miles and a half up the Nanaimo River. Prcren Trask, Gabb. Pecten Traskii, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. of Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 200, pl. 26, fig. 187 ; and (1869) vol. 1, p. 198, pl. 32, fig. 95. Texada Island, W. Harvey, 1901: one small lower valve. Lima Sucrensis. (N. Sp.) Plate 51, fig. 2. Shell small, moderately convex but slightly compressed, obliquely sub- ovate, posterior side somewhat produced below, larger and more narrowly rounded than the anterior ; beaks incurved, ears small. Surface markings consisting of small, narrow, radiating ribs, that are everywhere crossed by concentric striz or lines of growth. From eleven to fourteen of these ribs are a little larger than the rest, and in testiferous specimens the spaces between them, when examined with a lens, are seen to be occupied by from four to six low and close-set, minute, radiating ridges. Characters of the interior of the valves unknown. Sucia Islands, Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1876: three casts of the interior of both valves. Extension mine, near Nanaimo, W. Harvey, 1901: a cast of a left valve. Texada Island, W. Harvey, 1901: an imperfect but testiferous left valve. The largest of these is less than one inch in its greatest diameter. 400 Lima. (Species indeterminable. ) A single specimen of a rather large species of Zima, apparently of the Plagiostoma group, collected by Mr. Richardson, in 1872 (not 1871), at the entrance to Departure Bay, V.I., was referred to ZL. multiradiata, Gabb, with a query, on page 174 of the second part of this volume. This identification, however, is far from satisfactory, as only a very small piece of the test is preserved on the Canadian fossil. Two very similar specimens, except that they are mere casts of single valves, without any portion of the test preserved, were collected by Mr. Harvey, in 1901, at Extension mine, three miles south-west of Nanaimo, V.I. Both of these casts, which are now in the Museum of the Survey, are marked by very numerous, narrow, radiating ribs. In one of them, seven or eight of the ribs are a little larger than the rest, and in the other the ribs are rather irregular in size and distribution. SponpyLus. (Species uncertain. ) Cfr. Spondylus fragilis, Stanton. 1896. Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. No. 133, p. 35, pl. 1, fig. 3. Among the fossils collected during Captain Palliser’s explorations a “small piece of glauconitic rock labelled No. 48 (below the Lignite), Departure Bay, Nanaimo ; Ostrea bella, Conrad ; Dr. Hector, 1860 ; coll., Mr. Mackay—contains a few valves or fragments of valves of a species of Ostrea, and a single valve of a shell whose generic and specific relations are uncertain. This valve is sixteen lines and a half in length and about fourteen and a half in breadth. It is moderately convex, but with a rather broad, shallow, transverse constriction a little in front of the mid-length, obliquely subovate in outline, a little longer than broad, and the extremely thin test is marked with fine radiating raised lines, about three in the breadth of a millimetre, which are minutely bifurcating anteriorly, when viewed with a lens. It is much more finely ribbed than the convex valve of Ostrea bella, if Conrad’s figures are correct, and indeed its surface markings are not at all like those of an Ostrea. A fragment of a much larger specimen in the collection, from the same locality and apparently belonging to the same species, has essentially the same sculpture on the interior of the shell as the Spondylus complanatus of d’Orbigny,* from the French Neocomien. Another specimen in the collection, from the same locality and possibly also belonging to the same species, is the No. 41 of the list of specimens on page 243 of Capt. Palliser’s report. It is a rough cast of the interior of one valve, about *Paléontologie Francaise, Terr. Crét,, vol. 11, p. 657, pl. 451, figs. 7-10. 401 two inches and a quarter in length and an inch and a half in its greatest breadth. It is longitudinally subovate, but rather irregular in outline, its umbonal region is prominent, and its surface shows impressions of somewhat narrow, flexuous, radiating ribs.” * These three specimens, and the two collected at practically the same locality by Mr. Richardson, and referred to on page 175 of the second part of this volume as “ HINNITES or SponpyLus (Sp. Undt.),” agree fairly well with Dr. Stanton’s description and figure of S. fragilis, but they are too imperfect and badly preserved to be determined with much certainty. Similar but better specimens, now in the Museum of the Survey, were collected at Extension mine, near Nanaimo, by Mr. Harvey, in 1900, and apparently in the same kind of rock. ExoGyRA PARASITICA, Gabb. Exogyra parasitica, Gabb. 1864. Geol. Surv. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p, 205, pl. 26, figs. 192 and 1924, 6; and pl. 31, figs. 273 and 273 a. Exogyra (Sp. undt.) Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 175. The single valve of an Hxogyra from the entrance to Departure Bay, referred to on page 175 of the second part of this volume, and two speci- mens with both valves since collected at the Sucia Islands by Dr. Newcombe (in 1896) are probably referable to Z. parasitica, though in one of the latter, a part at least of the attached valve is radiately costate. GRYPH#A VESICULARIS, Lamarck. Ostrea vesicularis, Lamarck. 1806. Ann. Mus., vol. vu, p. 160, pl. 22, fig. 3; and (1819) Hist. An. Sans Verteb., vol. v1, p. 219. " " Goldfuss. 1826. Petref. Germ., vol. I, p. 28, pl. 81, fig. 2. " u D’Orbigny, Pal. Franc., Terr. Crétac., vol. 11, p. 742, pl. 487, figs. 1 and 2, but not figs. 6, 8 and 9. Ostrea convexa, Say. 1820. Amer. Journ. Se. and Arts, vol. rm, p. 42. Gryphea convera, Morton. 1828. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad., vol. v1, p. 79, pl. 4, figs. 1 and 2, and pl. 5, figs. 1-3; also (1834) Synops. Org. Rem. Cret. Gr. U.S., p. 53, pl. 4, figs. 1-2. Gruphea mutabilis, Morton. 1828. Journ. Ac. Nat. Se. ‘Philad., vol. v1, p. 81, pl. 4, fig. 3: and (1834) Synops. Org. Rem: Cret. Gr. U.S., p. 58, pl. 4, fig. 3. Gryphea vesicularis, Meek. 1876. Rep. U.S. Geol. Surv., Terr., vol. rx, p. 20 (which see, for several European and U.S. synonyms, not included in this list), pl. 11, figs. 2 a, 6, c, and pl. xvi, figs. 8, a-b. Gryphea vesicularis, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. 1, sect. Iv, p. 120. “‘ Howe Sound, Mr. J. Fannin, 1884: one lower valve, about fifty-one millimetres long and fifty-seven broad. It is ovately subtriangular in *Transactions of the Royal Society for 1895, Second Series, vol 1, sect. Iv, pp. 110, 111. 402 outline, broader than long, and its posterior side is produced and some- what pointed below. Nanaimo, V.I., two specimens ; one a very gibbous lower valve, sixty-five mm. long and forty-two broad ; the other, seventy millimetres in length by forty-nine in breadth, with both valves pre- served in situ, but with a much less convex lower valve; both of them elongate subovate in marginal outline and almost equilateral. In two of the specimens the lower valve is strongly and regularly convex, but it is not lobed posteriorly by a distinct longitudinal groove or sinus on or near the front margin, in either of the three. “These free and narrowly convex shells look very different to the broad, irregularly subhemispherical specimens, with a broad surface of attachment to the umbo of the lower valve, from the Fort Pierre group of the Dakota Cretaceous, which Mr. Meek referred with some doubt to O. vesicularis. Still they correspond fairly well with Goldfuss’ descrip- tion and figures of the typical form of that species, which he calls the “var. A.,” and describes as ‘ testa rostrata libera ;” also with Morton’s figures of G. convexa, Say, and with one of Stoliczka’s figures (Cret. Faun. S. India, pl. 42, fig. 4) of O. vesicularis” (1896, op. cit. supra). ANOMIA VANCOUVERENSIS, Gabb. Anomia Vancouverensis, Gabb. 1869. Geol. Calif., Paleont., vol. 1, p. 202, pl. 33, fig. 102. " " Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pl. 2. p. 175. Two upper valves of a small species of Anomza, that are probably refer- able to A. Vancowverensis, were collected at Texada Island by Mr. Harvey in 1901. Both are irregular in outline and marked only with concentric lines of growth, while the beak of each is very nearly marginal. BRACHIOPODA. RHYNCHONELLA SUCIENSIS, Whiteaves. Plate 51, figs. 3, 3 @ and 4. Rhynchonella (Sp. undt.). Whiteaves. 1879. This volume, pt. 2, p. 177. Rhynchonella Suciensis, Whiteaves. 1896. Trans. Royal Soc. Canada for 1895, Second Series, vol. I, sect. iv, p. 119, pl. 3, fig. 1. The original description of this species is as follows :— ‘Shell moderately convex, subovate, with an apparently feebly develo- ped mesial fold and sinus. Ventral valve a little longer than broad, witha narrow, elongated and nearly straight beak ; dorsal valve broader than long, with a comparatively obtuse and incurved beak. Surface markings of both valves consisting of numerous (about twenty-two) narrow, pro- 403 minent, acute raised ribs, which extend from the beaks to the anterior margin. “Sucia Islands, J. Richardson, 1874, one rather small but perfect speci- men and two single valves ; and Dr. C. F. Newcombe, 1894, six single valves.” The largest of these specimens, it may be added, is not quite seventeen ‘millimetres in its maximum diameter, and it is now obvious that none of them are quite full grown. A few badly preserved specimens of a Rhynchonella, which are probably referable to this species and which are now in the Museum of the Survey, were collected at three different localities on Vancouver Island in 1901. Four of these are from Brennan Creek, where they were collected by the Rey. G. W. Taylor. The largest of them is the original of figures 3 and 3a on Plate 51. It is transversely subelliptical, wider than high, about 25°5 mm. wide by 20°5 high, and has upwards of thirty ribs. In this specimen and in another apparently adult shell from the same locality, there is no mesial fold or sinus. One small specimen, about 10 mm. long and slightly longer than wide, with very fine ribs, from Departure Bay, and another, a little larger and rather more coarsely ribbed specimen, from the roof of the coal at the New Vancouver Coal Company’s mine, were collected by Mr. Harvey. A crushed specimen of a Rhynchonella from Tucker Bay, Lasqueti Island, collected by Mr. Harvey in 1901 and now in the Museum of the Survey, is probably only a rather coarsely ribbed variety of R. Suciensis. Tt is 20°5 mm. long by 20 broad, and has only fifteen or sixteen ribs. TEREBRATELLA Harveyi. (N. Sp.) Plate 51, figs. 5 and 6. Shell inequivalve, minutely punctate, subcircular or somewhat fan- shaped, rounded in front and at the sides, but bluntly pointed behind. Ventral valve deeper and a little larger than the dorsal, its umbo mo- derately prominent or produced, and its surface marked with from twelve to fourteen simple or bifurcating ribs or rib-like folds, and concentric lines of growth. The beak, or apex of the umbo, and the foramen and area of this valve are not preserved in any of the specimens that the writer has seen, but a cast of the interior of a ventral valve shews a trans- verse constriction of the umbo, and a narrow divergent groove or slit on each side of it. Dorsal valve nearly flat, sss cardinal border straight, its beak very small, and its surface ornamentation similar to that of the ventral. . 2s 169, 395 Nebrascensis var. Sagensis.....172, 398 problematicuss s,m) ..5 ao: 193 AHOTMCE MI Soada. coos og SB pedc cic 397 Texanus , SAR ae oh es ew 172 undulatopl icabuss. os. etace 168, 395 Vancouverensis..,.......... 170, 398 Inoceramus (Actinoceramus) SUICALUSH ni ier aces 241 Kingena occidentalis. ........ 404 Lamna appendiculata............ 315 Levicardium Suciense..........- See Aer ee 154 Lima TOMMURUUIOLU Mo oa8, Gade 60 00be 174, 400 Species indeterminable.. . 251, 400 Suclensists.70-ce sae ; 399 Linearia DSUCTENISUSIS aise oe ee ee 146, 377 Linearia (Leiothyris) IMGCKAN ec trte ee eeEe 147 Linuparus @Wanadensis®. .5..ccnteras tas 325 Vancouverensis ._....... 323 Lithodomus Wandensisyec —oeeee: see 237, 250 MIGIGUSs eee as ee ‘ 395 Littorina compacta? -.6 -.s4K- 121 Lucina MASA! Lier ecetecrsee Ceci LOT Sp. undt . 61, 62, 226 subcircularis _ : Us Y¢ Lunatia Shumardiana .......-.... 365 Lysis PAGE. IUCIONSIS. — cteroarerchecicatercaenrystaysts 367 Suciensis, var. cariniferus. ... 367 Lytoceras BUCS 1G (oy aPeie/tieisteveneva sieves 202, 207 ISWIONCIS 6 cas COO OSO OCG ee 203 TAROTMEDTUUNE ower ce | cctererele 203, 329 Lytoceras (Gaudryceras) Sievayict cs Meckoacdcih s meyesesiae 270 Lytoceras ( Tetrag gonites ) Timotheanum. . 271, 329 Mactra (Cymbophora) We RACH Be ocnonon aloponacs 142, 374 Margarita OLNDLISSIM Ae seers 128, 368 Martesia Caniniteray as-7ylemeiee ie eerie 54, 219 Cla usase 2s Aeneas tise sae ee ee 137 BDabVOlany (rcrcemrtecuseemc: emg 72 Meekia Bela soe aka te sack aio ean eral nets 291 Meleagrina amyedaloided.. 2. ssciee cine 78 A LIG tar nye tpiaieisiains Cee oe eee 168 Melina OMAHA s soneoae, | cae ely Zale as Skidegatensis Haertateta tis enc: 239, 296 Meretrix ALAA. ysc riers eveisieves elo elena 337 NEblG asennad cite Meets see 378 Mesostoma PAMGET MVE CUT es seek eres 360 ZNewcombit.. 5.2.20 4-- Ais. we Gal Sticienaan aa Maen eee 359 Meyeria THiarveydieeasasccecsertt es 323 Modiola OPTUS es Re en Seis 167, 395 persistens........ a Sete toa seia Sob 21D Siskiyouensis....... .. Beate 394 Sp. GEnae See iat ees Eee ayers 73, 296 LL bnabricdtn Fa GOES Goa Ree 237, 296 Modiola (Brachydontes) Suaites indeterminable... ..... 395 Mytilus lanceolabuseecae seeener 236 PAUPerCUlUS eile 167, 394 Nautilus Campbellisen sym ota see eee 99, 327 DERE See, cee eae 99 SDs UNG 5s csafeiagie ne lstueisss eo 14, 269 Suciensisie 21-45 eee cices iam otenoat Nautilus (Cymatoceras) : @arlottensissssccce 7 ce eee 269 Nemodon SHUSCTUCTIUN (SV fesstectayoret earn = 234, 250, 293 Vancowverensis,... .... ..-- 163, 409 Nerinea GUSPAM VaNsire 218, 287 SOMICORtAUUSNaisc emia sire! ait: 354 Turrilites @arlottensisiasescea es 271 Species uncertain....-.-. .-- >: 272 Unio “iMHubbardi .......... 22sec ees 65, 230 Naualmoensis.....-.-..-«: ++ 5 hs Vanikoro pulchella ......--.2+5.s-200e0- 215 pulchella. Var......-----0+++- 365 Veniella CLASSal seit es Ry asbe catered elerararteene 153 Yoldia ALA LAs aiieion ie selec ae ecleronis 233 C=" diminutiva......--..-+.++++++: 390 Woy Wiiitiaceon Cuatoosunacoone 72, 233 gtriavulaies.< 6-06 Wait Eistce eres 162 aa aie iy Pay er | 5 CaN ag ian ny Rais pyri ‘yas 1 Heyes ny, ait iran wr i A t ys 7 i 7 "a nf pad led) on oa nud 7 I ' Y _ a. ye | ot) Se , aed a hort ae, a ; Lp 7 ‘ ’ , ; 'Y - - — : y iH : “] ie 7 : a ’ ’ i f iM j~ O) ’ 7 > an | v i vray Wenn ; Oe if eA a “aye Va + a i; ak oe el oot Ve | et? | ln : a wt, ¢ ) om nue 4 Any i id i - Uy ya . a, — : = a Avi. aa ede ol 72 Ley 5 an : ode ean as 7 mi a i er | ae 7h nt 7 pA eke | ©) Ob ee ; ‘ bg ee : 4 RT ge et a eal fe | a 4 Rhy = ag =i tie ee orm fer e°3 . = in 1 2. : 7 : , 7 - i en rh, 7% v1 Fl , oe : : . | : _ i - | y “A - i es ied ’ Sy — a : U ved a OS ee | Von ty et eee ‘ p v4 _ " - ny - yy - - ye é 7 - Vaca i ie a 7, ry > re ; - - } i ; Ma th A) _ a ae = hae wf Pash 7 . = po Nie Te eis ae ; Y | is i hs eS 7 ie 7 Bois yin ,. ae we UNL Om) ea cae oh ot ane 7 | — Os : ” AY ab is 7 / ee. are 7 vn a : nie u Wi}, = 7 j AD. - ‘ ‘ i : ,oY j Ny ah PY Hf 1 1. ; : > a _ : - ne . : Lt) ee i 71) - a Me ob iN - . : > ; : a : 1 ft i) a 7 t ai a Mp iy iS, ; : 7 6G 7 ria : a a .< ; > < A nt a ; PEt : oO fn aan ¥ ~ a es ; es oi wi < 2 A ee. any a 7 7 — a i i ir le 5 : ; fa aa > ~*~ | , 7 F 7 x , - t - ; ne as i Sat, 6 ie oe L , ra = : : ‘ ; a vt ; pir a a - < racic AS Oy a 5 as - ny , 5 a PY. ; law eet a AD real’ f- 7 ‘ a iA ht, ae : j F, tee ( eee. "4 as ee | we mn Se fae a ; ; ee As) ee er ee A ‘= ‘a : ow on ry p + i - 7 Pare een q F a : ; an i Cee Se) en el deep) | “4 ld DT A SC oo ch Oe ae ot ae . ie a -) 7 : i » nm fai % lan hy zx ‘OF : At : ae ey] . a : : hs yi i — w , 7 wd 1? 7 7 of oe 7 i ne 7 " 3 | i 7 ’ 7 7 ‘et Ce, 7 a ty ie Hs) teh od) 4 eit ity is wy vo aA 4! ae - rae | | 7 oe i i 7 Noy , | my af on i i; mn ri val atk hire "e ae n* 7 ) TL ra . aA a Li } io ‘ wea We Wy : 7 __ ee te ce mx va a - mee) pel A Bil) Siciimn” sey a | JE —— : 7 ai ee 7 : S bgt oy ~ i 4, = ; - Me i al a _ { mn y. PP it A, re we Wires +e Mt it in r ; ey hie any - ix eit Sars . ney ban ye " Ai) oy pecans a Dai oh Aaa rm 7 if us ) i a - 4 pas Y ke 7) aA ; a Pe i i ais: AG 4 by ivy ea Pal pole ire *) rae Teh . Na! yk “ - : % x | rn ey ‘tn ite any De Com : he 7 - 7 ’ _ a, : an 7 a - ines, hy ' “i 7 * it yy, og a a J hers 11 ait aph sie ma sialon oh Fights by hy rey | = >= ry Py d yy! bits a “5 fal | ie) ih llth: Se a Lk Ol ee ke ye ee F)\ ; 7 ne _ . 7 * i - — Re: ie ty eerily 7 va f , : boy 7 mn = a: i Os . ¥ <, _ . > i . a. zh ” ' os a _ " 7 yy (' 7 L, a) oo | ; : : 7 =! iz 7 a : oA a 7 ; : WL Ae ari : 7 7 Re se ST a a way Fs at ye. 7 en =» a aar\s pie) Md a ae ie ns : is Fr wi p95. 4 : Lu? : ry ee 7 iy a y\ .f a i aut rene ee ee i) fn 4 j 7 . 7 : Ps ; ‘ a ie a 7 - 1 Ce , +} pie ‘ inne a) 1 ee 7 7 a) = re } 7 7 e - § “a oe vs > 7 : <_ Aer? >.) Cs ; ne oe Dyas: '. a : DP ea if 7 ih wy ¥ is) ed Ve _— > 7 Ty 4 ar "iu i Vy eee met ok te . (ne ita" 6. TYP, od “ “in See 7 forty i , w 7 a eet a) a7 a om > ia. a La a m?. I; : P aes f ; y’ i : ; i ra ie, ay 7 7 a | Lae iim © oP : Y ee rh ee mn \ oan ze | ca!) ae) 7 mt iT 'y : vt} Lt i 7 ~ 2 : v Pal, ‘i Ky ‘i al % ae Zz ie “Aigo ly: ome 0 te We Pee ae io , is ole? > a a) ‘i a } ue - mi r ay om - : : = ae ty Ti 7 - ; o iv : - af oe n ‘ . < A! ; i-_ i 7 a ae A * 7” - ; — Y : \ mi) i d at 7 f i ; ti : 7 ui : r 7 N4 = 7 og 1; . 7) i —— Ty, yy Agena - ow — _* oy Ye a a ee an : Pia _ i ue - Puy, - an 7 - - 7 : - ; ' i , 7 a : 5 7 { ; Ni a i . : uJ vA . : x : - ) Bape a Sa >, on 8 _ i —. ; i_ ~ + oes Duet ea ee A Pats ona, a Sy lem “4 . - — —™ “9° * a rey i “-_ 2 es b ' " 7 7 as vy oF : : 7 in yee : ve foe a 7 7 : Pia i an in § - ; F ne >> 4 iv - - , 7 t : ry Th u 7 a: _ 7 aa: : : i, > 7 ny) 7 i : rs 7 v eo re A i. a) ne oe : : far ; : : ig ie : a a = owe (Yo 7 ' id] . a > 7 we : - EA o — Tes : o v . | as are Y ». \ me Dy 4 f 2 an : if _ a n a Va af ye 7 : , a i " (oun a, | a ee SS = PLATE XOL, LINUPARUS VANCOUVERENSIS (page 323). Figure 1. Dorsal view of the type of this species, from the Puntledge or Comox River, near Comox, V. I. Figure 2. The specimen referred to in the text as No. 4, which shews the interior of the cephalothorax, five of the abdo- minal segments, etc. Figure 3. Dorsal view of a specimen in the split nodule from Hornby Island, referred to on page 325 as No. 55 a and 0D. 1 PLATE 40 MESOZOIC FOSSILS. VOL ADA . GEOLOGICAL SUIRVIEY OF CA Nest,Newman imp 7 V d & H.B Potter sale palpi Or. = ans 1 IES) Decapod Crustace Vancouve Ue MArSB eke Oiuls . TT PLATE XLI. Linuparus CANADENSIS (page 325). Figure 1. The specimen from Hornby Island referred to on page 326 as No. 55 c, which Dr. Woodward identifies with this species. Eryma Dawsoni (page 321). Figure 2. Profile view of the type and only known specimen of this species, from Hornby Island. GEOLOGICAL SUIRVEY OF CANADA . MESOZOIC FOSSILS. VOL.4 PLATE 41. West.Newman imp e S ox & Hornby ee teG. i} i 7 rity yet , — J oe) i) ary 4. ~ S—wm. F. Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. PLATE XLII, HeETEROCERAS HoRNBYENSE (page 332). One of the two original and dextral types of this species, shewing only the spirally coiled portion of the shell. Part of the spirally coiled portion of a sinistral specimen, the type of H. perversum. Spirally coiled portion of another sinistral specimen. The Jargest specimen known to the writer, shewing part of the spirally coiled portion, and the free, deflected an abruptly bent or hook-shaped part of the shell, as des- cribed on page 333. All the specimens figured on this plate are from Hornby Island. JZOIG FOSSILS = L.MLambe. Delt Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. Figure 8. Figure 9. PLATE XLII. ANISOCERAS CooPERI (page 336). Side view of the specimen from Hornby Island collected by Mr. Robbins, and referred to in the last line on page 337, and the first and second lines on page 338. HINDSIA NODULOSA (page 397). Ventral view of a specimen from the Sucia Islands, belong- ing to Dr. Newcombe, that shews the characters of the aperture unusually well. PERISSOLAX BREVIROSTRIS (page 356). Dorsal view of the most perfect specimen that the writer has seen, from the Sucia Islands, the property of Dr. Newcombe. Mesostoma (!) INTERMEDIUM (page 360). One of the best specimens of this species, from the Sucia Islands, twice the natural size. Mesostoma (?) NEwcompll (page 361). Dorsal view of the only specimen of this species known to the writer, from the Sucia Islands. CERITHIUM VANCOUVERENSE (page 361). Dorsal view of the type of this species, from Extension mine, near Nanaimo, V.I., twice the natural size. CeERITHIUM HARVEYI (page 362). pag One of the specimens from Nanaimo referred to in the text, twice the natural size. OpDosTOMIA (?) INORNATA (page 366). Dorsal view of the only specimen known to the writer, from the Nanaimo River, three times the natural size. OposToMIA (?) CRETACEA (page 366). Apertural view of an average specimen from Brennan Creek, V.I., in outline and four times the natural size. FE. 43 MESOZOIG FOSSILS, VOL.I. PLAT i C DEICAL S ae 2h GED M r 2 tar wa ae ] rg e TA, Mar va | :¥ ; ree fee tec b _ ode i ¥ al os ts 7k ave ae o> ee 4 ety ag = fe Bhs 14 ioe f ast sdhe it ae ae ai ie : neh ohne ; : iit Sali. a ae - 5s a> S11) ie one iw emma? Riad ae = une fw!) ae i ah : ae aoe yi. pa) - ally lis ih 9, ane a0 vd A i id ts tant nt , a i SES ‘ay a, roa, ae pe > oe “a oe 5 a 6) prot ttes at) ane » ys anot if = ; es wee : ait are _— : 2 a — ioe De a ay ‘ No a Rige 404) pia ore aa) _ 5106 _ wy ee | . ed wi aye? aul ls wou sy wet P J aay Aas 4 Fe saa - 4 rs ‘— -< ao : i? a <2 aye feel ay iim Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. Figure 5. Figure 6. Figure 7. PLATE XLIV. ASTEROSPONDYLIC VERTEBRA (page 314). The centrum from the Puntledge River referred to in the text. From a drawing by Mr. C. Frank King. HETEROCERAS ELONGATUM (page 331). The spiral and closely coiled portion of a sinistral specimen from Hornby Island. HAMITES OBSTRICTUS (page 334). Side view of the best specimen that the writer has seen, from Hornby Island. From a drawing by Mr. F. E. Calderon, DIPLOMOCERAS NOTABILE (page 335). Side view of the specimen described, from Hornby Island, seven twelfths the natural size. The sutural lines are exposed on the other side and are best seen at a. Outline of transverse section of the same, also seven twelfths the natural size. Sutural line of the same, as far as it can be ascertained, of the natural size. From a drawing by Mr. C. Frank King. TROCHACTEON SEMICOSTATUS (page 354). Dorsal view of a specimen from Nanaimo, four times the natural size. BELA CRETACEA (page 395). Dorsal v ew of one of the specimens from Hornby Island, twice the natural size. MEsosToMA SUCIENSE (page 359). Part of a specimen from the Sucia Islands, collected by Dr. Newcombe, with the aperture well preserved. iNAUD AX VOL.I. PLATE 44 L.M Lambe, Delt 7 ae Sys va . 0 Aet bee 7) ne ra ae o ge" tee gis be in ae eae oe aa sie as ae oti[ 2 ike a Seg. he. at i viv a. at ~ seg A ofa eee : pa ar oe Ait hi" al wes ey) he he Pm an “> As aa: ng ye nr a way ay : 7 or! y ie >i) , a . Teer en ie ee i) eel : oa aft iD aa ie a 9 on = eas hes a 2 ; 7 7 oD : 7 ie 7 7 7 wns oe on . are : a4 ow, ia 7 MAG 2 8 a ne 7 LK RUNS hs Vie ae 8). G i we Laps Ae View depos oe eT Voi: a e ; PC oe ne? it ae oe — = : a ., ae 7 tin oN : vay ive ee a ae oa 7 it iat ney Soy ye ar ~* ‘2 pig ee aa hi Ee > Ee : "ie ee) ke a Ps _— 2 oe Loan, oes Na 7, a peck 7h oe et ee is abe Fter = ee ; My ry ut is ae D7 ~ _ - 7 : - 00 (4 ae Sth ie ane aia = Bacaey - a oe ates Pau 904 - iin eign i eae one 7] . - % va v —— res Fels, cm mica) Psi ee sy! ea y= re : care Br wtih! ice i _. 7 a” zs ba) Ag - Ot ih Ta 7 eae ais mee Ne nies eile rT. aa 7 ae - i » ne - mv x 7A Lae Ov ata v= fey a) ity toe Be ae : ar ae i aes aed 22 62 _ a -. | rr me ; aPItss p dries: Bas ee nee 7 tae Ma oe ie eee eae he aan S a ita : DAT EH ‘ned ae ) aa Be > oe = wane eer * a i il 7 . Sine. 5 i a rs ia (, a Parweth - 7 S pam 4s ; aa oe, aa 7 a ei slept | yite- 2 oo ahhh? sattailts - yt 7 = a ad in tip hain Ui iaiola “4 Bal ee Jnr a ns IRB “5 3 a} i geohcant 3 ‘So= ae ay 4F, pitt Sa ae Ppa ee Wf. pave), Sagnngtt j eas > Pa -< ; a = ay owe a <= ive - 24 we PAY < shle e alge a3 suite rs a “ arin ae craked eet — ae PLATE XLV. ANISOCERAS SUBCOMPRESSUM (page 338). Figure 1. Side view of a specimen from the Puntledge River, near Comox, V.I. “* la. Outline of a transverse section of the straighter part of the same, a little behind the midlength of the specimen. “© 16. Outline of a similar section, near the anterior end of the specimen. All from drawings by Mr. C. Frank King. CAPULUS CORRUGATUS (page 364). Figure 2. A specimen from the Puntledge River, as seen from above. “ Qa. Side view of the same, in outline. Lysis Suciensis (page 367). Figure 3. Apertural view of an adult specimen of this species, from the Sucia Islands, collected by Dr. Newcombe. Lysis SUCIENSIS, var. CARINIFERUS (page 367). Figure 4. Dorsal view of a specimen of this variety, from Brennan Creek, V.I., with two short spinous processes on the outer lip, presented by Rev. G. W. Taylor. SOLARIELLA (RADIATULA ¢ var.) OCCIDENTALIS (page 368). Figure 5 Dorsal view of a specimen from Brennan Creek, V.L., presented by Rev. G. W. Taylor, twice the natural size. «“ 5a. Basal view of the same. PHANETA (?) DECORATA (page 369). Figure 6. Basal view of a specimen of this species, from th: Nanaimo mines, V.I., twice the natural size. “ 6a. Dorsal view of the same, in outline, shewing the obtuse apex and peripheral keel. Figure 7. Another specimen from the same locality, and as seen from above. ‘Twice the natural size. HELCION TENUICOSTATUS (page 371). Figure 8. A specimen from Extension mine, as seen from above and twice the natural size. “8a. Side view of the same, in outline, shewing the irregular, depressed conical form. GASTEROPOD, GENUS AND SPECIES UNCERTAIN (page 371). Figure 9. One of the specimens from the roof of the coal at the Nanaimo mines. MartEsiA (?) PARVULA (page 372). Figure 10. Right valve of a specimen of this species, from Extension mine, and twice the natural size. ANATINA SURGYLINDRACEA (page 374). Figure 11. Side view of the most perfect specimen collected, from Brennan Creek, V.I., shewing the left valve. A\.0 Y OM GCANAUD. 2 GQLEOMUOGEUGAIL SUB L.MLambe, Delt =) ar Me Fie Laueae iy ie a 7h) Nein T a iv’ bi nA 7 7 >? 2 : 7 i ¥ _ ae — . } hau a ks 3] y Yeo a re! Dat eae Per rida) ut Ul pea .4 en et ah igs : a dei’ ayia, cir als ee ve > - minty oe At a ys Ns ‘Ss a ty : 7 3 1" : oe - Mivia4 oh ca ee es ; rn nie ® ai a 7 @\ u » iP am thi » : a a, ad < Poe ia ire oa “a. fon, ay he a 7 at ior a 2 : os ” 4 é g . : g pay p AY ey: hy >> al: _ 5 ix Beas ah i alee : 7 a «(Cf a? pei fathauy.. « a tee ty: es ab! id a *> mlb an) eee ut ad tuael al anes dr : | « 1, ae +o: Sebel ° ae Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure 3. Figure 4. PLATE XLVI. PACHYDISCUS OTACODENSIS (page 340). Side view of the specimen from Hornby Island, presented by Mr. Robbins. CuUSPIDARIA SUCIENSIS (page 376). The right valve of this species from the Sucia Islands, as described in the text, but twice the natura] size. TELLINA NANAIMOENSIS (page 376). Side view of the type of this species, from the Nanaimo River, V. I., and shewing the right valve. Nucuta Hornpyensis (page 388). Side view of an apparently adult shell of this species, from Hornby Island, and twice the natural size. Chae satan > 7 walt wig a ae n Fe is *) a a a “Mes oat ‘ Pi Bier TF at eat iq phe we =a Ci’ wie re: ee Gs — ene Fatt ere 98 aaa faaeiae:| ame “ei > ys Figure 1. Figure 2. Figure, 3. Figure 4. PLATE XLVI. Pacuypbiscus NEEVESII (page 342). Side view of the type of this species, from James Island, nine twelfths the natural size. YOLDIA DIMINUTIVA (page 390). The left valve from Nanaimo upon which this species is based, four times the natural size. PEecTuUNcCULUS VEATCHII (page 391). Side view of an adult specimen of this shell, from Blunden Point, V.I., collected by Mr. James Richardson in 1872. Portion of the surface markings of a specimen from Texada Island, four times the natural size, and shewing the minute cancellation of the exterior. a = ZO Ihe Sais: G FOS I iP Sepp PESOS Sere Laos [pee add PARE RA 1 : abe otras hw hasiliceiee eel ce, x RR Uae tone canis i ee PEA ioc MRM heen syne Latter pen ieee” Veettarsi ane" & Y OVE Z PRS amen Vis CAN ¢ Gal GLEOUD L.MLambe. Delt PLATE XLVI. Pacuypiscus (HARADAI? VAR.) PERPLICATUS (page 346). Figure 1. Side view of the only specimen that the writer has seen, from the Puntledge or Comox River, V. I., nine twelfths the natural size. The only place where any part of the siphonal region is preserved is at a (not A). MopiI0La SISKIYOUENSIS (page 394). Figure 2. Left valve of a small Modiola that is thought to be referable to this species, from Brennan Creek, V. I. Twice the natural size. LirHODOMUS NITIDUS (page 395). Figure 3. Side view of a specimen from the Nanaimo mines, shewing the right valve, and twice the natural size. 48 \ 1 a Amo H jap ih ~ By ab lz O VOL.I “20 SIDA Lo Y, <™ wis Cé OF 5. SA SY NZ) 5 GIAEOIOGUCA Delt L.MLambe 2 —_ = Oia » arte Bree i PLATE XLIX. PACHYDISCUS BINODATUS (page 347). Figure 1. Side view of the specimen from the Comox River collected by Mr. Harvey. Figure 1 a. Peripheral view of a portion of the same, near the aperture, to shew the double row of nodes apparently characteristic of this species. PLATE L. PACHYDISCUS MULTISULCATUS (page 349). Figure 1.—Side view of the type of this species, from North West Bay, V. I., nine twelfths the natural size. MaNo NID, NA RVIEW OF Ci GEOLOGUCGAL S be. Delt = Lambe. va ee haa irae in ~wey es Se . ‘ Soe ae ’ 7 al were ty a ni id id . , Wr ia Ld ala 7 nee aa ' n A si , a , oe at -~ , ene ae a) a Vat vu wer mn ae) yi i ’ i - aT : Psi’ hs ee hd ~— " 4 : oP - ye _ ee ; = a “ayy 7 1 i ba . Ales ny ) Fi 4 i if) ny" vy co nig i Hs -s : vi a. Ale ’ i A, ay any A i “ay Oa oui ei ” ail ire ay cus Ww ye ay ‘fa 1 i} 7 i aH rit i) — iw oe 2 ; oo Ww entie a “1 Pe yt yh ee Roe Y i a - i ia . Ny = iar am Ge Tis yates Bonn aenpectelnl #4 cho pinch by 7 ive a Ap sp even " Tae nm i : “iy Tae | i +e < a) Sets Aue rcs ye a "ian A ° —— Aa a iy r » a7 - at ; we vy yn Oy : i : 7 - . ei ance Bb ° ' 7a) y a) 1 AA le “ : Gi 7 ; i. 2 i - 7 a 7 i ~ care 47. 7 - 7 oD eh ; = ’ ard i a : a : 7 te oe a a D . 7 < val ay a i 7) } aiey * nt ee AA a) er wy TGeagea (tae y — : on 'y vA, i" i sh j oe) : i bsh 7 4 2 DOSY Sega, a1 rosa 04)! nein a? beste KANN. = ae ve as Ok Ht Se oe of 7. vat ws ts oe aks 7 it ru + av inal a ay yt att nantilpal a, a Oh ‘an : ie 7 ¢ : ia at it prea a | - ar ; s ; 7 ; ave ee a ; 7 ; Mii ty ri mah : a aan Ns Dy whl 7 J at : lel Se: : ‘|e vi re. - y 7 y N ny; ai te a) Myo e aN 4 - i Wi ea a ad * ii ey : — es Are i , a 4 me a ; vai yen iu hs ae ie A a a fon in ; To # Lt is toy iain Lr ea ne ee ie) . Ma dia ah i eine Feil cle “ ii =] ieee othr dist n a ith mle afin Wek aint a ily 7 ia 7 a ai x: Mae | 7 i - ma! mp ie iv et ‘ . a 7 8 a) at) ie) wa ow dikvoiay May 7 a “ee ay Ay iM 1. eee ee ae Po a) ‘ . ua : i as - ite tat. shea 2 Van ad) in air i ob Hey arngt Niel ir A \ Maal Jf y ue ar | ae divas ee : =a r ay ‘ mea AD Gled als ia ‘a vn ft ’ wh ria 7 ~ Pat is <1 Danae Ny iy ee MY aly or (A yaa” me Ap és lnal ata etal wo “nie fils, fy wot a oe mae engi) : ‘ 7 7 7 i oO Saree pth je em Hig si) ding: on iy ‘aapn, Doitel my Me 9 ; ; ; Ls Se PUN Toy bate ane ns MONK OT ied vi | oh ine a » _- ‘i rn bi et peer raan one ve hy " i} my i F a - bi ring ia Bs oT ten tse, a vA Peta: > by. Brad ay: y ae i" r , vi i aS peti Paulie sou eae 3 8 ri neti ney ai vy _ mt, ai, fl Visi v5 * ft 7 » re si an a eu a 2) ue ing re ate De. + pate aa, a ‘ mM ra ra e a a ’ ae Fi a Aare ge, hee, ants ify a 5 eee) A ol i 7 7: 7 Pi ; ; oon ali ? aah fla Y Mi i i Aa : ; 7 eg AS ye) oat if ; i ; i i ae i + dint is ny oh, — La a! ae ; 7 . i ries a 7 . ie j 7 J 7 * ', ry coe i. i : j f 7 my A teat Ms : ’ oat on he aye Tb 8S, ba. ae 7 yi te 1 7 - ih : *» ‘ : ° ih Cae oe Genial i ari aie: Pgh } re a * a i re san ne a i os 7 fae = - De a 7 ee ay +e, 7 * va Bale tess i“ aYe) : ; i ir Ou ut im Sia ai “ aati hy " a ' vy - may if ans 7 Rie 7) iy hae ia ik y. asf boas . lit aay “elena iy ae iy ‘ a ar as : “ir yy rey, tp) ‘ i Ais, ae "| } i ae) y Mm Ram Pe : ht a i : y , 4% ; i paint S A ae Ae +o en mht “hh feast Bes. mene oe Aa ia aa t2 ‘ a \ 1G i i, . a os a er ph i ote f ay ay | Bs ~~ a mal os Y, rai ‘an ny . 7 if hy Sat care ile a 4) Cee ae) ; ee ek 5 ane ae a B a i , ve i : ; dale ign ' a an f ya ve * _ ~ _ i: ? i ' . a + ; fi HS cri : : ; ; : ay 2 a ad | TE ne ey } eile 2 o on 7 a 7 : - ; i, fr’ i nn : ; J > 7 7 a WWD 3 2044 072 170 293 Date Due SAHeADAD 44 2 So 4 ~ 2h 2224 » ona ee 8 t 8 84 Poet + ‘ t oe bs * 5 sas 4 = ‘a ete sa tate? Pot ee OSS eta tate eat eS tate eat ate a ee AN Ong Ay aa -- ABA apart er re tats 4 erie tee sa 2* 2s ~# es OK, FEA ear ae Fee Sie teens ti o aa* a * “al ¢ see 4 4 2 2 2 “4 a saaaer ; 24> 4% oe ee 24 2 ae eae t ess seal » fae ess 4, ap 4 4% eat? te a 4a et Aa Oe ee Cot SE hort Seen DS & A Agy RAS Pye +. 'ea 3? DASA? KILL ON Dag PC Pope ee Pa Ok NE Oe SEIS IESE 2 “, . ge eee see ee PRI Ea Peete ® Ae tot, ens F £2 os = + AS te Oe tae 4 ae * + et et atace Pir eo ‘ Sa e's, er ee Se Oe a a ke SO ce oe ee ee CON RI 25 titetatatass ie ees * * + +. es a : t - Q 4 7 ts ieee rs * * » parent ar +, Pe a a ae te »~ “-e # ee we 4 ae Feta ae seeer se RA Ae et ee ‘ae est a> AS AR ORR PERO eet te ALE Re : Pe RARE I eptecetere est? PPO “2 © at tetatecece ese ht tctotnlelant tea g peat a ey Cea tas oe SPIEL EI nt ESA Pal NE ana oe eee £42 RN ee ee PPR ee ty ees 54 OS RI IO ete te et are let ate ete SO SRK Ce aay oe ys ee Dg he SS Pie ve Pat Re eK PN ale te + er * tt x CS retotate s+? ; ew tn a te, eee a SAS: ore Ke ett g ee tate tat eet ton ae tates Paty nates Tate ratehs . oe AF re te ee eS S CxS - ‘ee eee, #42 5 eye : +>. ectstt nitrate te tet tent alan RASA SE Ga ce ore Se Sign gee gy RA, a8 | stolen siete kara arate te tate ett ea ne stata tetat get ae a eae eet esas cestets tat aoe - | estes) fy 5t32 SP ree SR oe ree RR oes 7 Pot 46 Feats ata AKI RAK KA SAAS ee ge ak tee Ae er ee AS se tae caret aaa ts at atate te tea ig patent 2 oad ea pe : +e Py > RS tae as RE Le tg lata e ota e ; tats SPSS # Fe ate, © r ee oO eee ASO tesa ta na ere tg te at Moraes EK ares FR satel Hakata, Slater tga eateete eet: ee ELA LET see: e % Ue Sates alt 5 fate Naha tat ate ent? BAACKA SASS ' ‘ KAO oe, +S. tee et, POE te 4g ae ALS a ‘ Peery ree fae.